Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Diversified / Safehold Inc.

Safehold Inc.

safe · NYSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker safe
Exchange NYSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Diversified
Employees 74
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Safehold Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual
Report
2022

S

a

f

e

s

t

o

r

e

H

o

l

d

i

n

g

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

fi

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

Safestore Holdings plc 
Annual report and financial statements 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
O V E R V I E W

Overview
1 

Highlights

2 

3 

4  

Financial highlights

About us

Investment case

Strategic report
5 

Chairman’s statement

7 

Chief Executive’s statement

22 

Financial review

34  Engaging with our stakeholders 
and our Section 172(1) statement

37  Principal risks

44  Viability statement

45  Compliance with Task Force on 

Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”)

46  Sustainability

Governance report
74 

Introduction

76  Board of Directors

78  Corporate governance

83  Nomination Committee report

85  Audit Committee report

89  Directors’ remuneration report

117  Directors’ report

121  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities

Financial statements
122 

Independent auditor’s report

129  Consolidated income statement

129  Consolidated statement 

of comprehensive income

130  Consolidated balance sheet

131  Consolidated statement of changes 

in shareholders’ equity

132  Consolidated cash flow statement

133  Notes to the financial statements

166  Company balance sheet

167  Company statement of changes 

in equity

168  Notes to the Company 
financial statements

171  Glossary

IBC  Directors and advisers

A strong trading 
performance in a 
year of significant 
strategic progress and 
geographic expansion 

“I am pleased to report another excellent year in 
which we delivered significant strategic progress, 
having enhanced our funding capacity, doubled 
our development pipeline to c.1.4m sq ft of 
MLA and extended our geographical footprint. 
The strong trading performance for the year is 
especially pleasing as it follows a record year 
in 2021. Our 2022 result was achieved through 
strong revenue growth in the UK market, good 
performances in our Parisian and Spanish 
businesses, and seven months’ contribution 
from our Benelux business, which was acquired 
in March 2022.

Early trading in the new financial year shows 
broadly stable levels of demand compared to 
last year (but significantly ahead of pre-pandemic 
levels) with rates paid by new customers 
continuing to grow.

Over the last seven years, the Group has 
developed or acquired 68 stores and expanded 
into four new countries (Netherlands, Belgium, 
Spain and now Germany). In addition, our 
development pipeline of 29 new stores, extensions, 
and projects represents a further c.18% of our 
existing portfolio’s MLA. Throughout this period 
of expansion, the Group has maintained its 
disciplined approach to return on capital.

In March 2022, the Group completed the 
acquisition of our partner Carlyle’s 80% stake in 
our Benelux JV. Over the last three years we have 
learnt much about the Netherlands and Belgian 
markets and feel confident about the ongoing 
development of our presence in these attractive 
geographies. It is our intention to gradually 
increase our footprint in these two markets and 
our development pipeline now includes five stores 
and c.283,000 sq ft of MLA in the Netherlands. 

Following this successful JV with Carlyle, 
we established a new German JV which has 
acquired the seven-store myStorage business. 
Germany is one of Europe’s most under-penetrated 
self storage markets and I look forward to 
growing our presence there.

Our strong and flexible balance sheet has been 
significantly enhanced by the agreement of a new 
unsecured four-year £400 million multi-currency 
RCF which increases funding capacity, allowing us 
to continue to consider strategic, value-accretive 
investments as and when they arise.

We have delivered a strong occupancy 
performance over recent years and, after a 
significant level of acquisition and development 
activity over the last six years, we still have 
1.4m sq ft of fully invested currently unlet space 
in our UK, Paris, Spain, and Benelux markets 
in addition to 1.4m sq ft of pipeline space. Our 
most significant upside opportunity is from filling 
our existing unlet space and that remains our 
priority. The business has demonstrated its 
inherent resilience in recent times and, despite 
the challenging macro-economic environment, 
we are confident in the future of the business. 

The underlying fundamentals of the European 
self storage industry with limited supply, strong 
barriers to entry and a steadily growing product 
awareness are as strong as ever. Over the last 
nine years, Safestore has delivered a market 
leading 18% CAGR of its EPRA group adjusted 
EPS. During that period, we have gradually 
expanded our geographical reach to six 
European countries leveraging and improving 
our platform and central functions while 
managing investment risk very carefully. 
I’m confident that Safestore will continue to 
play a leading role in the development of the 
self storage industry across Europe, delivering 
significant further value to its stakeholders. 

None of this would be possible without the 
dedication and skills of our teams and I would like 
to thank all our colleagues in the UK, France, 
Spain, the Netherlands and Belgium for their 
performance in 2022 as well as their commitment 
and loyalty. We are appreciative of their efforts.” 

Frederic Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer

Highlights

Strong financial performance
•  Group revenue for the year up 13.8%  

(up 14.3% in CER1)

•  Like-for-like8 Group revenue for the year  

in CER1 up 10.7%

•  Underlying EBITDA2 up 15.1% in CER1 

which, combined with an increased gain  
on investment properties of £381.6 million 
(FY2021: £321.1 million), resulted in statutory 
operating profit9 of £514.5 million  
(FY2021: £417.0 million)

•  Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share6 

up 17.3% at 47.5 pence (FY2021: 40.5 pence). 
Diluted Earnings per Share was 212.4 pence 
(FY2021: 176.4 pence) largely due to the higher 
property valuation gain in FY2022

•  Eleven UK projects to add c.512,000 sq ft

Revenue (£’m)

•  Six developments in Barcelona and Madrid 
to add c.262,000 sq ft (an additional two 
developments opened since year end, 
adding a further 85,000 sq ft)

£212.5m

•  Seven Paris projects to add c.349,000 sq ft

+13.8%

•  Five Netherlands sites to add 

c.283,000 sq ft 

•  Completed EPS accretive acquisition of 

remaining 80% of equity owned by Carlyle 
in the Benelux Joint Venture14 in March 
2022 at an Enterprise Value of €146 million. 
The Benelux business now consists of 
15 high quality stores with an MLA4 of 
600,000 sq ft in the Netherlands 
and Belgium 

22

21

20

19

18

17

212.5

186.8

162.3

151.8

143.9

129.9

•  15.9% increase in the final dividend to 

20.4 pence (FY2021: 17.6 pence) giving 
a total 18.7% increase for the year to  
29.8 pence (FY2021: 25.1 pence) 

•  Entry into German market via a new Joint 
Venture15 (“JV”) with Carlyle which has 
acquired the seven-store myStorage 
business with 326,000 sq ft of MLA4

Continued operational delivery
•  Continued balanced approach to revenue 
management together with an efficient 
marketing platform driving returns and 
record occupancy performance:

•  Like-for-like8 average storage rate5 for the 

year up 11.5% in CER1 

•  Like-for-like8 average occupancy for the 

year up 0.7%

•  Like-for-like8 closing occupancy of 83.1% 
down 2.1ppts on 2021 (FY2021: 85.2%)

•  New and recently opened stores trading 

well and in line with business plans

•  Investment in our digital marketing platform 

continuing to deliver for the business:

•  Online enquiries in FY2022 rose to 90% 
of our total enquiries in the UK (FY2021: 
89%) and 85% in France (FY2021: 84%)

•  Marketing cost as a percentage of 

revenue reduced to 3.6% (FY2021: 3.7%)

Strategic progress
•   Store openings in London Bow, Barcelona, 
and Nijmegen in the Netherlands added 
c.126,000 sq ft of MLA4 with a further two 
Madrid stores opened post year end in 
November 2022, adding a further 85,000 
sq ft of MLA4

•  Lease extensions signed in Exeter, London 

Crayford and Sunderland

•  Five store extensions adding c.38,000 sq ft 
of MLA in London Paddington Marble Arch, 
Southend, London Edgware, London 
Wimbledon, and Winchester 

•  Acquired a 14,000 sq ft MLA freehold store 
in Christchurch10, Dorset, from Your Room 
Self Storage

•  Development pipeline expanded by c.0.7m 
sq ft of future MLA and eleven projects to 
c.1.4m sq ft and 29 projects (equivalent to 
c.18% of existing portfolio):

ESG 
•  Continued development of Environmental, 
Social and Governance (“ESG”) strategy:

•  Linkage of new £400 million refinancing 

to ESG targets

•  Group commitment to be operationally 

carbon neutral by 2035

•  ESG progress illustrated by awards of:

•  GRESB ‘A’ rating for public disclosures 

•  EPRA Silver rating for sustainability

•  MSCI ‘AA’ rating for ESG 

•  Highest rating of five stars from Support 

The Goals

Strong and flexible balance sheet
•  30.9% increase in property valuation 

(including investment properties under 
construction) driven by improved trading 
performance, new stores, acquisitions, 
revisions to exit cap rates and stabilised 
occupancy assumptions 

•  Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF’s”) refinanced 
with a new increased £400 million unsecured 
multi-currency four-year facility (with two 
one-year extension options). Margins remain 
at 1.25% in line with previous RCF’s and all 
facilities, including private placement notes, 
are now unsecured

•  Group loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”11) at 23.6%, 
calculated on net debt (31 October 2021: 22.7%) 
and interest cover ratio (“ICR”12) at 11.4x  
(31 October 2021: 10.5x)

•  In addition to strong free cash flow, significant 
financing in place to fund pipeline including 
unutilised bank facilities of £208.4 million 
at 31 October 2022 and no borrowings to 
refinance before May 2024. In addition, 
a further uncommitted £100 million 
accordion facility incorporated into the 
new bank facilities

•  93% of drawn debt at fixed rates or hedged 

at 31 October 2022

Underlying EBITDA2 (£’m)

£135.1m

+14.5%

22

21

20

19

18

17

135.1

118.0

93.9

87.5

82.9

74.4

Dividend (pence per share)

29.80p

+18.7%

29.80

25.10

22

21

20

19

18

17

18.60

17.50

16.25

14.00

Learn more about our Sustainability 
from page 46

Learn more about our Corporate 
Governance from page 74

Safestore Holdings plc    Annual report and financial statements 2022

1

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial highlights

Key measures

Underlying and operating metrics – total
Revenue
Underlying EBITDA2
Closing Occupancy (let sq ft- million)3
Closing Occupancy (% of MLA)4
Average Storage Rate5
Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share6
Free Cash Flow7
EPRA Basic NTA per Share13

Underlying and operating metrics – like-for-like8
Revenue
Underlying EBITDA2
Closing Occupancy (let sq ft- million)3
Closing Occupancy (% of MLA)4
Average Occupancy (let sq ft- million)3
Average Storage Rate5

Statutory metrics
Operating profit9
Profit before tax9
Diluted Earnings per Share
Dividend per Share
Cash inflow from operating activities
Diluted net assets per share13

Year ended
31 October
2022

Year ended
31 October
2021

Change

Change – CER 1

£212.5m
£135.1m
6.317
82.1%
£29.25
47.5p
£101.4m
£9.08

£204.3m
£131.6m
5.725
83.1%
5.723
£29.99

£514.5m
£498.8m
212.4p
29.8p
£109.8m
£8.20

£186.8m
£118.0m
5.883
84.5%
£26.95
40.5p
£89.5m
£6.97

£185.5m
£117.0m
5.838
85.2%
5.685
£27.03

£417.0m
£404.6m
176.4p
25.1p
£97.0m
£6.35

13.8%
14.5%
7.4%
-2.4ppts
8.5%
17.3%
13.3%
30.3%

10.1%
12.5%
-1.9%
-2.1ppts
0.7%
11.0%

23.4%
23.3%
20.4%
18.7%
13.2%
29.1%

14.3%
15.1%
n/a
n/a
9.2%
n/a
n/a
n/a

10.7%
13.0%
n/a
n/a
n/a
11.5%

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

Notes to Highlights, Financial highlights, Chairman’s statement & Chief Executive’s statement
We prepare our financial statements using IFRS. However, we also use a number of adjusted measures in assessing and managing the performance of the business. These measures are  
not defined under IFRS and they may not be directly comparable with other companies’ adjusted measures and are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, any IFRS measures of 
performance. These include like-for-like figures to aid in the comparability of the underlying business as they exclude the impact on results of purchased, sold, opened or closed stores  
and constant exchange rate (“CER”) figures are provided in order to present results on a more comparable basis, removing FX movements. These metrics have been disclosed because 
management reviews and monitors performance of the business on this basis. We have also included a number of measures defined by EPRA, which are designed to enhance transparency 
and comparability across the European Real Estate sector; see notes 6 and 13 below and “Non-GAAP financial information” in the notes to the financial statements.

1 

2 

 CER is Constant Exchange Rates (Euro denominated results for the current period have been retranslated at the exchange rate effective for the comparative period. Euro denominated 
results for the comparative period are translated at the exchange rates effective in that period. This is performed in order to present the reported results for the current period on a more 
comparable basis).

 Underlying EBITDA is defined as Operating Profit before exceptional items, share-based payments, corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment 
properties, variable lease payments, depreciation and the share of associate’s depreciation, interest and tax. Underlying EBITDA therefore excludes all leasehold rent charges. Underlying 
profit before tax is defined as Underlying EBITDA less leasehold rent, depreciation charged on property, plant and equipment and net finance charges relating to bank loans and cash. 

3  Occupancy excludes offices but includes bulk tenancy. As at 31 October 2022, closing occupancy includes 24,000 sq ft of bulk tenancy (31 October 2021: 14,000 sq ft).

4  MLA is Maximum Lettable Area. At 31 October 2022, Group MLA was c.7.70m sq ft (FY2021: c.6.96m sq ft).

5  Average Storage Rate is calculated as the revenue generated from self storage revenues divided by the average square footage occupied during the period in question.

6 

 Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS is based on the European Public Real Estate Association’s definition of Earnings and is defined as profit or loss for the period after tax but excluding corporate 
transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties and the associated tax impacts. The Company then makes further adjustments for the impact of 
exceptional items, IFRS 2 share-based payment charges, exceptional tax items and deferred tax charges. This adjusted earnings is divided by the diluted number of shares. The IFRS 2 
cost is excluded as it is written back to distributable reserves and is a non-cash item (with the exception of the associated National Insurance element). Therefore neither the Company’s 
ability to distribute nor pay dividends is impacted (with the exception of the associated National Insurance element). The financial statements will disclose earnings on a statutory, EPRA 
and Adjusted Diluted EPRA basis and will provide a full reconciliation of the differences in the financial year in which any LTIP awards may vest.

7  Free cash flow is defined as cash flow before investing and financing activities but after leasehold rent payments.

8 

9 

 Like-for-like adjustments remove the impact of the 2022 acquisition of the Netherlands and Belgium Joint Venture, the 2022 acquisition of Christchurch, the 2022 openings of Bow, 
Nijmegen (Netherlands), and Barcelona, the 2021 openings of Birmingham Middleway and Magenta in Paris and the 2021 closure of Birmingham South.

 Operating profit increased by £97.5 million to £514.5 million (FY2021: £417.0 million) principally as a result of an increase in the gain on investment properties of £60.5 million to £381.6 million 
(FY2021: £321.1 million), as well as an increase of £17.1 million or 14.5% in Underlying EBITDA as a result of stronger trading performance. Profit before income tax additionally included 
exceptional items of £10.8 million, being other exceptional gains. This included £5.5 million relating to the valuation gain recognised of the 20% equity investment held in the Joint Venture 
with CERF, when the Group acquired the remaining 80% on 30 March 2022 and £5.1 million relating to the net gain on disposal of the Paris Nanterre site in November 2021.

10  The enterprise value paid for Your Room Self Storage in Christchurch, Dorset, on 7 December 2021 was £2.45 million. 

11 

 LTV ratio is Loan-to-Value ratio, which is defined as gross debt (excluding lease liabilities) as a proportion of the valuation of investment properties and investment properties under 
construction (excluding lease liabilities). At 31 October 2022, the Group LTV ratio was 24.4%. Under the new revolving credit facility, signed 11 November 2022, LTV is to be calculated 
against net debt which equates to an LTV of 23.6%.

12  ICR is interest cover ratio, and is calculated as the ratio of Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent to underlying finance charges.

13   EPRA basic NAV was superseded and transitioned to three new measures: EPRA Net Reinstatement Value (“NRV”), EPRA Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”) and EPRA Net Disposal Value 

(“NDV”) for periods commencing 1 January 2020 or thereafter. Safestore considers EPRA NTA to be the most consistent with the nature of the Group’s business. The basis of calculation, 
including a reconciliation to reported net assets, is set out in note 15 of the Financial Statements.

14   On 30 March 2022, the Group acquired the remaining 80% of the Joint Venture with CERF. Prior to acquiring the 80%, the Joint Venture with CERF, which represented a 20% investment, 

was accounted for as an associate using the equity method of accounting, as described in the “Investment in associates” note to the financial statements.

15   On 1 December 2022, the Group made an initial investment into a new Joint Venture with Carlyle, to enter the German self storage market, of c.€2.2 million for a 10% share. The Group will 

also earn a fee for providing management services to the Joint Venture.

2

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
About us

Who we are, what we do

5

countries

751

colleagues

179

stores

7.7m

sq ft maximum 
lettable area

  Wholly owned business

  Managed on behalf of Joint Venture

Our purpose
To add stakeholder value by developing profitable and sustainable spaces that allow individuals, businesses, and local communities to thrive

Read more on page 78

Our business model
We acquire, develop, and operate sustainable self storage assets in attractive European markets

Optimising trading performance 
of existing portfolio

Read more on page 18

Our strategy
Maintaining a strong and 
flexible capital structure

Read more on page 8

Selective portfolio management 
and expansion opportunities

How we ensure sustainability

Our people  
Provide a great place to work

Our customers  
Deliver a great customer 
experience and help customers 
live and grow sustainably

Our community  
Benefit local communities

Our environment  
Protect the planet from our 
activities; managing risks to our 
business from climate change

Read more on page 46

Our values
Our values, created by our store teams, are the foundation of everything we do 

See page 53 for more details

We love  
customers

We lead  
the way

We have  
great people

We dare to 
be different

We get it

Having strong relationships with our key stakeholders
We have a wide range of stakeholders. What matters to each, how we engage and how decision-making considers their expectations, 
are set out in our Section 172 statement 

Read more on pages 34 to 36

3

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSInvestment case

How we create value

Safestore has a proven track record in long term value creation. The business 
model remained resilient during the global financial crisis and the Covid-19 
pandemic, with a leading presence in London, Paris, and key markets within the 
self storage sector. This is underpinned by developing profitable and sustainable 
spaces that allow individuals, businesses, and local communities to thrive. 

1. Attractive market 
•  Under-supplied and growing industry

2. Unique portfolio 
•  European leading platform

•  Significant barriers to entry – 

constrained supply of 
attractive locations

•  Leading positions in key 

“space-constrained” European cities 

•  Unlet invested space equivalent to 
around 35 stores including pipeline 
with further development

•  Growth potential in UK/France and 

further expansion in the Netherlands, 
Belgium, German, and Spanish markets

3. People
•  A diverse community of well-trained, 
motivated and engaged colleagues

•   Investors in People Platinum 

accreditation awarded

4. Strategic 
benefits of scale 
•  In-house expertise and scalable 

marketing technology 

•  Systems and pricing analytical capacities

•  UK Leading National Accounts offering

5. Strong cash generation 
•  Scalable platform able to finance 

6. Quality of earnings 
•  Diversified income stream from 

development and acquisition opportunities

90,000 customers

•  Intelligent use of working capital, 

•  Existing customers from prior years 

positive operating cash flow, strong 
and flexible capital structure, and 
quality income-generating assets

•  Strong dividend growth

driving 70% to 80% of revenue

•  High margins – low break-even

•  Low maintenance CAPEX 

4

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWChairman’s statement

Our purpose remains simple – to 
add stakeholder value by developing 
profitable and sustainable spaces 
that allow individuals, businesses, 
and local communities to thrive
David Hearn
Chairman

The last year has been one of considerable strategic and financial 
progress for the Group which is especially impressive on the back 
of an exceptionally strong year in 2021. After three years in the role, 
I continue to be impressed by the dedication and resilience of the 
store and Head Office teams which have been instrumental in 
delivering this progress. 

Our purpose remains simple, to continue to add stakeholder value  
by developing profitable and sustainable spaces that allow individuals, 
businesses, and local communities to thrive. Our strategy is underpinned 
by our values, our behaviours and our governance structure which shape 
our culture and remain central to the way we conduct our business.

I would like to take this opportunity to congratulate all my colleagues 
throughout the Group for their exceptional contributions this year.

Financial and strategic progress
In the last year, the quality, resilience, and importantly, the scalability of 
the business model at Safestore have again been demonstrated and I 
am delighted to announce, on behalf of the Board of the Group, an excellent 
set of results for the financial year ended 31 October 2022. 

Management’s first priority remains to maximise the economic return 
on our existing store portfolio and its 1.4m sq ft of fully invested unlet 
space, building on the significant operational improvements made over 
the current management team’s tenure.

In addition to improving returns from our existing portfolio, the Group 
has continued to make significant strategic progress in expanding its 
footprint through a combination of new store openings and acquisitions. 
The Group has now acquired 46 and opened 20 stores over the last 
six years and all are performing well. The acquisition of OhMyBox! in 
Barcelona in 2019 is now fully integrated into the business and has an 
exciting pipeline, with two stores opening in November 2022, and a 
further six stores over the next two financial years. Our EPS accretive 
acquisition of the 80% share in the Benelux Joint Venture owned by 
Carlyle means that the Group now fully owns the operations of 15 stores in 
the Netherlands and Belgium with a further five in the pipeline. Overall, 
we have a development property pipeline of an additional 1.4m sq ft of 
MLA, which provides significant future opportunity for the business 
and underpins our continued growth. 

The recent establishment of a new £400 million unsecured multi-currency 
RCF at attractive margins offers us significantly greater strategic flexibility 
to support these growth plans.

Our new Joint Venture15 with Carlyle in Germany and recent 
acquisitions in Spain, the Netherlands, and Belgium provide us with 
exciting platforms in new attractive geographies. I believe that 
Safestore’s highly scalable platform will allow us to take advantage of 
further opportunities in due course. 

Financial results
Revenue for the year was £212.5 million, 13.8% ahead of last year 
(FY2021: £186.8 million), or 14.3% ahead on a constant currency basis. 
Like-for-like8 revenue was up 10.7% in constant currency. This result 
was driven by an exceptional performance in the UK which grew 
like-for-like8 revenue by 12.2%, combined with another strong performance 
by Une Pièce en Plus, our Parisian business, which grew like-for-like8 
revenue by 5.3%. 

Particularly encouragingly, this significant growth in revenue delivered 
a further improvement in margins. Underlying EBITDA2 increased by 
14.5% to £135.1 million (FY2021: £118.0 million) and on a constant 
currency basis by 15.1%. 

Operating profit increased by £97.5 million from £417.0 million in 2021 
to £514.5 million in 2022, reflecting a higher investment property gain 
in 2022 combined with the increase in Underlying EBITDA2, a reduction 
in the share-based payments charge, as well as other exceptional gains.

Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share6 grew by 17.3% to 47.5 pence 
(FY2021: 40.5 pence). Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share6 has 
grown by 36.8 pence or 344% over the last nine years. Statutory diluted 
Earnings per Share increased to 212.4 pence (FY2021: 176.4 pence) as 
a result of the increase in Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share6 
combined with an increased gain on valuation of investment properties.

Finally, the Group’s balance sheet remains robust with a Group LTV11 
ratio of 24.4%, calculated on gross debt (FY2021: 24.9%) and an ICR12 
of 11.4x (FY2021: 10.5x). This represents a level of gearing we consider 
appropriate for the business to enable the Group to increase returns on 
equity, maintain financial flexibility and achieve our medium term 
strategic objectives.

This year’s results continue a sustained period of excellent performance 
by the Group. Over the last nine years, the management and store teams 
have delivered a Total Shareholder Return of 779.4%, ranking at number 
one in the UK property sector. Since flotation in 2007, Safestore has 
also delivered the highest Total Shareholder Return of any UK listed 
self storage operator.

5

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChairman’s statement continued

Dividend
Finally, reflecting the Group’s strong trading performance and in line 
with our progressive dividend policy, the Board is pleased to recommend 
a 15.9% increase in the final dividend to 20.4 pence per share 
(FY2021: 17.6 pence) resulting in a full year dividend up 18.7% to 
29.8 pence per share (FY2021: 25.1 pence).

Over the last nine years, the Group has grown the dividend by 418% 
or 24.1 pence per share, during which period the Group has returned 
to shareholders a total of 155.8 pence per share. The total dividend for 
the year is covered 1.59 times by Adjusted EPRA Diluted Earnings 
(1.61 times in 2021). Shareholders will be asked to approve the dividend 
at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 15 March 2023 and, 
if approved, the final dividend will be payable on 7 April 2023 to 
shareholders, on the register at close of business on 3 March 2023.

Summary
In conclusion, the Board remains confident in the future growth prospects 
for the Group and will continue its progressive dividend policy in 2023 
and beyond. In the medium term it is anticipated that the Group’s 
dividend will grow at least in line with Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings 
per Share6.

David Hearn 
Chairman
16 January 2023

ESG
Away from the financial results, I am pleased with the progress the 
Group has made with its ESG strategy. 

Even though Safestore already has one of the lowest environmental 
impact profiles of any company within the overall property sector, 
we have continued to focus on our environmental agenda, with 
year-on-year reductions in greenhouse gas emissions and enhanced 
disclosures in recognition of the recommendations of the TCFD. I am 
pleased to report that we have retained a Silver rating in the 2022 
EPRA sustainability awards, an ‘A’ rating for public disclosures by 
GRESB, an ‘AA’ rating for ESG by MSCI, and the highest rating of 
five stars by Support the Goals.

In addition, we have demonstrated our commitment to our ESG 
agenda by linking the margin on our new £400 million bank facility to 
ESG related KPI’s agreed with our lending group. Details of these 
achievements are covered more fully in the Chief Executive’s report 
and the sustainability section of our Annual Report.

Non-Executive Board changes
During the financial year Claire Balmforth stepped down from the 
Board. Claire has served on the Safestore Board for six years and 
has chaired the Remuneration Committee for all of that time. As both 
a Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee, Claire has served 
the business outstandingly throughout the last six years and both 
personally and on behalf of the Board, I would like to thank her for her 
contribution.

I am also delighted to welcome Jane Bentall to the Board. Jane has 
extensive experience and understanding of operating multi-site, 
consumer-led businesses. Most recently, Jane was Managing Director 
of Haven, the UK holiday parks chain and largest business division of 
Bourne Leisure. Prior to becoming Managing Director of Haven, she 
was the Group Chief Financial Officer for twelve years and previously 
spent six years as Operations Director. In her career she has also held 
senior financial roles at the Rank Group.

6

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive’s statement

The Group has delivered an 
excellent performance in 2022 
building on a record 2021
Frederic Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer

Summary 
In 2022, the Group delivered 17.3% growth in Adjusted Diluted 
EPRA Earnings per Share largely driven by organic growth. Total 
Group revenue increased by 13.8% (14.3% CER1) with a particularly 
strong performance in the UK (+13.1%) and continued strength in 
Paris (+6.1%) and Spain (+9.1%). On a like-for-like8 basis in CER1, 
Group revenue increased by 10.7% with the UK up 12.2%, Paris  
up 5.3% and Spain up 8.5% reflecting the strategy to balance rate 
growth and occupancy performance to maximise revenue, the Group’s 
like-for-like average storage rate5 was up 11.5% at CER1 and average 
occupancy was up 0.7%, whilst like-for-like8 closing occupancy 
decreased by 2.1ppts to 83.1%. 

The Group has traded well throughout the year despite a difficult 
comparable performance in the record 2021 financial year. Our digital 
marketing platform has driven good enquiry generation and conversion, 
and our ongoing commitment to investing in and supporting the 
development of our colleagues has resulted in like-for-like8 revenue 
in the UK growing by 12.2%. The like-for-like average rate growth 
drove the UK revenue performance and increased by 13.9% in the 
year. After an exceptionally strong 2021, average occupancy grew 
by 0.6% and closing occupancy was down 2.6ppts at 83.0%. 

In Paris, our performance has also been strong with like-for-like8 
revenue growing by 5.3% at CER1 driven by a like-for-like growth in 
average occupancy of 1.4% and like-for-like average storage rate 
growing by 4.3% at CER1. Like-for-like8 closing occupancy ended 
the year at a similar level to the prior year at 83.4% (FY2021: 83.6%). 
This is the 24th consecutive year of revenue growth in Paris with 
average growth over the last seven years of approximately 5%. 

Our Spanish business saw a strong 8.5% growth in like-for-like revenue 
for the year driven by an increase in the like-for-like average rate of 
5.8%. Ancillary sales were also strong. A fifth Spanish store opened 
in the year and total revenue growth was 9.1%. 

The Group’s current pipeline of new developments and store 
extensions has grown significantly over the last year and now 
constitutes c.1.4m sq ft of future MLA (equivalent to 18% of the 
existing portfolio) and associated outstanding capital expenditure 
of £146 million. The pipeline consists of eleven projects in the UK, 
seven in Paris, six in Spain, and five in the Netherlands.

The Group completed the EPS accretive acquisition of the remaining 
80% of equity owned by Carlyle in the Benelux JV14 in March 2022 
at an Enterprise Value of €146 million. The Benelux business consists 
of 15 high quality stores with an MLA of 600,000 sq ft in the 
Netherlands and Belgium. 

Group Underlying EBITDA2 of £135.1 million increased by 15.1% 
at CER1 on the prior year. The Group’s EBITDA2 performance, offset 
by a modest increase in leasehold rent and an increase in finance 
costs, resulted in a 17.3% increase in Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS6 
in the period to 47.5 pence (FY2021: 40.5 pence). Statutory operating 
profit increased by £97.5 million to £514.5 million (FY2021: £417.0 
million) principally as a result of an increase in the gain on investment 
properties of £60.5 million to £381.6 million (FY2021: £321.1 million), 
along with an increase of £17.1 million or 14.5% in Underlying EBITDA2 
as a result of stronger trading performance.

Our property portfolio valuation, including investment properties 
under construction, increased in the year by 30.9%, driven by the 
stronger underlying performance of the stores, modest revisions to 
exit cap rates and stabilised occupancy assumptions, new stores, 
acquisitions, and FX. After exchange rate movements, the portfolio 
valuation increased to £2,552.3 million with the UK portfolio up 
£340.7 million to a total UK value of £1,815.5 million and the  
French portfolio increasing by €104.3 million to €625.9 million.

Reflecting the Group’s strong trading performance, the Board is 
pleased to recommend a 15.9% increase in the final dividend to 
20.4 pence per share (FY2021: 17.6 pence) resulting in a full year 
dividend up 18.7% to 29.8 pence per share (FY2021: 25.1 pence). 
Over the last nine years, the Group has grown the annual dividend 
by 418% or 24.1 pence per share.

7

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s statement continued

Outlook
In the last seven financial years, Safestore has strengthened its 
market-leading positions in the UK and Paris with the acquisitions of 
Space Maker, Alligator, Fort Box, and our stores at Heathrow and 
Christchurch10, as well as opening 20 new stores, with a further two 
Madrid stores opening in November 2022, and establishing a pipeline 
of c.1.4m sq ft of MLA. In addition, the Group has entered new markets 
in Spain together with Belgium and the Netherlands, and more recently 
Germany through our new Joint Venture15 with Carlyle. Excluding the 
Joint Venture and the development pipeline, there is 1.4m sq ft of fully 
invested unlet space available, offering significant operational upside 
within the existing portfolio. 

We remain focused on further optimising the Group’s operational 
performance and continuing to grow in all of our geographies. Our 
development pipeline represents 18% of our existing MLA and our 
balance sheet strength and flexibility provide us with the opportunity  
to consider further selective development and acquisition opportunities 
in all of our markets. 

Whilst we are aware of the current macro-economic challenges, our 
business model has proven to be highly resilient with multiple drivers  
of demand and we believe the Group, whilst not entirely immune from 
any cost of living or inflationary issues, is strongly positioned to 
withstand any downturn.

In the first two months of the 2022/23 financial year we have seen 
broadly stable levels of demand compared to last year (but significantly 
ahead of pre-pandemic levels) with like-for-like Group revenue (at 
CER1) up 3.5% and total revenue (at CER1) up 8.7%.

Our strategy
The Group intends to continue to deliver on its proven strategy of 
leveraging its well-located asset base, management expertise, 
infrastructure, scale and balance sheet strength and further increase 
its Earnings per Share by:

•  Optimising the trading performance of the existing portfolio;

•  Maintaining a strong and flexible capital structure; and

•  Taking advantage of selective portfolio management and expansion 
opportunities in our existing markets and, if appropriate, in attractive 
new geographies either through a Joint Venture or in our own right.

In addition, the Group’s strategy is pursued whilst maintaining a strong 
focus on Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) matters, and  
a summary of our ESG strategy is provided further on.

Optimisation of existing portfolio
With the opening of 22 new stores since August 2016, and the 
acquisitions of 46 stores through the purchases of Space Maker in 
July 2016, Alligator in November 2017, our Heathrow store, Fort Box 
in London and OhMyBox! in Barcelona in 2019, Your Room in 2021 
and the Benelux JV in 2022, we have established and strengthened 
our market-leading portfolio in the UK and Paris, and have entered the 
Spanish, Netherlands, and Belgium markets. We have a high quality, 
fully invested estate in all geographies and, of our 179 stores as at 
31 October 2022, 101 are in London and the South East of England 
or in Paris, with 58 in the other major UK cities and 20 in Barcelona 
and the Benelux region. In the UK, we now operate 49 stores within 
the M25, which represents a higher number of stores than any 
other competitor. 

Our MLA4 has increased to 7.7m sq ft at 31 October 2022 (FY2021: 
6.96m sq ft). At the current occupancy level of 82.1% we have 
1.4m sq ft of fully invested unoccupied space (2.9m sq ft including 
the development pipeline), of which 1.0m sq ft is in our UK stores, 
0.2m sq ft is in Paris and 0.2m sq ft is in Barcelona and Benelux. 
In total, unlet space at our existing stores is the equivalent of c.35 
empty stores located across the estate and provides the Group with 
significant opportunity to grow further. We have a proven track record 
of filling our vacant space so we view this availability of space with 
considerable optimism. We will also benefit from the operational 
leverage from the fact that this available space is fully invested and 
the related operating costs are essentially fixed and already included 
in the Group cost base. Our continued focus will be on ensuring that 
we drive occupancy to utilise this capacity at carefully managed rates. 
Between the full financial years 2013 and 2022, occupancy of the 
stores in the portfolio in 2013 that remain in the Group today has 
increased from 63.1% to 84.2%, i.e. an average of 2.3ppts per year 
and equivalent to a total of 1.1m sq ft.

There are three elements that are critical to the optimisation of our 
existing portfolio:

•  Enquiry generation through an effective and efficient marketing operation;

•  Strong conversion of enquiries into new lets; and

•  Disciplined central revenue management and cost control.

Digital Marketing expertise – UK Number 1 
Self Storage Brand
Awareness of self storage remains relatively low with half of the UK 
population either knowing very little or nothing about self storage 
(source: SSA Annual Report). In the UK, many of our new customers 
are using self storage for the first time. It is largely a brand-blind 
purchase. Typically, customers requiring storage start their journey by 
conducting online research using generic keywords in their locality 
(e.g. “storage in Borehamwood”, “self storage near me”) which means 
that geographic coverage and search engine prominence remain key 
competitive advantages.

We believe there is a clear benefit of scale in the generation of 
customer enquiries. The Group has continued to invest in technology 
and in-house expertise which has resulted in the development of a 
leading digital marketing platform that has generated 54% enquiry 
growth for the Group over the last five years. Our in-house expertise 
and significant annual budget have enabled us to deliver strong 
results. Safestore is the UK number 1 self storage brand as it has 
more new lets per year than any other brand. 

The Group’s online strength came to the fore during the various 
Covid-19 lockdowns and has since continued to support customer 
acquisition growth. Online enquiries in FY2022 rose to 90% of our 
enquiries in the UK (FY2021: 89%) and 85% in France (FY2021: 84%). 
The majority of our online enquiries now originate from a mobile device 
(65% share in FY2022), highlighting the need for continual investment 
in our responsive web platform for a “mobile-first” world. We continue 
to invest in activities that promote a strong search engine presence 
to grow enquiry volume whilst managing efficiency in terms of overall 
cost per enquiry and cost per new let. Group marketing costs as a 
percentage of revenue were 3.6% for the full year (FY2021: 3.7%). 
This percentage has constantly reduced over the last eight years  
and is now at its lowest level in that period.

8

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDuring the 2021/22 trading year, the Group demonstrated its ability 
to integrate newly developed and acquired stores into its marketing 
platform with successful new openings at Bow (London, UK), 
Christchurch (Dorset, UK), Nijmegen (Netherlands), and an additional 
store in Barcelona. We have now clearly demonstrated that our marketing 
platform is transferable into multiple overseas geographies.

In February 2022, Safestore UK won the Feefo Platinum Trusted 
Service award for the third time. The award is given to businesses 
which have achieved Gold standard for three consecutive years. It is 
an independent mark of excellence that recognises businesses for 
delivering exceptional experiences, as rated by real customers. In addition 
to using Feefo, Safestore invites customers to leave a review on a 
number of review platforms, including Google and Trustpilot. Our ratings 
for each of these three providers in the UK are between 4.6 and 
4.8 out of 5. In France, Une Pièce en Plus uses Trustpilot to obtain 
independent customer reviews and in FY2022 achieved a TrustScore 
of 4.6 out of 5. In Spain, OhMyBox! collects customer feedback via 
Google reviews and has maintained a score of 4.6 out of 5.

Motivated and effective store teams benefiting 
from investment in training and development 
In what is still a relatively immature and poorly understood product, 
customer service and selling skills at the point of sale remain essential 
in earning the trust of the customer and in driving the appropriate 
balance of volumes and unit price in order to optimise revenue growth 
in each store.

In the first half of our 2021/22 trading year, we moved away from 
Covid-19 based restrictions to a business-as-usual operating model 
in stores, removing all screens and signage, although we continue 
to display advisory mask and distancing messages along with safe 
working protocols for both our customers and colleagues.

Our enthusiastic, well-trained, and customer-centric sales team remains 
a key differentiator and a strength of our business. Understanding the 
needs of our customers and using this knowledge to develop in-store 
trusted advisers is a fundamental part of driving revenue growth and 
market share.

Safestore has been an Investors in People (“IIP”) accredited 
organisation since 2003 and we passionately believe that our continued 
success is dependent on our highly motivated and well-trained colleagues. 
Following the award of a Bronze accreditation in 2015 and a Gold 
accreditation in 2018, we were delighted to be awarded the “we invest 
in people” Platinum accreditation in February 2021. This is the highest 
accolade in the Investors in People scale and positions us as an employer 
of choice. Shortly after our Platinum accreditation, we were shortlisted 
for the Platinum Employer of the Year (250+) category in the Investors 
in People Awards 2021. This further endorses the high standard of our 
teams and the people development programmes that drive our skill 
and talent retention. 

IIP is the international standard for people management, defining  
what it takes to lead, support and engage people effectively to achieve 
sustainable results. Underpinning the standard is the Investors in 
People framework, reflecting the latest workplace trends, essential 
skills and effective structures required to outperform in any industry. 
Investors in People enables organisations to benchmark against the 
best in the business on an international scale. We are proud to have 
our colleagues recognised to such a high standard, not only in our 
industry, but also across over 50,000 organisations in 66 countries. 
This sustained people engagement focus is an essential component 
of our continuous improvement mentality.

We are committed to growing and rewarding our people and we tailor our 
development, reward and recognition programmes to reflect this. Our IIP 
recognised coaching programme, launched in 2018 and upgraded every 
year since, continues to be a driving force behind the continuous 
performance improvement demonstrated by our store colleagues. 

The Covid-19 pandemic provided a challenging environment requiring 
us to operate in some new and innovative ways. Our online learning 
portal, combined with the energy and flexibility of our store colleagues, 
allowed us to not only continue to deliver our award-winning development 
programmes but also to capitalise on the strength of our IT platforms. 
As the restrictions in the UK relaxed through the second half of 2021, 
we were able to combine our newly created technology communication 
skills with our tried and tested face-to-face training sessions in a newly 
created “impact” sales refresher. 

Following our late 2021 sales refreshers, we took the opportunity to 
review many of our training, coaching and compliance tools to take 
advantage of our higher performance levels and skilled colleagues. The 
integration of flexible contract types and enhanced digital contracts have 
all been included in our updated version of QUEST, our sales framework. 
This two-day programme has been delivered, face-to-face, to every 
colleague in our store and field teams in the first half of 2022.

We recognised the changing needs and demands of our customers, 
not only through the challenging times of 2020/21, but also through the 
newly emerging demands and requirements in late 2021. Combining 
new, along with tried and tested, solutions and systems, we are further 
able to support our store colleagues, allowing them to fulfil the needs 
of our customers over and above that of our competitors. Our flexible 
contract types and enhanced digital contract completion further 
enhance our customer offer and experience. These enhancements 
have combined to help us create our 2023 QUEST programme which 
commenced roll-out in late September 2022 focusing on the new 
contract types and technologies available to us.

All new recruits to the business benefit from enhanced induction and 
training tools that have been developed in-house and enable us to quickly 
identify high-potential individuals and increase their speed to competency. 
They receive individual performance targets within four weeks of joining 
the business and are placed on the ‘pay-for-skills’ programme that allows 
accelerated basic pay increases dependent on success in demonstrating 
specific and defined skills. The key target of our programme remains that 
we grow our talent through our Store Manager Development programme, 
and we are pleased with our progress to date. 

Our internal Store Manager Development programme (“SMD”) has 
been in place since 2016 and is a key part of succession planning 
for future Store Managers. In May 2022, we began our assessment 
process for the sixth intake of the SMD with a first-class group of 
candidates ready to learn the necessary skills and attributes they need 
to become a Safestore Store Manager. Funded by the Apprenticeship 
Levy this programme provides the opportunity to complete a Level 3 
Management and Leadership apprenticeship, with the additional 
opportunity to complete an Institute of Leadership and Management 
(“ILM”) qualification.

Our Store Manager Development programme demonstrates the 
effectiveness of our learning tools. In a spirit of constant improvement, 
our content and delivery process is dynamically enhanced through 
our 360-degree feedback process utilising the learnings from not only 
the candidates but also from our training Store Managers and senior 
business leaders. This allows our people to be trained with the 
knowledge and skills to sell effectively in today’s marketplace. 

9

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s statement continued

Motivated and effective store teams benefiting 
from investment in training and development 
continued 
Our Senior Manager Development programme (“LEAD”) focuses on 
developing our high performing store managers, aimed at preparing 
them for more senior roles within the business. This programme is built 
on the foundations of our Store Manager Development programme 
and included delegates delivering performance-enhancing projects  
to our wider business. We are proud that all nine participants of our 
Senior Leadership Development programme ‘LEAD Academy’ 
successfully completed their Level 5 Management and Leadership 
apprenticeship; six of those participants were awarded Distinctions.

Furthermore, we have re-launched our Graduate Programme, with our 
first intake commencing in October 2022, providing an opportunity 
for newly qualified graduates to build their skillset and experience, 
resulting in a career with Safestore. 

Our performance dashboard allows our store and field teams to focus 
on the key operating metrics of the business providing an appropriate 
level of management information to enable swift decision-making. 
Reporting performance down to individual colleague level enhances 
our competitive approach to team and individual performance. 
We continue to reward our people for their performance with bonuses 
of up to 50% of basic salary based on their achievements against 
individual targets for new lets, occupancy, and ancillary sales. 
In addition, our Values and Behaviours framework is overlaid on 
individuals’ performance in order to assess performance and 
development needs on a quarterly basis.

Our ‘Make the Difference’ people forum, launched in 2018, enables 
frequent opportunities for us to hear and respond to our colleagues. 
Our network of 15 ‘People Champions’ collect questions and feedback 
from their peers across the business and put them to members of the 
Executive Committee. We drive change and continuous improvement 
in responding to the feedback we receive for; ‘Our Business, 
Our Customers, and Our Colleagues’.

People Champions: 

•  consult and collect the views and suggestions of all colleagues that 

they represent;

•  engage in the bi-annual ‘Make the Difference’ people forum, raising 

and representing the views of their colleagues; and

•  consult with and discuss feedback with management and the 

leadership team at Safestore.

Our values are authentic, having been created by our people. They are 
core to the employment life cycle and bring consistency to our culture. 
Our leaders have high values alignment enabling us to make the right 
decisions for our colleagues and our customers. Our customers continue 
to be at the heart of everything we do, whether it be in store, online  
or in their communities. In 2022 we maintained our industry-leading 
independent customer ratings, with a Feefo Platinum Trusted Service 
award and a 5-star Trustpilot rating, with over twice the reviews of  
our nearest competitor. Along with our strong Google ratings, these 
independent assessments further reflect our ongoing commitment to 
customer satisfaction as the number one storage provider in the UK.

Central revenue management and cost control
We continue to pursue a balanced approach to revenue management. 
We aim to optimise revenue by improving the utilisation of the available 
space in our portfolio at carefully managed rates. Our central pricing 
team is responsible for the management of our dynamic pricing policy, 
the implementation of promotional offers and the identification of 
additional ancillary revenue opportunities. Whilst price lists are 
managed centrally and are adjusted on a real-time basis, the store 

sales teams have, from time to time, the ability to offer a ‘Lowest Price 
Guarantee’ in the event that a local competitor is offering a lower price, 
or the ability to offer discretionary discounts. The Lowest Price 
Guarantee and discretionary discount are centrally controlled and 
activated on a store by store and unit by unit basis.

Average rates are predominantly influenced by:

•  the store location and catchment area;

•  the volume of enquiries generated online;

•  the store team skills at converting these enquiries into new lets at 

the expected price; and

•  the very granular pricing policy and the confidence provided by 

analytical capabilities and systems that smaller players might lack.

We believe that Safestore has a very strong proposition in each of 
these areas.

Costs are managed centrally with a lean structure maintained at Head 
Office. Enhancements to cost control are continually considered and 
the cost base is challenged on an ongoing basis.

Strong and flexible capital structure
Since 2014 we have refinanced the business on seven occasions, 
each time optimising our debt structure and improving terms, and 
believe we have maintained a capital structure that is appropriate for 
our business and which provides us with the flexibility to take advantage 
of carefully evaluated development and acquisition opportunities. 

At 31 October 2022, based on the current level of borrowings and 
interest swap rates, the Group’s weighted average cost of debt was 
2.41% and 93% of our drawn debt was at fixed rate or hedged. 
The weighted average maturity of the Group’s drawn debt is 5.1 years 
at the current period end and the Group’s LTV ratio is 24.4% as at 
31 October 2022.

Based on our current development pipeline and our internal 
assumptions on how SONIA and EURIBOR will grow over the coming 
months, we anticipate that our weighted average cost of debt will 
increase to c.2.6% to 2.8% by the end of 2023.

This LTV of 24.4% and interest cover ratio of 11.4x for the rolling 
twelve-month period ended 31 October 2022 provides us with 
significant headroom compared to our banking covenants. We had 
£208.4 million of undrawn bank facilities at 31 October 2022 before 
taking into consideration the additional £100 million uncommitted 
accordion facility.

Taking into account the improvements we have made in the 
performance of the business, the Group is capable of generating free 
cash after dividends sufficient to fund the building of three to four new 
stores per annum depending on location and availability of land.

The Group evaluates development and acquisition opportunities in  
a careful and disciplined manner against rigorous investment criteria. 
Our investment policy requires certain Board-approved hurdle rates 
to be considered achievable prior to progressing an investment 
opportunity. In addition, the Group aims to maintain a Group LTV11 
ratio below 40% which the Board considers to be appropriate for 
the Group.

New financing
In April 2022, Safestore drew its existing uncommitted $115 million 
Shelf Facility. The facility was drawn in Euros for a seven-year term  
at an interest rate of 2.45% in order to partially fund the acquisition  
of Carlyle’s 80% share of the Benelux JV.

Since the end of the financial year, the Group has completed the 
refinancing of its Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF’s”) which were due  
to expire in June 2023.

10

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTThe previous £250 million Sterling and €70 million Euro secured RCF’s 
have been replaced with a single multi-currency unsecured £400 million 
facility. In addition, a further £100 million uncommitted accordion 
facility is incorporated into the facility agreement.

The facility is for a four-year term with two one-year extension options 
exercisable after the first and second years of the agreement. 

The Group will pay interest at a margin of 1.25% plus SONIA or 
EURIBOR depending on whether the borrowings are drawn in Sterling 
or Euros. The margin is at the same level as the previous facility 
agreements. 

A commitment fee of 35% of the margin is payable on undrawn 
amounts under the facility. This has reduced from 40% under the 
previous facility agreements.

Reflecting the Group’s improved credit profile, the banking group 
and existing US Private Placement Noteholders have agreed that all 
of the Group’s previously secured borrowings move to an unsecured 
basis, thus reducing administrative and legal costs associated with 
the facilities.

The main covenants under all of the Group’s borrowings are a Group 
loan-to-value (“LTV”) covenant of 60% (replacing separate UK and 
French LTV covenants) which is based on net debt rather than gross 
debt and an Interest Cover Ratio covenant of 2.4x.

The hedging arrangements under the previous facility agreements 
have been continued under the new agreements. Therefore, the Group 
benefits from £55 million of Interest Rate Swaps until 30 June 2023 at 
a rate of 0.6885%.

Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) KPI’s have been 
agreed with the Group’s lenders. The margin under the facility is now 
linked to ESG targets, where met enable a reduction in the margin  
of up to 5bps.

ESG strategy
ESG: Sustainable Self Storage
Our purpose – to add stakeholder value by developing profitable and 
sustainable spaces that allow individuals, businesses, and local 
communities to thrive – is supported by the ‘pillars’ of our sustainability 
strategy: our people, our customers, our community, and our 
environment. In addition, the Group and its stakeholders recognise 
that its efforts are part of a broader movement and we have, therefore, 
aligned our objectives with the UN Sustainable Development Goals 
(“SDGs”). We reviewed the significance of each goal to our business 
and the importance of each goal to our stakeholders and assessed 
our ability to contribute to each goal. Following this materiality exercise, 
we have chosen to focus our efforts in the areas where we can have  
a meaningful impact. These are “Decent work and economic growth” 
(goal 8), “Sustainable cities and communities” (goal 11), “Responsible 
consumption and production” (goal 12), and “Climate action” (goal 13). 

Sustainability is embedded into day-to-day responsibilities at Safestore 
and, accordingly, we have opted for a governance structure which 
reflects this. Two members of the Executive Management team 
co-chair a cross-functional sustainability group consisting of the 
functional leads responsible for each area of the business. 

In 2018, the Group established medium term targets in each of the 
‘pillars’ towards which the Group continued to progress in FY2022.

Our people: Safestore was awarded the prestigious Investors in 
People (“IIP”) Platinum accreditation and was in the final top ten 
shortlist for Platinum Employer of the Year (250+) category in The 
Investors in People Awards 2021. The Group’s response during the 
pandemic lockdowns and aftermath has had a profound impact  
on trust in leadership and colleague engagement and motivation. 

Our customers: The Group’s brands continue to deliver a high quality 
experience, from online enquiry to move-in. This is reflected in customer 
satisfaction scores on independent review platforms (Trustpilot, 
Feefo, Google) of over 90% in each market. The introduction of digital 
contracts during the pandemic offers both customer convenience and 
a reduction in printing, saving an estimated 44,000 pieces of paper 
each month.

Our community: Safestore remains committed to being a responsible 
business by making a positive contribution within the local communities 
wherever our stores are based. We continue to do this by developing 
brownfield sites and actively engaging with local communities when 
we establish a new store, identifying and implementing greener 
approaches in the way we build and operate our stores, helping charities 
and communities to make better use of limited space, and creating 
and sustaining local employment opportunities directly and indirectly 
through the many small and medium-sized enterprises which use our 
space. During FY2022, the space occupied by local charities in 222 
units across 103 stores was 18,903 sq ft and worth £0.7 million.

Our environment: Safestore is committed to ensuring our buildings 
are constructed responsibly and their ongoing operation has a minimal 
impact on local communities and the environment. It should be noted 
that the self storage sector is not a significant consumer of energy 
when compared with other real estate subsectors. As a result, 
operational emissions intensity tends to be far lower. According to a 
2021 report by KPMG and EPRA, self storage generates the lowest 
greenhouse gas emissions intensity (5.75 kg/m2 for Scope 1 and 2) of 
all European real estate sub-sectors, with emissions per m2 less than 
30% of the European listed real estate average (19.5 kg/m2) and 
notably 21% of the emissions intensity of the residential sub-sector 
(27.0 kg/m2). Reflecting the considerable progress made on energy 
mix, efficiency measures and waste reduction to date, Safestore’s 
emissions intensity (3.9 kg/m2 in 2020) is considerably lower (-32%) 
than the self storage subsector average. In FY2022, the Group 
continued to progress with a further 2.7% decline in absolute emissions 
despite continued portfolio growth and greater utilisation of stores 
compared to 2021. Safestore’s absolute (location-based) emissions 
are now 54% below, and emissions intensity 68% below the 2013 
baseline level despite significant growth in portfolio floor space. 
Moving forward, the Group has a commitment to be operationally 
carbon neutral by 2035 with a medium term target to reduce operational 
emissions (market-based) by 50% compared to the level in FY2021  
by 2025. The total investment to achieve carbon neutrality should be 
around £3 million.

In addition to the IIP award and the customer satisfaction ratings, the 
Group has received recognition for its sustainability progress and 
disclosures in the last twelve months. Safestore has been given a 
Silver rating in the 2022 EPRA Sustainability BPR awards. The Global 
ESG Benchmark for Real Assets (“GRESB”) has once again awarded 
Safestore an “A” rating in its 2022 Public Disclosures assessment. 
MSCI has awarded Safestore its second-highest rating of ‘AA’ for ESG 
in 2022. The Group has also been awarded the highest rating of five 
stars by Support the Goals.

Finally, the Group has worked with its banking lenders to agree ESG 
related KPI’s which are linked to the margin payable under its new 
£400 million facility. Two KPI’s have been agreed, which, when 
achieved, result in a reduction in margin of up 5bps. 

The total capital expenditure on stores opened in the 2022/23 financial 
year-to-date as well as the outstanding pipeline is estimated to be 
c.£245 million. At our usual Cash on Cash Return hurdles of c.10% we 
would estimate that these stores will add c. £24.5 million of EBITDA 
at stabilisation (c.four years after opening).

11

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s statement continued

Portfolio management
Our approach to store development and acquisitions in the UK, Paris 
and Spain, and now the Netherlands and Belgium, continues to be 
pragmatic, flexible and focused on the return on capital.

Our property teams continue to seek investment opportunities in new 
sites to add to the store pipeline. However, investments will only be 
made if they comply with our disciplined and strict investment criteria. 
Our preference is to acquire sites that are capable of being fully 
operational within 18-24 months from completion.

Since 2016, the Group has opened 22 new stores: Chiswick, Wandsworth, 
Mitcham, Paddington Marble Arch, Carshalton, Bow (all in London), 
Birmingham Central, Birmingham Merry Hill, Birmingham Middleway, 
Altrincham, Peterborough, Gateshead and Sheffield in the UK, and 
Emerainville, Combs-la-Ville, Poissy, Pontoise and Magenta in Paris, 
Nijmegen in the Netherlands, and Pronvenca in Barcelona, with a 
further two stores opening in Madrid in November 2022 adding 
1,093,000 sq ft of MLA. 

In addition, the Group has acquired 46 existing stores through the 
acquisitions of Space Maker, Alligator, Fort Box, Salus and Your Room 
in the UK, OhMyBox! in Barcelona, and the Lokabox and M3 group 
from our Benelux JV acquisition. These acquisitions added a further 
1,844,000 sq ft of MLA and revenue performance has been enhanced 
in all cases under the Group’s ownership.

We have also completed the extensions and refurbishments of our 
Acton, Barking, Bedford, Chingford, Wimbledon, Edgware, Southend, 
Paddington Marble Arch, Winchester and Longpont (Paris) stores 
adding a net 122,000 sq ft of fully invested space to the estate. 
All of these stores are performing in line with or ahead of their 
business plans. 

The Group’s current pipeline of new developments and store extensions 
(see below) has grown significantly over the last year and now constitutes 
c.1,407,000 sq ft of future MLA. The pipeline and store openings since 
the end of the 2022 financial year is equivalent to c.19% of the existing 
portfolio. The outstanding capital expenditure of £146 million is expected 
to be funded from the Group’s existing resources. The total capital 
expenditure on stores opened in the 2022/23 financial year-to-date  
as well as the outstanding pipeline, is estimated to be c.£245 million.  
At our usual Cash on Cash Return hurdles of c.10% we would estimate 
that these stores will add c.£24.5 million of EBITDA at stabilisation  
(c.four years after opening).

Property pipeline
Openings of new stores and extensions in the period

Open 2022

FH/LH

Opening Date

MLA

Other

Redevelopments and extensions

London – Paddington 
Marble Arch

Southend

London – Edgware

London – Wimbledon

Winchester

New developments

London – Bow

Central Barcelona

Nijmegen – 
Netherlands

Open 2023

New developments

Northern Madrid

Southern Madrid

LH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

Q1 2022

Q1 2022

Q1 2022

Q1 2022

Q4 2022

8,500

10,100

22,900

9,000

11,000

Extension

Extension

Extension

Extension

Extension

Q1 2022

Q1 2022

74,000

12,500

Conversion

Conversion

Q1 2022

40,000

Conversion

Q1 2023

53,000

Conversion

Q1 2023

32,000

Conversion

In September 2020 the Group received planning permission to extend 
its Southend store by 10,100 sq ft. The existing store has an MLA of 
49,400 sq ft and was 86% occupied at the end of September 2020. 
The extension opened in December 2021.

In January 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold building 
in a densely populated area in Central Barcelona. The conversion of 
the existing building into a 12,500 sq ft MLA self storage facility is 
complete and the store is now open.

In March 2021 and April 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on 
two freehold buildings in Southern Madrid and Northern Madrid 
respectively. Both acquisitions have been completed with planning 
granted and the existing buildings have been converted into 32,000 
and 53,000 sq ft MLA self storage facilities. Both sites opened 
post-year end in November 2022.

In April 2021, we exchanged contracts on the acquisition of a 0.5-acre 
site adjacent to our existing London Wimbledon store (MLA 58,800 sq 
ft). We completed this transaction in December 2021 and construction 
was completed just after the period end. The existing reception area 
has been relocated to a more prominent and visible roadside location 
and a further 9,000 sq ft of storage capacity and 1,000 sq ft of offices 
have been added. The Wimbledon store’s peak occupancy, prior to 
the Covid-19 pandemic, was 92%.

In May 2021, the Group completed the freehold acquisition of an 
0.8-acre site with a 108,000 sq ft warehouse to the east of London  
in a prominent position on the A12 in Bow. The building had existing 
consent for storage and we only required planning consents for some 
external modifications to the building. Otherwise, the building was suitable 
for immediate conversion to self storage. The 74,000 sq ft store opened 
in December 2021.

12

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTIn Romford in London, we have secured a freehold site with an existing 
warehouse which will be converted, subject to planning permission,  
to a 41,000 sq ft store, opening in 2024.

In Crayford, we have secured a leasehold site on which we will convert 
an existing warehouse to a 9,400 sq ft extension to our existing 
Crayford site. We hope to open the satellite store in 2023.

In Walton-on-Thames in London, we have secured a freehold site with 
an existing warehouse which will be converted, subject to planning 
permission, to a 20,700 sq ft store. We hope to open the store in 2025.

Our total UK development pipeline now amounts to c.511,800 sq ft  
of which c.415,100 sq ft is in London.

Paris
Safestore has for many years owned a vacant freehold site in the town 
of Nanterre on the edge of La Défense, Paris’ main business district. 
This area of Paris is undergoing significant development and Safestore 
has invested a 24.9% stake in a Joint Venture development company, 
PBC Les Groues SAS, which is constructing a c.300,000 sq ft 
development of offices, retail, a school and residential properties.

Safestore has contributed its Nanterre site into the project, receiving 
cash of €1.0 million in addition to the delivery of an underground 
storage area and reception within the complex, ready to be fitted out 
into a 44,000 sq ft self storage facility. Planning for the project has 
been received and construction has commenced.

It is anticipated that the project will be completed in 2025 when the 
self storage facility will open.

In August 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold site 
in Southern Paris with a significant frontage onto the N104 motorway. 
The site includes an existing building which will be demolished and 
replaced by a 55,000 sq ft MLA store. We expect the store to open 
in 2023.

Over the first half of 2022 we exchanged contracts on three freehold 
development sites to the west of Paris. All sites required planning 
permission and newly built stores of 56,000 sq ft, 20,000 sq ft, and 
58,000 sq ft were planned to be constructed by the end of 2023. 
Our Paris West 2 site (20,000 sq ft) did not receive planning permission 
and has been removed from the pipeline.

Paris East 1 and Paris North West 1 are freehold sites on which we 
will convert existing buildings, subject to planning, to 60,000 sq ft and 
54,000 sq ft stores respectively. We expect the stores to open in 2023.

Our Paris pipeline now amounts to c.349,200 sq ft.

In addition, in May 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a 
leasehold basement car park adjacent to our existing London 
Paddington Marble Arch store. The occupancy of the Paddington 
Marble Arch store on 31 March 2021 was 80%. The extension opened 
in December 2021, adding 8,500 sq ft of MLA.

The Group has also received planning permission to extend its 
Edgware store by a further 22,900 sq ft. The existing store has MLA of 
24,000 sq ft and reached a peak occupancy of 91% prior to extension 
works commencing. The extension opened in December 2021.

An 11,000 sq ft extension to our existing Winchester store opened in 
the quarter. The existing store has an MLA of 42,000 sq ft and has 
peaked at more than 90% occupancy.

In January 2022, the Netherlands business opened a new store in 
Nijmegen. The store is freehold with an MLA of 40,000 sq ft and is 
a conversion of an existing building. Nijmegen has a population of 
177,000 and the site is well located on a main road with good visibility 
and access.

Development sites 
UK
In June 2018, Safestore opened its Paddington Marble Arch store. 
A separate satellite store at Paddington Park West Place, with MLA 
of 13,000 sq ft, will open during 2024. 

In April 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold 1.3-acre 
site at Lea Bridge in Northeast London. The acquisition of the site has 
now been completed and we plan to open a 76,500 sq ft MLA store in 
2024 as the leases for existing tenants on the site have up to two years 
to run. Rental income of approximately £170k per annum is currently 
received on this site.

In addition, in April 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold 
site in Woodford in Northeast London. Subject to planning, we will 
open a 76,000 sq ft MLA store in 2025.

In July 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold 0.8-acre 
site in Shoreham, West Sussex. Shoreham is situated between 
Brighton and Worthing on the south coast of England. Subject to 
planning, we will open a purpose built 54,000 sq ft MLA store in 2024. 

In November 2021, the Group completed the acquisition of a 1.2-acre 
freehold site off Old Kent Road in the London Borough of Southwark  
in Southeast London. Subject to planning, we hope to open a c.76,500 
sq ft MLA store in due course. Existing tenants on the site will provide 
a rental income in the meantime. 

In May 2022, the Group completed the acquisition of a 2.1-acre freehold 
site including an existing warehouse in Wigan in Greater Manchester. 
Subject to minor planning approvals for elevations and signage, we 
plan to convert the existing building and open a c.42,700 sq ft MLA 
store in 2023.

The Group has also previously acquired two additional sites in London 
at Morden and Bermondsey. Morden is a freehold 0.9-acre site in an 
established industrial location. Planning permission for a 52,000 sq ft 
self storage facility has now been granted and construction on this site 
is underway with a view to opening in 2023. Bermondsey is a 0.5-acre 
freehold site with income from existing tenants and is adjacent to our 
existing leasehold store. Our medium term aim, subject to planning 
permission, is to extend our existing Bermondsey operations with the 
addition of a new self storage facility to complement our existing store.

13

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s statement continued

Development sites continued
Spain
In December 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of OMB Self 
Storage S.L.U. which operates three leasehold properties and one 
freehold property, all very well located in the centre of Barcelona. The four 
locations (Valencia, Calabria, Glories, and Marina) have an MLA 
totalling 108,000 sq ft. A fifth store, in Central Barcelona, was opened 
during 2022. The occupancy of the business at the end of October 
2022 was 78.9% and 85.9% on a like-for-like basis.

The Group is continuing its expansion of the business in Barcelona 
and its entry into the Madrid market with the acquisition of the 
following sites.

In April 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold building in 
Northern Barcelona. Subject to planning, we will convert the existing 
building into a 42,000 sq ft MLA. It is anticipated that the site will open 
in the 2022/23 financial year.

In June 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold property 
in South Barcelona. The site includes an existing industrial building 
which will be converted into a 30,000 sq ft MLA self storage facility. 
Planning has been granted and we expect to open the site in the 
2022/23 financial year.

In August 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a leasehold site  
in Central Barcelona. The site is a former car dealership which will be 
converted to a 24,700 sq ft MLA store which, subject to planning, should 
open in 2024. 

In December 2021, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold 
building in a commercial and industrial area of Eastern Madrid. Subject 
to completion, we will convert the existing building into a 50,000 sq ft 
MLA self storage facility. It is anticipated that the site will open in 2023.

In August 2022, the Group exchanged contracts on a freehold building 
in a commercial and industrial area of South West Madrid. Subject to 
planning and completion, we will convert the existing building into a 
46,800 sq ft MLA self storage facility. It is anticipated that the site will 
open in 2024.

A new freehold site has been secured in Southern Madrid (Southern 
Madrid 2) on which we will convert an existing building, subject to 
planning permission, into a 68,800 sq ft storage facility. It is anticipated 
that the site will open in 2024.

Our Spanish pipeline now amounts to c.262,300 sq ft including 
165,600 sq ft across three stores in Madrid and 96,700 sq ft over 
three stores in Barcelona.

The Spanish business now has seven open stores and a pipeline consisting 
of a further six stores amounting to c.262,300 sq ft of MLA.

Netherlands
During the year we exchanged contracts on a freehold site at 
Amersfoort, 40 minutes east of Amsterdam. The acquisition is 
subject to planning permission and we anticipate that the new store, 
which will have an MLA of 58,000 sq ft, will be opened in 2023.

The Group completed the acquisition of a freehold site in Almere, 
a city with a population of 214,000 which is 20 minutes’ drive from 
Amsterdam. Subject to planning, we will convert the two existing 
buildings on the site into a 44,500 sq ft MLA self storage facility. 
It is anticipated that the site will open in 2023.

New freehold sites have been secured in Amsterdam and Aalsmeer 
where we will build new stores, subject to planning, of 61,400 sq ft 
and 48,400 sq ft respectively. The two stores should open in 2024.

Since the year end, the Group has secured a freehold site in Rotterdam 
for construction of a 71,000 sq ft MLA store subject to planning. 
Rotterdam is one of the major cities in the Netherlands with a population 
of 588,000 and forms part of the larger Randstad area. The new site 
forms part of a larger re-development within the heart of an affluent 
district of the city.

In the Netherlands, our pipeline now consists of 283,300 sq ft of space 
in five stores.

Store extensions 
The Group plans to redevelop and extend its Pyrénées store in Paris. 
The extension will add 22,200 sq ft and is planned to open in 2023. 
As of September 2022, the store occupancy was 94%. 

Lease extensions and assignments
During the period we extended the lease on our Exeter store in the UK. 
The lease will now continue until February 2045 with tenant-only break 
clauses in 2035 and 2040. A six-month rent-free period was agreed as 
part of the renegotiation.

In Crayford, we have extended the lease on our existing store to 2042, 
with a tenant-only break option in 2032. A rent-free period of four 
months was agreed as part of this agreement. The lease on the new 
satellite store reported above also terminates in 2042.

In Sunderland, we have extended the lease on our store to 2047 with  
a tenant break option in 2037. A six-month rent-free period was agreed 
as part of this lease extension.

As part of our ongoing asset management programme, we have now 
extended the leases on 27 stores or 70% of our leased store portfolio 
in the UK since 2012. As a result, since 2012 the remaining lease 
length of our UK stores has remained at c.11-13 years.

Site disposal
In April 2021 we opened our Birmingham Middleway store (58,000 
sq ft MLA) and closed our Digbeth store (44,500 sq ft MLA) shortly 
thereafter. Customers were relocated to the bigger, better located new 
store. At the time, we stated that we intended to sell the Digbeth site. 

We are pleased to confirm that the Digbeth site sale was completed 
in August 2022. The proceeds received funded the entire acquisition 
and construction of the Middleway site. As of September 2022, the 
Middleway site was 83% occupied.

14

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTProperty pipeline summary
Our pipeline of c.1.4m sq ft represents c.18% of our existing property portfolio.

Opening 2023

FH/LH

Status*

MLA

Other

Redevelopments and extensions

London – Crayford

Paris – Pyrénées

New developments

London – Morden

Wigan

Paris – South Paris

Paris – West 1

Paris – West 3

Paris – East 1

Paris – North West 1

Eastern Madrid

Northern Barcelona

South Barcelona

Amersfoort – Netherlands

Almere – Netherlands

Opening 2024

Redevelopments and extensions

New developments

London – Paddington Park West

London – Lea Bridge

London – Romford

Shoreham

South West Madrid

Southern Madrid 2 

Central Barcelona 2

Amsterdam – Netherlands

Aalsmeer – Netherlands

Rotterdam – Netherlands

Opening Beyond 2024

New developments

London – Old Kent Road

London – Woodford

London – Bermondsey

London – Walton

Paris – La Défense

LH

LH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

LH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

FH

C, UC

C, UC

C, PG, UC

C, UC

C, PG

CE, STP

CE, STP

CE, STP

CE, STP

C, PG

C, PG

C, PG

CE, STP

C, STP

C, PG

C, PG

C, STP

CE, STP

CE, STP

CE, STP

CE, STP

CE, STP

CE, STP

CE, PG

C, STP

CE, PG

C, STP

C, STP

C, PG

Total Pipeline MLA (let sq ft- million)

Total Outstanding CAPEX (£’m)

*  C = completed, CE = contracts exchanged, STP = subject to planning, PG = planning granted, UC = under construction

9,400

22,200

52,000

42,700

55,000

56,000

58,000

60,000

54,000

50,000

42,000

30,000

58,000

44,500

Extension

Extension

New build

Conversion

New build

New build

New build

Conversion

Conversion

Conversion

Conversion

Conversion

New build

Conversion

13,000

Conversion,Satellite

76,500

41,000

54,000

46,800

68,800

24,700

61,400

48,400

71,000

76,500

76,000

50,000

20,700

44,000

c.1.407

c.146.0

New build

New build

New build

Conversion

Conversion

Conversion

New build

New build

New build

New build

New build

New build

Conversion

Mixed use facility

15

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s statement continued

Acquisitions
Acquisition of Your Room Self Storage, Christchurch10
In December 2021, Safestore acquired Your Room Self Storage in 
Christchurch, Dorset, for £2.45 million. The freehold Christchurch store 
has an MLA of 14,000 sq ft and the Group anticipates that the initial 
yield in the first year will be in excess of 6%. 

The German market is one of Europe’s more under-penetrated markets 
with just 0.09 sq ft of storage space per capita which compares to 
0.76 sq ft in the UK, 0.24 sq ft in France, 0.24 sq ft in Spain, 0.60 sq ft 
in the Netherlands and 0.20 sq ft in Belgium. According to the 2022 
FEDESSA report, there are just 320 facilities in Germany and 7.6m sq ft 
of lettable space. 

myStorage has seven medium to long term leasehold stores and 
326,000 sq ft of MLA in Berlin, Heidelburg, Mannheim, Fürth, 
Nuremburg, Neu-Ulm and Reutlingen.

The occupancy of the portfolio is 67% with two of the stores having 
opened in 2021. 

Safestore’s initial investment in the Joint Venture was a c.€2.2 million 
equity investment for a 10% share of the Joint Venture. Safestore will 
also earn a fee for providing management services to the Joint Venture. 
The Group expects to earn an initial return on investment of c.15% for 
the first full year before transaction related costs reflecting its share of 
expected Joint Venture profits and fees for management services.

Portfolio summary
The self storage market has been growing consistently for over 20 
years across many European countries but few regions offer the unique 
characteristics of London and Paris, both of which consist of large, 
wealthy and densely populated markets. In the London region, the 
population is 13 million inhabitants with a density of 5,200 inhabitants 
per square mile, 11,000 per square mile in Central London and up to 
32,000 per square mile in the densest boroughs. 

The population of the Paris urban area is 10.7 million inhabitants with 
a density of 9,300 inhabitants per square mile in the urban area but 
54,000 per square mile in the City of Paris and first belt, where 69% 
of our French stores are located and which has one of the highest 
population densities in the western world. 85% of the Paris region 
population live in central parts of the city versus the rest of the urban 
area, which compares with 60% in the London region. There are 
currently c.245 storage centres within the M25 as compared to only 
c.95 in the Paris urban area. 

In addition, barriers to entry in these two important city markets are 
high, due to land values and limited availability of sites as well as 
planning regulation. This is the case for Paris and its first belt in 
particular, which inhibits new development possibilities.

Our combined operations in London and Paris, with 78 stores, contributed 
£113.2 million of revenue and £82.3 million of store EBITDA for the 
financial year and offer a unique exposure to the two most attractive 
European self storage markets.

The Group will rebrand the store and has taken over operation of the 
site with immediate effect. The store will operate as a satellite store to 
our two existing Bournemouth stores.

Acquisition of remaining 80% of Carlyle JV14
As announced on 31 March 2022, Safestore acquired the remaining 
80% of the equity owned by Carlyle in the Joint Venture14 formed  
in 2019 (the “Joint Venture”). The total consideration paid to Carlyle  
was €67 million. The total initial cash outflow was €135.3 million and 
included the share purchase (€53.6 million), debt purchase (€13.4 million), 
and refinancing of the existing borrowings (€68.3 million) and was funded 
from the Group’s existing loan facilities. The Joint Venture was acquired 
based on an enterprise value of €146 million.

The Joint Venture14 was set up in 2019 to acquire and develop assets 
in the Netherlands and Belgium in order to leverage Safestore’s 
operating platform outside our core markets. Since then, the Joint 
Venture has grown to a portfolio of 55,000 sq m (600,000 sq ft) of MLA. 

The portfolio is made up of 15 high quality properties (twelve freehold 
properties, two ground leases and one leasehold property). Nine 
properties are located in the Netherlands, six of which are concentrated 
in the Haarlem/Amsterdam area with additional properties in The Hague, 
Het Gooi and the recently opened Nijmegen store. In Belgium, two 
stores are located in the Brussels area, two in the city of Liege and 
further properties in Nivelles and Charleroi. Safestore has managed  
the properties since acquisition by the Joint Venture. 

The Group’s investment was marginally accretive to Group Earnings 
per Share in FY2021/22 and supports the Group’s future dividend 
capacity. The expected initial yield based on total enterprise value was 
3.9% which we expect to grow to Safestore’s normal returns hurdles 
as the portfolio matures. 

New Joint Venture with Carlyle and Investment in myStorage15 
in Germany
Safestore has entered the German self storage market via a new Joint 
Venture15 with Carlyle, which has acquired the myStorage business. 

Safestore has developed a multi-country highly scalable platform  
with leading marketing and operational expertise in self storage, with  
a proven track record for developing its platform in new markets. 

The acquisition of myStorage represents an excellent opportunity to 
develop our platform into the attractive German self storage market. 
The Joint Venture builds upon our previous successful relationship  
with Carlyle having entered the Benelux market in 2019. Our common 
intention is to target development and acquisition opportunities 
through the Joint Venture, providing the opportunity to achieve operational 
scale and to develop local market knowledge, whilst also retaining the 
option for Safestore to develop its own wholly owned self storage sites 
in Germany. We look forward to continuing our working relationship with 
Carlyle, and to developing a long and mutually beneficial relationship.

16

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOwned store portfolio by region

Number of stores

Let square feet (m sq ft)

Maximum lettable area (m sq ft)

Average let square feet per store (k sq ft)

Average store capacity (k sq ft)

Closing occupancy (%)

Average rate (£ per sq ft)

Revenue (£’m)

Average revenue per store (£’m) 

London and 
South East

Rest of UK

72

2.42

2.92

34

41

83.1%

34.76

101.1

1.40

58

2.22

2.70

38

47

82.0%

22.38

61.9

1.07

 UK
Total

130

4.64

5.62

36

43

82.6%

28.79

163.0

1.25

Paris

29

1.11

1.36

38

47

81.7%

34.36

41.4

1.43

Spain

5

0.10

0.12

19

24

78.9%

28.92

3.0

0.60

Benelux

15

0.47

0.60

32

40

78.8%

16.61

5.1

0.34

Group
Total

179

6.32

7.70

35

43

82.1%

29.25

212.5

1.19

Note
The reported totals have not been adjusted for the impact of rounding. 

We have a strong position in both the UK and Paris markets, operating 
130 stores in the UK, 72 of which are in London and the South East, 
and 29 stores in Paris.

In the UK, 62% of our revenue is generated by our stores in London 
and the South East. On average, our stores in London and the South 
East are smaller than in the rest of the UK but the rental rates achieved 
are materially higher, enabling these stores to typically achieve similar 
or better margins than the larger stores. In London we operate 49 stores 
within the M25, more than any other competitor. 

In France, we have a leading position in the heart of the affluent City 
of Paris market with ten stores branded as Une Pièce en Plus (“UPP”) 
(“A spare room”). Over 60% of the UPP stores are located in a cluster 
within a five-mile radius of the city centre, which facilitates strong 
operational and marketing synergies as well as options to differentiate 
and channel customers to the right store subject to their preference for 
convenience or price affordability. The Parisian market has attractive 
socio-demographic characteristics for self storage and we believe that 
UPP enjoys unique strategic strength in such an attractive market.

As at 31 October 2022, 70% of our Group Revenue, 65% of our 
stores and 58% of our available capacity are in London, South East 
England, Paris, Amsterdam and the Randstad area, Brussels and 
Barcelona. These major population areas deliver 71% of the Group’s 
store EBITDA from 62% of our MLA, highlighting the attractiveness  
of being present in these major cities and conurbations. The current 
pipeline includes 26 further developments in these areas which will 
increase the number of stores to 68% of our portfolio.

In addition, Safestore has the benefit of a leading national presence in the 
UK regions where the stores are predominantly located in the centre of key 
metropolitan areas such as Birmingham, Manchester, Liverpool, Bristol, 
Newcastle, Glasgow and Edinburgh. Our 2019 acquisition of OhMyBox! in 
Barcelona and our 2022 Benelux JV acquisition represents a platform into 
the Spanish, Netherlands and Belgium markets where we hope to take 
advantage of further development and acquisition opportunities.

Market 
The Self Storage Association (“SSA”) noted in its May 2022 report that, 
“despite two record years, inflationary pressures, escalating costs of 
construction and a war in Europe, operators remain optimistic about 
the future.” Previous downturns have presented opportunities for self 
storage and the pandemic seems to have once again demonstrated the 
resilience of the self storage industry and the broad range of demand drivers.

The self storage market in the UK, France, Spain and Benelux remains 
relatively immature compared to geographies such as the USA and 
Australia. The SSA Annual Survey (May 2022) confirmed that self 
storage capacity stands at 0.76 sq ft per head of population in the UK. 
The most recent report relating to Europe (FEDESSA’s 2022 report) 
showed that capacity in France is 0.24 sq ft per capita. Whilst the Paris 
market density is greater than France, we estimate it to be significantly 
lower than the UK at around 0.4 sq ft per inhabitant. This compares 

with closer to 10 sq ft per inhabitant in the USA and 2 sq ft in Australia. 
In the UK, in order to reach the US density of supply, it would require 
the addition of around another 17,000 stores as compared to c.1,400 
currently. In the Paris region, it would require around 2,400 new 
facilities versus c.95 currently opened.

In Spain, the Netherlands and Belgium, geographies the Group has 
recently entered, penetration is similarly low. In Spain, capacity is around 
0.24 sq ft per head of population and the consumer is serviced by just 
580 stores. In the Netherlands, penetration is 0.6 sq ft per head of 
population (355 stores) and in Belgium 0.2 sq ft per head of population 
(101 stores).

The Group recently entered a JV with Carlyle in Germany. The German 
market is one of Europe’s more under-penetrated markets with just 
0.09 sq ft of storage space per capita and, according to the 2022 
FEDESSA report, there are just 320 facilities in the country and 7.6m 
sq ft of lettable space. 

Our interpretation of the most recent 2022 SSA report is that similar 
levels of capacity are likely to be developed in 2022 and 2023 at around 
30-40 stores per annum. We do not consider this level of new supply 
growth to be of concern.

The 30-40 comparable sites represent between 2% and 3% of the 
traditional self storage industry in the UK. These figures represent 
gross openings and do not take into account storage facilities closing 
or being converted for alternative uses. We estimate that only a small 
proportion of these sites compete with existing Safestore stores.

New supply in London and Paris is likely to continue to be limited in the 
short and medium term as a result of planning restrictions, competition 
from a variety of other uses and the availability of suitable land. 

The supply in the UK market, according to the SSA Survey, remains 
relatively fragmented despite a number of acquisitions in the sector 
in the last four years. The SSA’s estimates of the scale of the UK 
industry are finessed each year and changes from one year to the next 
represent improved data rather than new supply. In the 2022 report the 
SSA estimates that 2,050 self storage facilities exist in the UK market 
including around 621 container-based operations. According to the 
2022 survey, Safestore is the industry leader by number of stores 
with 130 wholly owned sites followed by Big Yellow with 105 stores 
(including Armadillo), Access with 60 stores, Shurgard with 40 stores, 
Lok’n Store with 39 stores, Storage King with 37 stores and Ready 
Steady Store with 27 stores. In aggregate, the top seven leading 
operators account for almost 21% of the UK store portfolio. The 
remaining c.1,613 self storage outlets (including 621 container-based 
operations) are independently owned in small chains or single units. 
In total there are 1,015 storage brands operating in the UK.

Safestore’s French business, UPP, is mainly present in the core 
wealthier and more densely populated inner Paris and first belt areas, 
whereas our two main competitors, Shurgard and Homebox, have a 
greater presence in the outskirts and second belt of Paris. 

17

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s statement continued

Market continued
Our Spanish business operates in Barcelona and has a pipeline of future 
store openings in both Barcelona and Madrid. The metropolitan areas of 
Barcelona and Madrid have combined growing high-density populations 
of 12 million inhabitants and significant barriers to entry.

Consumer awareness of self storage is increasing but remains relatively 
low, providing an opportunity for future industry growth. The SSA 
survey consistently indicates that approximately half of consumers 
either knew nothing about the service offered by self storage operators 
or had not heard of self storage at all. Since 2016, this statistic has only 
fallen 10ppts from 59%. Therefore, the opportunity to grow awareness, 
combined with limited new industry supply, makes for an attractive 
industry backdrop.

Self storage is a brand-blind product. 64% of respondents were unable 
to name a self storage business in their local area (56% in 2021). The 
lack of relevance of brand in the process of purchasing a self storage 
product emphasises the need for operators to have a strong online 
presence. This requirement for a strong online presence was also 
reiterated by the SSA Survey where 73% of those surveyed (77% in 
2021) confirmed that an internet search would be their chosen means 
of finding a self storage unit to contact, whilst knowledge of a physical 
location of a store as reason for enquiry was only c.26% of 
respondents (c.25% in 2021).

There are numerous drivers of self storage growth. Most private and 
business customers need storage either temporarily or permanently 
for different reasons at any point in the economic cycle, resulting in a 
market depth that is, in our view, the reason for its exceptional resilience. 
The growth of the market is driven both by the fluctuation of economic 
conditions, which has an impact on the mix of demand, and by 
growing awareness of the product. 

Safestore’s domestic customers’ need for storage is often driven by 
life events such as births, marriages, bereavements, divorces or by 
the housing market including house moves and developments and 
moves between rental properties. Safestore has estimated that UK 
owner-occupied housing transactions drive around 8-13% of the 
Group’s new lets. 

The Group’s business customer base includes a range of businesses, 
from start-up online retailers through to multi-national corporates, 
utilising our national coverage to store in multiple locations while 
maintaining flexibility in their cost base. 

Business and personal customers 

UK

Paris 

Spain

Benelux

Personal customers
Numbers (% of total)

Square feet occupied (% of total)

Average length of stay (months)

Business customers
Numbers (% of total)

Square feet occupied (% of total)

Average length of stay (months)

77%

58%

17.4

23%

42%

26.4

82%

65%

28.7

18%

35%

32.0

89%

83%

23.2

11%

17%

31.2

85%

77%

28.4 

15%

23%

30.2 

Safestore’s customer base is resilient and diverse and consists of around 
90,000 domestic, business and National Accounts customers across 
London, Paris, Spain, the UK regions, the Netherlands and Belgium.

Business model 
The Group operates in a market with relatively low consumer 
awareness. It is anticipated that this will increase over time as the 
industry matures. To date, despite the financial crisis in 2007/08, the 
implementation of VAT in the UK on self storage in 2012, Brexit and the 
Covid-19 pandemic, the industry has been exceptionally resilient. In the 
context of uncertain economic conditions, driven by inflation and the 

18

war in Ukraine, the industry remains well positioned with limited new 
supply coming into the self storage market.

With more stores inside London’s M25 than any other operator and 
a strong position in central Paris, Safestore has leading positions in 
the two most important and demographically favourable markets in 
Europe. In addition, our regional presence in the UK is unsurpassed 
and contributes to the success of our industry-leading National 
Accounts business. In the UK, Safestore is the leading operator by 
number of wholly owned stores. With 85% of customers travelling 
for less than 30 minutes to their storage facility (2022 SSA Survey) 
Safestore’s national store footprint represents a competitive advantage.

The Group’s capital-efficient portfolio of 179 wholly owned stores in 
the UK, Paris, Spain, the Netherlands and Belgium consists of a mix 
of freehold and leasehold stores. In order to grow the business and 
secure the best locations for our facilities we have maintained a flexible 
approach to leasehold and freehold developments as well as being 
comfortable with a range of building types, from new builds to 
conversions of warehouses and underground car parks.

Currently, around a quarter of our stores in the UK are leaseholds with 
an average remaining lease length at 31 October 2022 of 12.7 years 
(FY2021: 11.8 years). Although our property valuation for leaseholds  
is conservatively based on future cash flows until the next contractual 
lease renewal date, Safestore has a demonstrable track record of 
successfully re-gearing leases several years before renewal whilst  
at the same time achieving concessions from landlords. 

In England, we benefit from the Landlord and Tenant Act that protects 
our rights for renewal except in case of redevelopment. The vast majority 
of our leasehold stores have building characteristics or locations in retail 
parks that make current usage either the optimal and best use of the 
property or the only one authorised by planning. We observe that our 
landlords, who are property investors, value the quality of Safestore as 
a tenant and typically prefer to extend the length of the leases that they 
have in their portfolio, enabling Safestore to maintain favourable terms. 

In Paris, where 41% of stores are leaseholds, our leases typically benefit 
from the well-enshrined Commercial Lease statute that provides that 
tenants own the commercial property of the premises and that they 
are entitled to renew their lease at a rent that is indexed to the Indice 
des Loyers Commerciaux (“Commercial Rental Index”) published by 
the state. Taking into account this context, the valuer values the French 
leaseholds based on an indefinite property tenure, similar to freeholds 
but at a significantly higher exit cap rate.

The Group believes there is an opportunity to leverage its highly 
scalable marketing and operational expertise in new geographies 
outside the UK and Paris. During 2019, a Joint Venture14 was established 
with Carlyle, which acquired the M3 Self Storage business in the 
Netherlands which had six stores in Amsterdam and Haarlem. In June 
2020, the Joint Venture14 added the Lokabox business, a portfolio of 
six stores in Brussels (2), Liege (2), Charleroi and Nivelles. In December 
2020, the Joint Venture14 acquired the Opslag XL portfolio adding a 
further three stores in Amsterdam, The Hague and Hilversum and 
opened a store in Nijmegen in the Netherlands in January 2022. The 
Amsterdam store has subsequently been closed as planned following 
lease expiry. After three years of learning about and understanding 
these markets, the Group acquired the remaining 80% of equity in  
the Joint Venture14 owned by Carlyle in March 2022.

In 2019 the Group entered the Spanish market with the acquisition of 
OhMyBox!. Our Spanish portfolio currently consists of five stores in 
Barcelona, and two recently opened Madrid stores. We have a further 
six stores in our development pipeline situated in both Madrid and 
Barcelona. We consider both of these cities to have attractive 
characteristics in relation to self storage and intend to continue  
to seek further expansion opportunities.

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOur experience is that being flexible in its approach has enabled 
Safestore to operate from properties and in markets that would have 
been otherwise unavailable and to generate strong Cash on Cash Returns.

Safestore excels in the generation of customer enquiries which are 
received through a variety of channels including the internet, telephone 
and ‘walk-ins’. In the early days of the industry, local directories and 
store visibility were key drivers of enquiries. However, the internet is 
now by far the dominant channel, accounting for 90% (2021: 89%) of 
our enquiries in the UK and 85% (2021: 84%) in France. This dynamic 
is a clear benefit to the leading national operators that possess the 
budget and the management skills necessary to generate a commanding 
presence in the major search engines. Safestore has developed and 
continues to invest in a leading digital marketing platform that has 
generated 54% enquiry growth over the last five years. 

Although mostly generated online, our enquiries are predominantly 
handled directly by the stores and, in the UK, we have a Customer 
Support Centre (“CSC”) which handles customer service issues in 
addition to enquiries, in particular when the store colleagues are 
busy handling calls or outside of normal store opening hours.

Our pricing platform provides the store and CSC colleagues with 
system-generated real-time prices managed by our centrally based 
yield-management team. Local colleagues have certain levels of discretion 
to flex the system-generated prices but this is continually monitored.

Customer service standards are high and customer satisfaction 
feedback is consistently very positive. Safestore invites customers 
to leave a review on a number of review platforms, including Feefo, 
Google and Trustpilot. Our ratings for each of these three providers in 
the UK are between 4.6 and 4.8 out of 5. In France, Une Pièce en Plus 
uses Trustpilot to obtain independent customer reviews and In HY2022, 
achieved a TrustScore of 4.6 out of 5. In Spain, OhMyBox! collects 
customer feedback via Google reviews and has maintained a score of 
4.6 out of 5. The key drivers of sales success are the capacity to generate 
enquiries in a digital world, the capacity to provide storage locations 
that are conveniently located close to the customers’ requirements and 
the ability to maintain a consistently high quality, motivated retail team 
that is able to secure customer sales at an appropriate storage rate, all 
of which can be better provided by larger, more efficient organisations.

We remain focused on business as well as domestic customers. Our 
national network means that we are uniquely placed to further grow 
the business customer market and in particular National Accounts. 
Business customers in the UK now constitute 42% of our total space 
let and have an average length of stay of 26 months. Within our business 
customer category, our National Accounts business represents around 
623,000 sq ft of occupied space (around 13% of the UK’s occupancy). 
Approximately two-thirds of the space occupied by National Accounts 
customers is outside London, demonstrating the importance and quality 
of our well invested national estate.

The business now has in excess of c.90,000 business and domestic 
customers with an average length of stay of 28 months and 22 
months respectively. 

The cost base of the business is relatively fixed. Each store typically 
employs three colleagues. Our Group Head Office comprises business 
support functions such as Yield Management, Property, Marketing, 
HR, IT, and Finance.

Since the completion of the rebalancing of our capital structure in early 
2014, the subsequent amendment and extension of our banking facilities 
in summer 2015, the refinancing of all facilities in May 2017 and the 
issuances of a further £125 million of US Private Placement Notes in 
2019, £150 million in 2021 and £89 million in 2022, as well as the recent 
establishment of a new £400 million unsecured multi-currency Revolving 
Credit Facility, Safestore has secure financing, a strong balance sheet 
and significant covenant headroom. This provides the Group with 
financial flexibility and the ability to grow organically and via carefully 
selected new development or acquisition opportunities.

At 31 October 2022 we had 1.0m sq ft of unoccupied space in the UK, 
0.2m sq ft in France and 0.2m in Spain and Benelux, equivalent to c.35 
full new stores. Our main focus is on filling the spare capacity in our 
stores at optimally yield-managed rates. The operational leverage of our 
business model will ensure that the bulk of the incremental revenue 
converts to profit given the relatively fixed nature of our cost base.

Trading performance
UK – an excellent year 

UK operating performance – total
Revenue (£’m)
Underlying EBITDA (£’m)2
Underlying EBITDA  
(after leasehold costs) (£’m)
Closing occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Maximum lettable area (MLA)4
Closing occupancy (% of MLA)
Average storage rate (£)5

UK operating performance –  
like-for-like8
Revenue (£’m)
Underlying EBITDA (£’m)2
Closing occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Closing occupancy (% of MLA)
Average occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Average storage rate (£)5

UK statutory metrics 
Operating profit (£’m)
Profit before tax (£’m)

2022

2021

Change

163.0
103.6 

144.1
88.6

13.1%
16.9%

95.6

80.9

18.2%

4.637
5.62
82.6%
28.79

4.690
5.49

-1.1%
2.4%
85.4% -2.8ppts
13.7%
25.32

160.2
101.7

142.8
87.9

12.2%
15.7%

4.538

83.0%

4.648

-2.4%

85.6% -2.6ppts

4.537

28.94

4.512

25.40

0.6%

13.9%

393.1
378.7

331.9
321.4

18.4%
17.8%

The UK’s revenue performance was excellent in the year with the 
business growing total revenue by 13.1% and like-for-like8 revenue 
by 12.2%. Performance was strong in both Regional UK as well as 
London and the South East where like-for-like8 revenue was up 13.0% 
and 11.7% respectively.

The UK’s performance was driven by strong rate growth in the year 
with like-for-like average rates up 13.9% for the year. Rate momentum 
was strong in the final quarter with like-for-like storage rates up 3.8% 
compared to the third quarter. Average like-for-like occupancy was up 
0.6% over the course of the year.

19

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive’s statement continued

Trading performance continued
UK – an excellent year continued
Like-for-like closing occupancy, at 83.0%, decreased by 2.6ppts 
compared to the prior year. The addition of extensions in four of the 
like-for-like stores had the impact of diluting MLA by 0.7ppts. In addition, 
the volume of like-for-like new lets was up 6% in the year but the average 
new let unit size was lower than in 2021 resulting in a lower new let sq ft. 

Total revenue grew by 13.1% for the full year. This reflected like-for-like 
growth of 12.2%, the 2021 opening of our Birmingham Middleway and 
subsequent closure of our Birmingham South store and the 2022 opening 
of our London Bow store. All acquisitions and new store developments 
are performing in line with or ahead of their business cases.

We remain focused on our cost base. During the year, our UK cost base, on 
a like-for-like8 basis, increased by 6.6% or £3.6 million. Inflationary pressures 
on utilities, staff costs and insurance contributed to this increase. Our 
total reported underlying UK cost base grew by £3.9 million or 7.0% 
reflecting the cost bases relating to newly and recently opened stores.

As a result, Underlying EBITDA2 for the UK business was £103.6 million 
(FY2021: £88.6 million), an increase of £15.0 million or 16.9%. Despite 
the increase in costs, the excellent revenue performance resulted in a 
2.1ppt increase in EBITDA margins from 61.5% to 63.6%.

For the two months to December 2022 trading continued to be robust 
and stable through the period. Like-for-like average rate was up 7.3%, 
offset by a reduction in closing occupancy which was down 3.6ppts at 
78.6% (2021: 82.2%). Overall, like-for-like revenue increased by 3.7% 
and total revenue grew by 4.6%. 

Operating profit for the UK business was £393.1 million (FY2021: 
£331.9 million), an increase of £61.2 million or 18.4%, largely driven 
by the increase in the gain on investment properties of £35.2 million 
to £295.7 million (FY2021: £260.5 million). Profit before tax was 
£378.7 million (FY2021: £321.4 million), an increase of £57.3 million or 17.8%.

Paris – another strong year

Paris operating performance – total
Revenue (€’m)
Underlying EBITDA (€’m)2
Underlying EBITDA  
(after leasehold costs) (€’m)
Closing occupancy 
(let sq ft – million)3
Maximum lettable area (MLA)4
Closing occupancy (% of MLA)
Average storage rate (€)5
Revenue (£’m)

Paris operating performance – 
like-for-like8
Revenue (€’m)
Underlying EBITDA (€’m)2
Closing occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Closing occupancy (% of MLA)
Average occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Average storage rate (€)5

Paris statutory metrics 
Operating profit (£’m)

Operating profit (€’m)

Profit before tax (£’m)
Profit before tax (€’m)

2022

2021

Change

48.8
33.0

46.0
31.4

6.1%
5.1%

27.1

25.7

5.4%

1.112
1.36
81.7%
40.47
41.4

1.100
1.36

1.1%
—
80.7% +1.0ppts
4.0%
38.90
3.8%
39.9

48.37
33.0

45.94
31.3

5.3%
5.4%

1.094

83.4%

1.097

-0.3%

83.6% -0.2ppts

1.092

40.56

110.4

130.0

108.8
128.2

1.077

38.90

1.4%

4.3%

78.8

90.7

77.0
88.7

40.1%

43.3%

41.3%
44.5%

On a like-for-like8 basis, the business grew revenue by 5.3% for the full 
year. This was driven by average occupancy growth of 1.4% for the 
year and an average rate improvement of 4.3%. 

Like-for-like8 closing occupancy was 83.4%, down 0.2ppts compared 
to the prior year.

The average Sterling-Euro exchange rate for the year was 1.1778, 2.3% 
stronger than the prior year (FY2021: 1.1516). As a result, there was  
a small foreign exchange impact on the translation of Paris revenues 
which were up 3.8% for the year in Sterling.

After cost reductions in 2021, like-for-like8 costs grew by 5.5% or 
€0.8 million compared to the prior year in local currency as a result of 
increases in employee costs and utilities. As a result, like-for-like8 
underlying EBITDA2 in Paris grew by €1.7 million and Underlying 
EBITDA2 grew by €1.6 million to €33.0 million (FY2021: €31.4 million).

For the two months to December 2022 trading has been robust and 
improving as the period progressed. Like-for-like closing occupancy 
was up 2.0ppts at 80.8% (2021: 78.8%) and like-for-like average rate 
was up 1.0%, which resulted in a 2.5% increase in like-for-like revenue.

Operating profit for the Paris business was €130.0 million (FY2021: 
€90.7 million), an increase of €39.3 million or 43.3%, largely driven 
by the increase in the gain on investment properties of €28.0 million 
to €92.5 million (FY2021: €64.5 million). Profit before tax was 
€128.2 million (FY2021: €88.7 million), an increase of €39.5 million 
or 44.5%.

20

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTBenelux trading performance
Our Netherlands and Belgium businesses were acquired on 30 March 2022 
and, therefore, contributed seven months’ revenue (€5.9 million) in 
the period. 

The Benelux businesses grew revenue by 5.3% compared to the third 
quarter of 2022 and the businesses ended the period with a combined 
closing occupancy of 78.8%.

The business was originally established in 2019 with the acquisition of 
six stores and it has been subsequently developed into a fifteen-store 
portfolio with a pipeline of five additional stores.

Frederic Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer
16 January 2023

Spain trading performance

Spain operating performance – total 
Revenue (€’m)
Underlying EBITDA (€’m)2
Underlying EBITDA  
(after leasehold costs) (€’m)
Closing occupancy 
(let sq ft – million)3
Maximum lettable area (MLA)4
Closing occupancy (% of MLA)
Average storage rate (€)5
Revenue (£’m)

Spain operating performance – 
like-for-like8
Revenue (€’m)
Underlying EBITDA (€’m)2
Closing occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Closing occupancy (% of MLA)
Average occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Average storage rate (€)5

Spain statutory metrics 
Operating profit (£’m)

Operating profit (€’m)

Profit before tax (£’m)
Profit before tax (€’m)

2022

2021

Change

3.59
1.8

3.29
2.0

9.1%
(10.0%)

1.3

1.5

(13.3%)

0.095
0.12

2.2%
0.093
9.1%
0.11
78.9% 86.0% -7.1ppts
5.6%
32.25
34.07
7.1%
2.8
3.0

3.57
2.1

3.29
2.0

8.5%
5.0%

0.093
—
0.093
85.9% 86.0% -0.1ppts

0.094

34.11

0.096

32.25

-2.1%

5.8%

2.8

3.3

2.7
3.2

6.3

7.2

6.2
7.1

(55.6%)

(54.2%)

(56.5%)
(54.9%)

Our Spanish business was acquired in December 2019. The original 
four stores are, therefore, now considered like-for-like and grew 
like-for-like revenue by 8.5% in the year to €3.57 million (FY2021: 
€3.29 million). A deliberate strategy of improving average rate 
and ancillary revenues has continued to be pursued in the period. 
Closing occupancy in sq ft was consequently flat compared to 2021 
whilst like-for-like average rate in the year grew by 5.8% to €34.11 
(FY2021: €32.25) with ancillary revenues improving strongly. 

Like-for-like underlying EBITDA grew by 5.0% in the period after 
investment in additional Head Office resource dedicated to growing 
the development pipeline.

The Spanish business opened an additional store in Barcelona in the 
period. As a result, total revenue increased by 9.1%.

For the two months to December 2022 trading continued to be robust 
and stable through the period. Like-for-like occupancy was down 
3.0ppts at 81.8% (2021: 84.8%) but like-for-like average rate was up 
7.6%, which, combined with strong ancillary revenues, resulted in a 
7.4% increase in like-for-like revenue. Total revenue was up 11.5% for 
the period. 

Operating profit for the Spanish business was €3.3 million (FY2021: 
€7.2 million). 2021 included an increase in the gain on investment 
properties of €5.3 million, against an increase in 2022 of €2.0 million. 
Accordingly, profit before tax was €3.2 million (FY2021: €7.1 million).

21

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial review

EPS1 has grown by 344% 
over the last nine years
Andy Jones
Chief Financial Officer

Underlying income statement
The table below sets out the Group’s underlying results of operations for the year ended 31 October 2022 and the year ended 31 October 2021. 
To calculate the underlying performance metrics, adjustments are made for the impact of exceptional items, share-based payments, corporate 
transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain or loss on investment properties and the associated tax impacts, as well as exceptional 
tax items and deferred tax. Management considers this presentation of earnings to be representative of the underlying performance of the 
business, as it removes the income statement impact of items not fully controllable by management, such as the revaluation of derivatives and 
investment properties, and the impact of exceptional credits, costs and finance charges.

Revenue
Underlying costs
Share of associate’s Underlying EBITDA

Underlying EBITDA
Leasehold costs

Underlying EBITDA after leasehold costs
Depreciation
Finance charges
Share of associate’s finance charges

Underlying profit before tax
Current tax

Adjusted EPRA earnings
Share-based payments charge

EPRA basic earnings

Average shares in issue (m)
Diluted shares (for ADE EPS) (m)
Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS1 (pro forma) (p)

2022
£’m

212.5
(77.5)
0.1

135.1
(13.6) 

121.5

(1.0) 
(10.9) 
(0.4) 

109.2

(5.2) 

104.0
(11.2) 

92.8

210.9
218.9
47.5

2021
£’m

186.8
(69.3)
0.5

118.0
(13.0)

105.0
(1.0)
(9.5)
(0.5)

94.0
(5.5)

88.5
(18.3)

70.2

210.8
218.3
40.5

Movement
%

13.8%
11.8%
(80.0%)

14.5%
4.6%

15.7%
—
14.7%
(20.0%)

16.2%
(5.5%)

17.5%
(38.8%)

32.2%

17.3%

Note
1 

 Adjusted EPRA earnings excludes share-based payment charges and, accordingly, the Underlying EBITDA, Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent, and Underlying profit before tax 
measures have been restated to exclude share-based payment charges for consistency.

The table below reconciles statutory profit before tax in the income statement to underlying profit before tax in the previous table.

Statutory profit before tax
Adjusted for:
– Gain on investment properties and investment properties under construction
– Change in fair value of derivatives
– Net exchange losses
– Share-based payments
– Exceptional items and other exceptional gains
– Exceptional finance income

Underlying profit before tax

2022
£’m

498.8

(389.9)
0.3
—
11.2
(10.7)
(0.5)

109.2

2021
£’m

404.6

(328.5)
(2.9)
0.6
18.3
1.9
—

94.0

Management considers the above presentation of earnings to be representative of the underlying performance of the business.

22

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTUnderlying EBITDA increased by 14.5% to £135.1 million (FY2021: £118.0 million), reflecting a 13.8% increase in revenue and a 11.8% increase 
to the underlying cost base. This performance reflects the strong growth in average rate of 8.5% to £29.25 in 2022 from £26.95 in 2021 offset 
by a slight reduction in occupancy of 2.4ppts to 82.1% in 2022 from 84.5% in 2021, whilst maintaining control over costs. 

Leasehold costs increased by 4.6% from £13.0 million to £13.6 million, principally due to reflecting the impact of rent reviews across the portfolio 
in addition to the Netherlands leaseholds now forming part of the Group.

Underlying finance charges increased by 14.7% from £9.5 million to £10.9 million. This principally reflects interest charges which increased from 
£9.7 million in 2021 to £11.9 million in 2022 driven by higher USPP borrowing to fund the Group’s acquisition and development activity, offset by 
the gains made on financial instruments of £1.3 million in 2022 (FY2021: £0.5 million).

As a result, we achieved a 16.2% increase in underlying profit before tax of £109.2 million (FY2021: £94.0 million). The main contributing factor in 
the increase in statutory profit before tax in the year is the £61.4 million increase in the gain on investment and development property, primarily 
due to the stronger underlying performance of the stores, as mentioned above, as well as a reduction in the share-based payment charge by 
£7.1 million to £11.2 million (FY2021: £18.3 million).

Included within statutory profit before tax are other exceptional gains of £10.7 million. £5.5 million relates to the valuation gain of Safestore’s 20% 
investment in the Joint Venture formed in 2019 with Carlyle that arose on acquisition of the remaining 80%, with £5.1 million relating to the profit 
on the sale of the Nanterre land in Paris in November 2021. The exceptional finance income relates to the profit made on the termination of 
interest rate swaps associated with the Joint Venture.

Given the Group’s REIT status in the UK, tax is normally only payable in France, Spain, the Netherlands and Belgium. The underlying tax charge 
for the year was £5.2 million (FY2021: £5.5 million), calculated by applying the effective underlying tax rate of 20.9% to the respective underlying 
profits earned by the non-UK businesses.

As explained in note 2 to the financial statements, management considers that the most representative Earnings per Share (“EPS”) measure 
is Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS which has increased by 17.3% to 47.5 pence (FY2021: 40.5 pence). 

Reconciliation of Underlying EBITDA
The table below reconciles the operating profit included in the income statement to Underlying EBITDA. 

Statutory operating profit

Adjusted for:

– Gain on investment properties

– Share of associate’s Underlying EBITDA

– Depreciation

– Variable lease payments

– Share-based payments

Exceptional items:

– Costs incurred relating to corporate restructuring and exceptional taxation costs 

Other exceptional gains:

– Profit on sale of land

– Profit on disposal of investment property

– Valuation gain on associate buy-out

Underlying EBITDA

2022
£’m

514.5

2021
£’m

417.0

(381.6)

(321.1)

0.4

1.0

0.3

11.2

0.1

(5.1)

(0.2)

(5.5)

0.5

1.0

0.4

18.3

1.9

—

—

—

135.1

118.0

The main reconciling items between statutory operating profit and Underlying EBITDA are the gain on investment properties as well as adjustments 
for depreciation, variable lease payments, share-based payment charges, exceptional gains and the share of associate’s Underlying EBITDA. 
The gain on investment properties was £381.6 million, as compared to £321.1 million in 2021 primarily due to the stronger underlying performance 
of the stores. The Group’s approach to the valuation of its investment property portfolio at 31 October 2022 is discussed further on.

23

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial review continued

Underlying profit by geographical region
The Group is organised and managed in four operating segments based on geographical region. The table below details the underlying 
profitability of each region.

2022

2021

Revenue

Underlying cost of sales

Store EBITDA

Store EBITDA margin

LFL Store EBITDA margin

Underlying administrative expenses

Underlying EBITDA

EBITDA margin

LFL EBITDA margin

Leasehold costs

Underlying EBITDA after leasehold costs

UK
£’m

163.0

(48.2)

Paris
€’m

48.8

(12.2)

114.8

36.6

Spain
€’m

Benelux
€’m

5.9

(2.5)

3.6

(1.2)

2.4

3.4

151.6

Total 
(CER)
£’m

213.5

(61.9)

70.4% 75.0% 66.7% 57.6% 71.0%

70.5% 75.6% 75.0%

(11.2)

103.6

(3.6)

33.0

(0.6)

1.8

n/a

(1.2)

71.6%

(15.9)

2.2

135.7

63.6% 67.6% 50.0% 37.3% 63.6%

63.5% 68.2% 58.3%

(8.0)

95.6

(5.9)

27.1

(0.5)

1.3

n/a

(0.1)

64.4%

(13.7)

2.1

122.0

UK
£’m

144.1

(45.2)

98.9

68.6%

68.8%

Paris
€’m

46.0

(11.2)

34.8

75.7%

75.8%

(10.3)

(3.4)

88.6

61.5%

61.6%

(7.7)

80.9

31.4

68.3%

68.2%

(5.7)

25.7

Spain
€’m

Total (CER)
£’m

3.3

(0.7)

2.6

78.8%

78.8%

(0.6)

2.0

60.6%

60.6%

(0.5)

1.5

186.8

(55.5)

131.3

70.3%

70.5%

(13.8)

117.5

62.9%

63.1%

(13.0)

104.5

EBITDA after leasehold costs margin

58.7% 55.5% 36.1% 35.6% 57.1%

56.1%

55.9%

45.5%

55.9%

Underlying EBITDA after leasehold costs 
(CER)

Adjustment to actual exchange rate

Reported Underlying EBITDA after 
leasehold costs

UK
£’m

Paris
£’m

Spain
£’m

Benelux
£’m

Total
£’m

95.6

—

23.4

(0.5)

1.2

(0.1)

1.8

—

122.0

(0.6)

UK
£’m

80.9

—

Paris
£’m

22.3

—

Spain
£’m

Total
£’m

1.3

—

104.5

—

95.6

22.9

1.1

1.8

121.4

80.9

22.3

1.3

104.5

Note 
CER is Constant Exchange Rates (Euro denominated results for the current period have been retranslated at the exchange rate effective for the comparative period in order to present the 
reported results on a more comparable basis).

Underlying EBITDA in the UK increased by £15.0 million, or 16.9%, to £103.6 million (FY2021: £88.6 million), underpinned by a 13.1% or £18.9 million 
increase in revenue, which was driven by an increase in average occupancy levels and rate improvements in the like-for-like portfolio as well as 
the impact of the 2021 store opening in Birmingham Middleway (offset by the closure of Birmingham Digbeth), the December 2021 acquisition of 
Christchurch, and the December 2021 opening of our London Bow store. Underlying UK EBITDA after leasehold costs increased by 18.2% to 
£95.6 million (FY2021: £80.9 million).

In Paris, Underlying EBITDA increased by €1.6 million, or 5.1%, to €33.0 million (FY2021: €31.4 million), primarily driven by a €2.8 million increase 
in revenue. Underlying EBITDA after leasehold costs in Paris increased by 5.4% to €27.1 million (FY2021: €25.7 million).

In Spain, Underlying EBITDA decreased slightly by €0.2 million, from €2.0 million in 2021 to €1.8 million in 2022. This directly translated into a 
decrease in Underlying EBITDA after leasehold costs from €1.5 million in 2021 to €1.3 million in 2022. 

Our Netherlands and Belgium businesses were acquired on 30 March 2022 and, therefore, contributed seven months’ revenue (€5.9 million) 
in the period.

The combined results of the UK, Paris, Spain and Benelux delivered a 16.3% increase in Underlying EBITDA after leasehold costs at constant 
exchange rates at Group level. Adjusting for an unfavourable exchange impact of £0.6 million, the combined results of the UK, Paris and Spain 
reported an Underlying EBITDA after leasehold costs increase of 16.2% or £16.9 million to £121.4 million (FY2021: £104.5 million).

24

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRevenue
Revenue for the Group is primarily derived from the rental of self storage space and the sale of ancillary products such as insurance and 
merchandise (e.g. packing materials and padlocks).

The split of the Group’s revenues by geographical segment is set out below for 2022 and 2021.

UK

Paris
Local currency
Paris in Sterling

Spain
Local currency
Spain in Sterling

Benelux
Local currency
Benelux in Sterling
Average exchange rate

Total revenue

£’m

€’m
£’m

€’m
£’m

€’m
£’m

£’m

2022

163.0

% of total

76%

48.8
41.4

3.6
3.0

5.9
5.1
1.178

212.5

19%

2%

3%

100%

2021

144.1

46.0
39.9

3.3
2.8

—
—
1.152

186.8

% of total

% change

77%

13.1%

21%

2%

—
—

100%

6.1%
3.8%

9.1%
7.1%

—
—
(2.3%)

13.8%

The Group’s revenue increased by 13.8% or £25.7 million in the year. The Group’s occupied space was 434,000 sq ft higher at 31 October 2022 
(6.317m sq ft) than at 31 October 2021 (5.883m sq ft), and the average storage rate per sq ft for the Group was, at £29.25, 8.5% higher than in 
2021 (£26.95).

Adjusting the Group’s revenue to a like-for-like basis (adjusting for the Benelux acquisition in 2022, adjusting the UK for the 2021 opening of our 
Birmingham Middleway store and the sale of Birmingham Digbeth, the December 2021 acquisition of Christchurch, and the December 2021 
opening of our London Bow store, and in Paris for the opening of our Magenta store), revenue has increased by 10.1%. There was minimal 
exchange rate movement in the year so Group like-for-like revenue at constant exchange rates has increased by 10.7%.

In the UK, revenue grew by £18.9 million or 13.1%, and on a like-for-like basis it increased by 12.2%. Occupancy was 53,000 sq ft lower at 
31 October 2022 than at 31 October 2021, at 4.637m sq ft (FY2021: 4.690m sq ft). The average storage rate for the year grew 13.7%, from 
£25.32 in 2021 to £28.79 in 2022. On a like-for-like basis, the average storage rate in the UK also increased by 13.9% to £28.94 (FY2021: £25.40).

In Paris, revenue grew by €2.8 million or 6.1% and on a like-for-like basis it increased by 5.3% to €48.37 million (FY2021: €45.94 million). This was 
driven by an increase in the average storage rate of 4.0% to €40.47 for the year (FY2021: €38.90), and an increase in average occupancy growth 
of 2.3%, with closing occupancy growing to 1.112m sq ft (FY2021: 1.100m sq ft). 

For Spain, revenue was €3.6 million, reflecting the growth in average rate of 5.6% to €34.07 (FY2021: €32.25), with a closing occupancy of 
0.095m sq ft (78.9%).

Our Netherlands and Belgium businesses, acquired on 30 March 2022 from the buyout of the remaining 80% of the equity owned by Carlyle  
in the Joint Venture formed in 2019, contributed seven months’ revenue, €5.9 million in the period. Collectively, the businesses saw 6,000 sq ft  
of occupancy inflows in the fourth quarter and our Netherlands and Belgium businesses ended the period with a closing occupancy of 78.8%. 
The average rate for the seven-month period was €19.18 and €18.79 for the Netherlands and Belgium respectively.

25

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial review continued

Analysis of cost base
Cost of sales
The table below details the key movements in cost of sales between 2021 and 2022.

Statutory cost of sales

Adjusted for:
– Depreciation
– Variable lease payments

Underlying cost of sales

Underlying cost of sales for FY2021
– New developments cost of sales

Underlying cost of sales for FY2021 (like-for-like)
– Volume related cost of sales
– Employee remuneration, recruitment and training
– Facilities and rates
– Enquiry generation

Underlying cost of sales for FY2022 (like-for-like; CER)
– New developments cost of sales

Underlying cost of sales for FY2022 (CER)
– Foreign exchange

Underlying cost of sales for FY2022

2022
£’m

(63.0)

1.0
0.3

(61.7)

2021
£’m

(56.9)

1.0
0.4

(55.5)

(55.5)
0.7

(54.8)
(1.0)
(0.2)
(2.0)
(0.3)

(58.3)
(3.6)

(61.9)
0.2

(61.7)

In order to arrive at underlying cost of sales, adjustments are made to remove the impact of depreciation, which does not form part of Underlying 
EBITDA, and variable lease payments, which forms part of our leasehold costs in the presentation of our underlying income statement.

Underlying cost of sales increased by £6.2 million in the year, from £55.5 million in 2021 to £61.7 million in 2022. On a like-for-like basis and 
at constant exchange rates, cost of sales increased by £3.5 million or 6.4%, with a £2.0 million increase in facilities and business rates due 
to business rates reviews, and increases in utilities and store maintenance charges as well as a £1.0 million increase in volume related costs  
of sales attributed to the stronger store performance. The investment in marketing during the year represented 3.6% of revenue (FY2021: 3.7%).

Administrative expenses
The table below reconciles reported administrative expenses to underlying administrative expenses and details the key movements in underlying 
administrative expenses between 2021 and 2022.

Statutory administrative expenses

Adjusted for:

– Share-based payments

– Exceptional items

Underlying administrative expenses

Underlying administrative expenses for FY2021

– New developments administration costs

Underlying administrative expenses for FY2021 (like-for-like)

– Employee remuneration

– Other employee related costs

Underlying administrative expenses for FY2022 (like-for-like; CER)

– New developments administration costs

Underlying administrative expenses for FY2022 (CER)

– Foreign exchange

Underlying administrative expenses for FY2022

26

2022
£’m

(27.1)

11.2

0.1

(15.8)

2021
£’m

(34.0)

18.3

1.9

(13.8)

(13.8)

0.1

(13.7)

(0.7)

(0.4)

(14.8)

(1.1)

(15.9)

0.1

(15.8)

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTIn order to arrive at underlying administrative expenses, adjustments are made to remove the impact of exceptional items, share-based payments 
and other non-underlying items. The decrease in share-based payments relates to the prior year recognising full performance of the Earnings per 
Share criteria of the five-year scheme, which was measured over a five-year period from 1 November 2016 to 31 October 2021. As the performance 
period completed in 2021, measurement of this performance criteria and the associated National Insurance charge was able to be measured 
accurately and in full. The current year charge reflects the charge associated with the remaining schemes. 

Underlying administrative expenses increased by £2.0 million in the year, from £13.8 million in 2021 to £15.8 million in 2022. Like-for-like 
administrative expenses at constant exchange rates grew by 8.0% to £14.8 million. This is the result of year-on-year increases in employee 
remuneration and other employee related costs, which are associated with the strong business performance.

Therefore, total underlying costs (cost of sales plus administrative expenses) on a like-for-like basis and at constant exchange rates have 
increased by £4.6 million to £73.1 million (FY2021: £68.5 million). 

Exceptional items and other exceptional gains
Included within exceptional items and other exceptional gains of £10.7 million are £5.5 million relating to the valuation gain of Safestore’s 20% 
investment in the Joint Venture and £5.1 million relating to the profit on the sale of the Nanterre land in Paris in November 2021. 

In France, the basis on which property taxes have been assessed has been challenged by the tax authority for financial years 2011 onwards. 
In March 2021 the French Court of Appeal delivered a judgement, which resulted in a partial success for the Group; however, a further appeal 
has been lodged with the French Supreme Court against those decisions on which the Group was unsuccessful. A provision is included in the 
consolidated financial accounts of £2.4 million at 31 October 2022 (31 October 2021: £2.1 million), to reflect the increased uncertainty surrounding 
the likelihood of a successful outcome. Of the total provided, £0.3 million has been charged in relation to the year ended 31 October 2022 within 
cost of sales (Underlying EBITDA) (31 October 2021: £0.2 million within cost of sales (Underlying EBITDA) and £1.9 million recorded as an 
exceptional charge in respect of financial years 2012 to 2020).

It is possible that the French tax authority may appeal the decisions of the French Court of Appeal on which the Group was successful to 
the French Supreme Court. The maximum potential exposure in relation to these issues at 31 October 2022 is £3.0 million (31 October 2021: 
£2.7 million). No provision for any further potential exposure has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements since the Group 
believes it is more likely than not that a successful outcome will be achieved, resulting in no additional liabilities.

Gain on investment properties
The gain on investment properties consists of the revaluation gains and losses with respect to investment properties under IAS 40 and the fair 
value re-measurement of lease liabilities add-back and other items as detailed below.

Revaluation of investment properties

Revaluation of investment properties under construction

Fair value re-measurement of lease liabilities add-back

Statutory gain on investment properties

2022
£’m

394.1

(4.2)

(8.3)

381.6

2021
£’m

329.0

(0.5)

(7.4)

321.1

In the current financial year, the UK business contributed £299.8 million to the positive valuation movement, the Paris business contributed 
£82.3 million, Spain contributing £1.6 million, with the remaining £6.2 million in Benelux. The gain on investment properties principally reflects 
the continuing progress in the performance of the businesses, which has driven further positive changes in the cash flow metrics that are used 
to assess the value of the store portfolio which are predominantly based on trading potential, underpinned by average rate, which has increased 
by 8.5% to £29.25 in 2022 from £26.95 in 2021, capitalisation rates and stabilised occupancy.

Operating profit
Operating profit increased by £97.5 million from £417.0 million in 2021 to £514.5 million in 2022, comprising a £17.1 million increase in 
Underlying EBITDA, a £61.4 million higher investment properties and investment properties under construction gain primarily due to significant 
improvement in store performance and a reduction in the share-based payments charge of £7.1 million as well as other exceptional gains and 
exceptional items of £10.7 million, of which £5.5 million relates to the valuation gain of Safestore’s 20% investment in the Joint Venture formed 
in 2019 with Carlyle that arose on acquisition of the remaining 80%, with £5.1 million relating to the profit on the sale of the Nanterre land in 
Paris in November 2021.

27

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial review continued

Net finance costs
Net finance costs include interest payable, interest on lease liabilities, fair value movements on derivatives, exchange gains or losses, unwinding 
of discounts and exceptional refinancing costs. Net finance costs increased by £3.3 million in 2022 to £15.7 million from £12.4 million in 2021, 
principally due to the increased interest charges associated with the USPP’s to fund the Group’s acquisition and development activity, offset by 
the gains made on financial instruments. 

Net bank interest payable

Amortisation of debt issuance costs on bank loans

Interest from loan to associates

Financial instruments income

Other interest received 

Underlying finance charges

Interest on lease liabilities

Fair value movement on derivatives

Net exchange losses

Exceptional finance income

Net finance costs

2022
£’m

(11.9)

(0.5)

0.1

1.3

0.1

(10.9)

(5.0)

(0.3)

—

0.5

(15.7)

2021
£’m

(9.7)

(0.4)

0.1

0.5

—

(9.5)

(5.2)

2.9

(0.6)

—

(12.4)

Underlying finance charge
The underlying finance charge (net bank interest payable reflecting term loan, swap and USPP interest costs) increased by £1.4 million to 
£10.9 million, principally reflecting the increased interest charge associated with the Group’s additional borrowings in the year, drawn to fund 
the Group’s acquisition and development activity. The underlying finance charge represents the finance expense before exceptional items and 
changes in fair value of derivatives, amortisation of debt issuance costs and interest on lease liabilities and is disclosed because management 
reviews and monitors performance of the business on this basis.

Financial instruments income in the year of £1.3 million (FY2021: £0.5 million) related to the gains made on the expiration of average rate forwards 
which matured in April 2022 and October 2022.

Based on the year-end drawn debt position the effective interest rate is analysed as follows:

UK Revolver

UK Revolver – non-utilisation

Euro Revolver

Euro Revolver – non-utilisation

US Private Placement 2024

US Private Placement 2026

US Private Placement 2026

US Private Placement 2027

US Private Placement 2028

US Private Placement 2028

US Private Placement 2029

US Private Placement 2029

US Private Placement 2029

US Private Placement 2031

US Private Placement 2033

Unamortised finance costs

Facility
£/€’m

£250.0

£174.0

€70.0

€40.0

€50.9

€70.0

£35.0

€74.1

£20.0

€29.0

£50.5

£30.0

€105.0

£80.0

€29.0

—

Drawn
£’m

£76.0

—

£25.8

—

£43.8

£60.2

£35.0

£63.7

£20.0

£24.9

£50.5

£30.0

£90.3

£80.0

£24.9

(£1.3)

Hedged
£’m

£55.0

—

—

—

£43.8

£60.2

£35.0

£63.7

£20.0

£24.9

£50.5

£30.0

£90.3

£80.0

£24.9

—

Total

£833.5

£623.8

£578.3

Hedged
%

72%

—

—

—

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

—

93%

Bank
margin
%

1.25%

0.50%

1.25%

0.50%

1.59%

1.26%

2.59%

2.00%

1.96%

0.93%

2.92%

2.69%

2.45%

2.39%

1.42%

—

Hedged 
rate
%

0.69%

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Floating
rate
%

2.19%

—

1.38%

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total
rate
%

2.35%

0.50%

2.63%

0.50%

1.59%

1.26%

2.59%

2.00%

1.96%

0.93%

2.92%

2.69%

2.45%

2.39%

1.42%

—

2.41%

As at 31 October 2022, £76.0 million of the £250.0 million UK Revolver and €30.0 million (£25.8 million) of the €70.0 million Euro Revolver were 
drawn. The drawn amounts attract a bank margin of 1.25%, and the Group pays a non-utilisation fee of 0.50% on the undrawn balances of 
£174.0 million and €40.0 million.

The Group has £55.0 million of interest rate swaps in place to June 2023, swapping SONIA at a weighted average effective rate of 0.69%. 
These interest rate swaps are in place to hedge the UK Revolver floating SONIA rate.

On 21 April 2022, Safestore extended its borrowing facilities with the issuance of €105.0 million denominated US Private Placement (“USPP”).

Notes with the following coupon and tenor:

•  €105.0 million seven-year notes at a coupon of 2.45% (credit spread of 120 bps)

28

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTThe funds were received in April 2022 and were used to pay down Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF’s”) utilised to acquire the remaining 80% 
owned by Carlyle in the Joint Venture formed in 2019. The Joint Venture was set up in 2019 to acquire and develop assets in the Netherlands 
and Belgium in order to leverage Safestore’s operating platform outside our core markets. Since then, the Joint Venture has grown to a portfolio 
of 600,000 sq ft of MLA which is currently 78.8% occupied.

The 2024, 2026, 2027, 2028, 2029 and 2033 US Private Placement Notes are denominated in Euros and attract fixed interest rates of 1.59% 
(on €50.9 million), 1.26% (on €70.0 million), 2.00% (on €74.1 million), 0.93% (on €29.0 million), 2.45% (on €105.0 million) and 1.42% (on €29.0 million) 
respectively. The Euro denominated borrowings provide a natural hedge against the Group’s investment in the Paris and Spain businesses.

The 2026 (£35.0 million), 2028 (£20.0 million), 2029 (£50.5 million), 2029 (£30.0 million) and 2031 (£80.0 million) US Private Placement Notes are 
denominated in Sterling and attract a fixed interest rate of 2.59%, 1.96%, 2.92%, 2.69% and 2.39% respectively.

As a result of the hedging arrangements and fixed interest loan notes, effectively 93% of the Group’s drawn debt is at fixed rates of interest. 
Overall, the Group has an effective interest rate on its borrowings of 2.41% as at 31 October 2022, consistent with 2.36% at the previous year end.

On 11 November 2022, the Group completed the refinancing of its RCF’s which were due to expire in June 2023.

The previous £250.0 million Sterling and €70.0 million Euro RCF’s have been replaced with a single multi-currency £400 million facility. In addition, 
a further £100 million uncommitted accordion facility is incorporated in the facility agreement. The facility is for a four-year term with two one-year 
extension options exercisable after the first and second years of the agreement. 

The Group will pay interest at a margin of 1.25% plus SONIA or EURIBOR depending on whether the borrowings are drawn in Sterling or Euros. 
The margin is at the same level as the previous facility agreements. 

Non-underlying finance charge
Interest on lease liabilities was £5.0 million (FY2021: £5.2 million) and reflects part of the leasehold rent costs. The balance of the leasehold 
payment is charged through the gain or loss on investment properties line and variable lease payments in the income statement. Overall, the 
leasehold rent costs charge increased from £13.0 million in 2021 to £13.6 million in 2022, principally reflecting the increase rent costs across the 
portfolio in addition to the Netherlands leaseholds now forming part of the Group.

A net loss of £0.3 million was recognised on fair valuation of derivatives (FY2021: net gain of £2.9 million). The prior year gain was primarily driven 
by the movement in the unexpired interest rate swaps year-on-year due to future market expectations around rising inflation and interest rates.

The Group undertakes net investment hedge accounting for its Euro denominated loan notes.

Tax
The tax charge for the year is analysed below:

Underlying current tax

Current year – exceptional

Current tax charge

Tax on investment properties movement

Tax on revaluation of interest rate swaps

Other

Deferred tax charge

Net tax charge

2022
£’m

(5.2)

(0.9)

(6.1)

(29.9)

—

0.1

(29.8)

(35.9)

2021
£’m

(5.5)

—

(5.5)

(17.8)

(0.1)

0.8

(17.1)

(22.6)

The net income tax charge for the year is £35.9 million (FY2021: £22.6 million), which relates solely to the Group’s non-UK European businesses. 
In the UK, the Group is a REIT and benefits from a zero rate of tax on its qualifying earnings. The underlying current tax charge relating to the 
European businesses amounted to £5.2 million (FY2021: £5.5 million), calculated by applying the effective overall underlying tax rate of 20.9% 
to the underlying profits arising earned by the non-UK businesses.

The deferred tax charge relating to Paris, Spain and Benelux was £29.8 million (FY2021: Paris and Spain £17.1 million charge).

In 2022, an exceptional current year tax charge of £0.9 million arose on the disposal of the Nanterre land. 

All deferred tax movements are non-underlying. The deferred tax impact of the revaluation gain on investment properties was a charge 
of £29.9 million (FY2021: £17.8 million charge).

29

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial review continued

Earnings per Share
As a result of the movements explained above, profit after tax for 2022 was £462.9 million as compared with £382.0 million in 2021. Basic EPS 
was 219.5 pence (FY2021: 181.2 pence) and diluted EPS was 212.4 pence (FY2021: 176.4 pence).

Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS is based on the European Public Real Estate Association’s definition of earnings and is defined as profit or loss for 
the period after tax but excluding corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties and the 
associated tax impacts. The Company then makes further adjustments for the impact of exceptional items, IFRS 2 share-based payment 
charges, exceptional tax items and deferred tax charges. This adjusted earnings is divided by the diluted number of shares. The IFRS 2 cost is 
excluded as it is written back to distributable reserves and is a non-cash item (with the exception of the associated National Insurance element). 
Therefore, neither the Company’s ability to distribute nor pay dividends is impacted (with the exception of the associated National Insurance 
element). The financial statements disclose earnings on a statutory, EPRA and Adjusted Diluted EPRA basis and provide a full reconciliation  
of the differences in the financial year in which any Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) awards may vest.

Management introduced Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS as a measure of EPS following the implementation of the Group’s LTIP schemes. 
Management considers that the real cost to existing shareholders is the dilution that they will experience from the LTIP schemes; therefore, 
earnings has been adjusted for the IFRS 2 share-based payment charge, and the number of shares used in the EPS calculation has been 
adjusted for the dilutive effect of the LTIP scheme.

The Group has exposure to the movement in the Euro/Sterling exchange rate. Based on the FY2022 results, for every 10 cents variance to the 
average exchange rate of 1.178, there would be an impact of £1.5 million to Adjusted EPRA Earnings.

Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS for the year was 47.5 pence (FY2021: 40.5 pence), calculated on a pro forma basis, as if the dilutive LTIP shares were 
in issue throughout both the current and prior years, as follows:

Basic earnings
Adjustments:

Gain on investment properties

Exceptional items

Other exceptional gains

Exceptional finance income

Net exchange losses

Change in fair value of derivatives

Tax on adjustments/exceptional tax

Adjusted
EPRA adjusted:

Fair value re-measurement of lease liabilities 
add-back

Tax on lease liabilities add-back adjustment

EPRA basic EPS

Share-based payments charge

Dilutive shares

Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS

Earnings
£’m

462.9

(381.6)

0.1 

(10.8)

(0.5) 

— 

0.3

29.7

2022

Shares
million

210.9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

100.1 

210.9 

(8.3)

1.0 

92.8 

11.2 

— 

104.0 

— 

— 

210.9 

— 

8.0 

218.9 

Pence
per share

219.5

Earnings
£’m

382.0

(180.9)

(321.1)

 —

 (5.1)

(0.2) 

— 

0.1 

14.1

47.5 

(3.9)

0.5 

44.1 

5.3 

(1.9)

47.5 

1.9 

—

— 

0.6 

(2.9)

16.2

76.7 

(7.4)

0.9 

70.2 

18.3 

— 

88.5 

2021

Shares
million

210.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Pence
per share

181.2

(152.3)

0.9 

—

— 

0.3 

(1.4) 

7.7

210.8 

36.4 

— 

— 

210.8 

— 

7.5 

218.3 

(3.5)

0.4 

33.3 

8.7 

(1.5)

40.5 

Dividends
The Directors are recommending a final dividend of 20.4 pence (FY2021: 17.6 pence) which shareholders will be asked to approve at the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting on 15 March 2023. If approved by shareholders, the final dividend will be payable on 7 April 2023 to 
shareholders on the register at close of business on 3 March 2023. 

Reflective of the Group’s improved performance, the Group’s full year dividend of 29.8 pence is 18.7% up on the prior year dividend of 
25.1 pence. The Property Income Distribution (“PID”) element of the full year dividend is 22.75 pence (FY2021: 25.1 pence).

30

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTProperty valuation and Net Asset Value (“NAV”)
Cushman & Wakefield Debenham Tie Leung Limited LLP (“C&W”) has valued the Group’s property portfolio. As at 31 October 2022, the total 
value of the Group’s property portfolio was £2,457.8 million (excluding investment properties under construction of £94.5 million and net of lease 
liabilities of £95.1 million). This represents an increase of £576.0 million compared with the £1,881.8 million valuation as at 31 October 2021. 
A reconciliation of the movement is set out below:

Value as at 1 November 2021

Currency translation movement

Additions

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Disposals

Reclassifications

Revaluation

UK
£’m

Paris
£’m

1,416.2

440.4

—

19.7

2.6

(6.2)

16.5

308.0

9.1

6.3

—

—

—

82.3

Spain
£’m

25.2

0.4

0.1

—

—

—

1.6

Benelux
£’m

Total
£’m

Paris
€’m

— 1,881.8

521.6

2.1

5.7

125.6

—

—

2.2

11.6

31.8

128.2

(6.2)

16.5

394.1

—

7.4

—

—

—

96.9

Spain
€’m

29.8

—

0.1

—

—

—

2.0

Benelux
€’m

—

—

6.8

148.4

—

—

2.5

Value at 31 October 2022

1,756.8

538.1

27.3

135.6

2,457.8

625.9

31.9

157.7

As described in note 13 of the financial statements, the valuation is based on a discounted cash flow of the net operating income over a ten-year 
period and a notional sale of the asset at the end of the tenth year. Accordingly, the gain on investment properties principally reflects the 
continuing progress in the performance of the business and the strong underlying trading of the store, underpinned by average rate which has 
increased by 8.5% to £29.25 in 2022 from £26.95 in 2021 with a slight reduction in occupancy, which is down 2.4ppts to 82.1% in 2022 from 
84.5% in 2021, capitalisation rates and stabilised occupancy, as explained further below.

The exchange rate at 31 October 2022 was €1.16:£1 compared with €1.18:£1 at 31 October 2021. This movement in the foreign exchange rate 
has resulted in a £11.6 million favourable currency translation movement in the year. This has slightly improved the Group Net Asset Value (“NAV”) 
but had no impact on the loan-to-value (“LTV”) covenant as the assets in Paris are tested in Euros.

The Group’s property portfolio valuation excluding investment properties under construction has increased by £576.0 million from the valuation 
of £1,881.8 million at 31 October 2021. This reflects the gain on valuation of £394.1 million, which is explained above, plus £128.2 million relating 
to the acquisition of the remaining 80% in the Joint Venture and the UK Christchurch store as well as £42.1 million relating to additions, store 
refurbishments, reclassifications and disposals together with £11.6 million of favourable foreign exchange movements on the translation of the 
European portfolios. 

The value of the UK investment property portfolio including investment properties under construction has increased by £340.7 million (comprising 
£324.1 million in investment properties and £16.6 million in investment properties under construction) compared with 31 October 2021. This includes 
a £299.8 million valuation gain, £44.5 million of capital additions, £2.6 million of acquisitions, offset by £6.2 million of disposals.

In Paris, the value of the property portfolio including investment properties under construction increased by €104.3 million, of which €96.9 million 
was valuation gain and capital additions were €7.4 million. The net increase in investment properties when translated into Sterling amounted to 
£97.7 million, reflecting the foreign exchange impact described above.

In Spain, the value of the property portfolio including investment properties under construction increased by €26.9 million, of which €2.0 million 
was valuation gain and capital additions were €24.9 million. The net increase in investment properties including investment properties under 
construction when translated into Sterling amounted to £23.6 million, reflecting the foreign exchange impact described above.

In Benelux, the value of the property portfolio including investment properties under construction was £141.1 million.

Our pipeline of future development opportunities remains strong and gives us further confidence in our future growth plans, comprising eleven 
stores or store extensions in the UK, seven in France, six in Spain, and five in Benelux.

The Group’s freehold exit yield for the valuation at 31 October 2022 reduced to 5.66%, from 6.03% at 31 October 2021, and the weighted 
average annual discount rate for the whole portfolio has reduced from 8.72% at 31 October 2021 to 8.49% at 31 October 2022.

C&W’s valuation report confirms that the properties have been valued individually but that if the portfolio were to be sold as a single lot or in 
selected groups of properties, the total value could be different. C&W states that in current market conditions it is of the view that there could 
be a material portfolio premium.

EPRA’s Best Practices Recommendations guidelines for Net Asset Value (“NAV”) metrics are EPRA Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”), EPRA Net 
Reinstatement Value (“NRV”) and EPRA Net Disposal Value (“NDV”). Safestore considers EPRA NTA to be most consistent with the nature of the 
Group’s business.

The EPRA Basic NTA per Share, as reconciled to IFRS net assets per share in note 15 of the financial statements, was 908 pence at 31 October 2022 
(FY2021: 697 pence), up 30.3% since 31 October 2021, and the IFRS reported diluted NAV per share was 820 pence (FY2021: 635 pence), 
reflecting a £418.5 million increase in reported net assets during the year.

31

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial review continued

Gearing and capital structure
The Group’s borrowings comprise revolving bank borrowing facilities in the UK and France and US Private Placement Notes.

Net debt (including lease liabilities and cash) stood at £698.3 million at 31 October 2022, an increase of £174.5 million from the 2021 position 
of £523.8 million, reflecting funding for the continued expansion of the Group portfolio. Total capital (net debt plus equity) increased from £1,898.7 million 
at 31 October 2021 to £2,491.7 million at 31 October 2022. The net impact is that the gearing ratio has increased from 27.6% to 28.0% in the year.

Management also measures gearing with reference to its loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio defined as gross debt (excluding lease liabilities) as a 
proportion of the valuation of investment properties and investment properties under construction (excluding lease liabilities). At 31 October 2022 
the Group LTV ratio was 24.4% as compared to 24.9% at 31 October 2021. It should be noted, under the new facility, signed 11 November 2022, 
LTV is to be calculated against net debt which equates to an LTV of 23.6%. The Board considers the current level of gearing is appropriate for  
the business to enable the Group to increase returns on equity, maintain financial flexibility and achieve our medium term strategic objectives.

Borrowings at 31 October 2022
As at 31 October 2022, £76.0 million of the £250.0 million UK Revolver and €30.0 million (£25.8 million) of the €70.0 million Euro Revolver 
were drawn. Including the US Private Placement debt of €358.0 million (£307.8 million) and £215.5 million, the Group’s borrowings totalled 
£623.8 million (after adjustment for unamortised finance costs).

As at 31 October 2022, the weighted average remaining term for the Group’s available borrowing facilities is 4.0 years (FY2021: 4.6 years). If  
we take into consideration the new financing completed on 11 November 2022, with a four-year term to November 2026, the weighted average 
remaining term for the Group’s available borrowing facilities is 5.1 years.

Borrowings under the existing loan facilities are subject to certain financial covenants. The UK bank facilities and the US Private Placement share 
interest cover and LTV covenants. The interest cover requirement of EBITDA: interest is 2.4:1, where it will remain until the end of the facilities’ 
terms. Interest cover for the year ended 31 October 2022 is 11.4x (FY2021: 10.5x).

The LTV covenant is 60% in both the UK and France under the current facility. As at 31 October 2022, there is significant headroom in both  
the UK LTV and the French LTV covenant calculations.

The Group is in compliance with its covenants at 31 October 2022 and, based on forecast projections, is expected to be in compliance for  
a period in excess of twelve months from the date of this report.

Cash flow
The table below sets out the underlying cash flow of the business in 2022 and 2021. For statutory reporting purposes, leasehold costs cash 
flows are allocated between finance costs, principal repayments and variable lease payments. However, management considers a presentation 
of cash flows that reflects leasehold costs as a single line item to be representative of the underlying cash flow performance of the business.

Underlying EBITDA

Working capital/exceptionals/other

Adjusted operating cash inflow
Interest payments

Leasehold rent payments

Tax payments

Free cash flow (before investing and financing activities)
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Loan to associates

Investment in associates

Capital expenditure – investment properties

Capital expenditure – property, plant and equipment

Net proceeds from disposal of land

Net proceeds from disposal of investment properties

Proceeds from disposal – property, plant and equipment

Net cash flow after investing activities
Issue of share capital

Dividends paid

Net drawdown of borrowings

Debt issuance costs
Financial instruments

Swap termination

Net (decrease)/increase in cash

Note
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure, defined as cash flow before investing and financing activities but after leasehold rent payments.

32

2022
£’m

135.1

(2.7)

132.4

(11.8)

(13.6)

(5.6)

101.4

(111.5)

—

(0.8)

(95.2)

(1.0)

1.0

6.4

0.2

(99.5)

0.5

(56.9)

132.1

(0.1)
1.3

0.5

(22.1)

2021
£’m

118.0

(2.1)

115.9

(8.0)

(13.0)

(5.4)

89.5

—

(0.9)

(1.9)

(62.4)

(1.0)

—

—

—

23.3

0.7

(42.6)

43.8

(0.7)
—

—

24.5

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTThe first table below reconciles free cash flow (before investing and financing activities) in the table above to net cash inflow from operating 
activities in the consolidated cash flow statement. The second table below reconciles adjusted net cash flow after investing activities in the table 
above to the consolidated cash flow statement. The third table below reconciles adjusted operating cash inflow to the cash generated from 
operations in the consolidated cash flow statement.

Free cash flow (before investing and financing activities)
Add back: principal payment of lease liabilities

Net cash flow from operating activities

From table above:

Adjusted net cash flow after investing activities

Add back: principal payment of lease liabilities

Net cash flow after investing activities

From consolidated cash flow:

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Net cash flow after investing activities

Adjusted operating cash inflow
Cash outflow on variable lease payments

Cash flow from operations

2022
£’m

101.4

8.4

109.8

2022
£’m

(99.5)

8.4

(91.1)

109.8

(200.9)

(91.1)

2022
£’m

132.4

(0.2)

132.2

2021
£’m

89.5

7.5

97.0

2021
£’m

23.3

7.5

30.8

97.0

(66.2)

30.8

2021
£’m

115.9

(0.3)

115.6

Adjusted operating cash flow increased by £16.5 million in the year, principally due to the £17.1 million improvement in Underlying EBITDA.

Working capital, exceptional items and other movements resulted in a net £2.7 million outflow (FY2021: £2.1 million outflow), principally relating 
to movements in trade receivables and trade payables.

Free cash flow (before investing and financing activities) grew by 13.3% to £101.4 million (FY2021: £89.5 million). The free cash flow benefited 
from the increase in Underlying EBITDA and the increase in adjusted operating cash flow.

Investing activities experienced a net outflow of £200.9 million (FY2021: £66.2 million outflow), which included £111.5 million relating to the 
acquisition of the remaining 80% in the Joint Venture as well as the acquisition of the new site at Christchurch and £95.2 million of capital expenditure 
on our investment property portfolio as well as cash generated from the sale of our Birmingham – Digbeth store. Of the £95.2 million capital 
expenditure on investment properties, £60.2 million related to the UK, £6.4 million related to France, £21.3 million related to Spain and £7.3 million 
related to Benelux. Of the £95.2 million, £7.5 million related to maintenance, £68.4 million to new stores and £19.3 million to developments and 
property, plant and equipment.

Adjusted financing activities generated a net cash inflow of £77.4 million (FY2021: £1.2 million inflow). Dividend payments totalled £56.9 million 
(FY2021: £42.6 million). The net drawdown of borrowings was £132.1 million (FY2021: £43.8 million), in order to finance the acquisition of the 
remaining 80% in the Joint Venture as well as development and pipeline stores. 

The strategic report, including pages 5 to 73, was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors on 16 January 2023  
and signed on its behalf by:

Andy Jones
Chief Financial Officer
16 January 2023

33

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSEngaging with our stakeholders and our Section 172(1) statement

Our purpose: to add stakeholder value 
by developing profitable and sustainable 
spaces that allow individuals, businesses, 
and local communities to thrive 

This section provides further insight into how we engage with 
key stakeholders. Building and maintaining effective stakeholder 
relationships informs how we create value in the long term. 

Our formal Section 172(1) statement is set out on page 36.

The principles that underpin Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 
are considered by the Board within its decision-making processes. Our 
Section 172 statement on page 36 provides examples of Board decisions 
taken during the year. These examples seek to demonstrate how Board 
decision-making aligns to our strategic priorities and purpose and are 
informed by stakeholder considerations and expectations. The Section 
172 principles are part of our culture, are embedded in all that we do 
and are strengthened by our Board setting the right tone from the top. 
The Company seeks to act fairly with its stakeholders and maintain its 
reputation for high standards of business and ethical conduct which 
contribute to Safestore’s success in the long term. Pages 34 to 36 are 
incorporated by cross-reference into our governance report.

Engaging with our stakeholders
The Board is committed to effective engagement with all our key 
stakeholders. The Board has identified a number of key stakeholders 
which it seeks to engage with on a regular basis. A summary of our key 
stakeholders, why they are important to us, what matters to them, and 
where further information can be found summarising how we engage 
with stakeholders, is set out below. 

What matters to our key stakeholders is determined by the Board and 
by management and has been informed by feedback received from the 
ongoing engagement process itself and from a deep understanding 
of our operating model. How we engage is led by either the Board or 
by management. Not all information is reported directly to the Board, 
however it informs management decisions and the Board continues to 
receive regular stakeholder updates at Board meetings and a summary 
of these updates are set out in the key matters considered by the Board 
during the year on page 80.

Key stakeholders 

Why our key stakeholders are important  
to us and what matters to them

Further information: how the Board:
•  engages with our key stakeholders; and
•  measures the outcome of our engagement

Our people

Why our people are important to Safestore:
•  Our people are the foundation of our customer-focused 

culture and deliver our strategy and operate our business 
model. Our people drive and deliver our strategic priorities. 

For further information on how we engage with  
our people see: 
•  Directors’ remuneration report – Communication with 

colleagues on page 103.

What matters to our people includes:
•  Fair pay and reward.

•  Strategic report – Our people section on pages 9 to 10.

•  Sustainability report – Our people section on 

•  Health and wellbeing and a safe working environment.

pages 49 to 53.

•  Colleague engagement.

•  Open and honest communication.

•  Training and development opportunities and an opportunity 

for our colleagues to reach their full potential.

•  A diverse and inclusive workplace.

Safestore measures the outcome of 
our engagement by: 
•  Colleague retention, particularly within its senior team.

•  Feedback from our ‘Make the Difference’ people forum.

•  High colleague response rate to the Investors in People 

(“IIP”) 2021 accreditation process.

•  The adoption of our wellbeing initiatives.

•  Completion of our comprehensive learning and 

development tools.

Why our customers are important to Safestore:
•  Our customers are the mainstay of our business and their 
views and their satisfaction are important to us and drive 
our financial performance.

For further information on how we engage with 
our customers:
•  Strategic report – Our customer section on page 11.

•  Sustainability report – Our customer section on 

What matters to our customers includes:
•  Great customer service and the provision of safe and 

secure storage sites.

•  Well-located and accessible stores.

•  Expertise in providing self storage solutions and 
understanding our customers’ requirements.

pages 54 to 55.

Safestore measures the outcome of our 
engagement by:
•  Receiving customer reviews and feedback collected from 

our website, third party platforms and social media 
channels as explained on page 9 and on page 55.

•  Reliable communication channels, which include face-to-
face communication in store, a Customer Support Centre 
and online communications via our website, email and social 
media channels, as well as through our LiveChat service.

•  Customer occupancy rates – see pages 19 to 21.

•  External recognition and awards. In February 2022, 

Safestore won the Feefo Platinum Trusted Service Award 
for the third time.

•  Flexible contractual arrangements.

Our customers 

34

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTKey stakeholders 

Why our key stakeholders are important  
to us and what matters to them

Further information: how the Board:
•  engages with our key stakeholders; and
•  measures the outcome of our engagement

Why our shareholders and investors are important  
to Safestore:
•  A strong and flexible capital structure is fundamental  

For further information on how we engage with 
our shareholders and investors: 
•  Governance report – Investor relations and Shareholder 

Our 
shareholders 
and investors
Many of our 
colleagues are 
shareholders.

to our strategy.

What matters to our shareholders and 
investors includes:
•  That the Company maximises long term value, 

which means:

•  Sustainable current and future financial performance 

and returns.

•  A clear strategy and business model.

•  Strong leadership.

•  Maintaining our reputation.

•  Managing and reporting our ESG performance with clear 

and transparent disclosures.

and Investor Engagement on page 82.

•  Directors’ remuneration report on page 103.

How we measure the outcome of our engagement:
•  Safestore was shortlisted in The Investor Relations 

Society Best Practice Awards 2022 in the Best Overall 
IR Company category. Safestore was nominated 
for this award by the external analysts and the 
investor community.

Our partners 
These include our 
Joint Venture partner, 
Carlyle, our landlords 
at our leasehold sites, 
our contractors and 
our suppliers of goods 
and services. 

Our 
communities 

Our 
environment

Why our partners are important to Safestore:
•  Strong, stable and long term relationships support 

the Group in delivering its strategy, by optimising and 
managing our property portfolio.

For further information on how we engage with 
our partners: 
•  Strategic report – Our communities section on page 11.

•  Regular meetings and communication with our partners.

What matters to our partners includes:
•  Building strong relationships.

•  Quarterly meetings with our construction 

management partner.

•  Maintaining sustainable business practices.

•  Supplier forums held bi-annually, which facilitate an open 

•  Our current and future financial performance.

•  Our operational excellence.

•  Clear communication, fair engagement and 

prompt payment.

•  Corporate governance.

Why our communities are important to Safestore:
•  Safestore is committed to making a positive contribution 

within the local communities around its stores. We are keen 
to deliver long term benefits to society and the 
local economy consistent with our alignment with the 
Sustainable Development Goals and our 
sustainability strategy.

What matters to our communities: 
•  That our business operations seek to minimise any negative 
impact and, any local disruption, on our local communities.

•  Create local employment opportunities.

•  Support community projects and providing support to local 

and national charities.

exchange of feedback.

How we measure the outcome of our engagement:
•  The establishment of successful long term relationships 

with our partners.

For further information on how we engage with 
our communities: 
•  ESG strategy – On page 11.

•  Sustainability report – Our communities on 

pages 55 to 57.

How we measure the outcome of our engagement:
•  Space occupied by local charities on pages 11 and 55.

Why our environment is important to Safestore:
•  Safestore’s long-standing commitment is to provide both 

a long term sustainable investment and a pleasant and safe 
environment for our customers and colleagues and the 
delivery of our sustainability strategy.

For further information on how we engage with  
our environment:
•  ESG strategy – On page 11.

•  Sustainability report – Our environment on 

pages 58 to 61.

To protect the planet from our activities means:
•  Awareness of the environmental impact of our activities and 
seeking to ensure that any negative impact is minimised.

•  Reducing our absolute emissions and energy and 

water consumption.

•  Reducing waste, in particular plastic waste, and diverting 

waste from landfill.

•  Sustainable development of new stores.

How we measure the outcome of our engagement:
•  By measuring our reductions in absolute emissions, 

energy and water consumption and waste. 

•  External recognition and awards on pages 6, 11, and 46. 

35

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSEngaging with our stakeholders and our Section 172(1) statement 
continued

Our Section 172(1) statement
The Board has regard to the matters set out in Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 when performing its duties under Section 172 to act 
in a way it considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, 
and in doing so have regard to a range of matters when making decisions for the long term. Key decisions and matters that are of strategic 
importance to the Company are appropriately informed by Section 172 factors. 

The following provides examples of decisions approved by the Board during the year ended 31 October 2022 and how Section 172 factors have 
informed the Board’s decision-making. The summary seeks to provide further insight into how these decisions align to our purpose and strategic 
priorities, and our stakeholders’ expectations, whilst also demonstrating Safestore’s corporate culture to act fairly and maintain its reputation for 
high standards of business and ethical conduct. Taken together these factors enable the Group to progress towards its purpose and long term success. 

The following Board decisions are aligned to our Purpose and our strategic priorities.

Our strategic  
priority

Optimising trading 
performance of 
existing portfolio

Board decision

Investing in colleagues 
Further investment in  
our Store and Senior 
Management Development 
and Graduate Programmes.

Stakeholder factors – expectations and considerations – 
that inform Board decision-making:

Further information

Our people: Provides personal development opportunities which will 
improve colleague skills and prepare colleagues for more senior roles 
within our business. 

Our customers: Training and development programmes are aligned 
to support our customers and meet their needs and expectations.

Our investors: The interests of our colleagues and our investors are 
aligned, to deliver the long term success of the business.

Read more about the 
Board’s decision to invest 
in our colleagues: pages 9 
to 10 and pages 52 to 53.

Read more about the 
outcomes from investing 
in colleagues: pages 9 to 
10 and 51. 

Our partners: A well-trained workforce is able to engage more 
effectively with our partners. 

Our communities: A well-trained and engaged workforce is 
committed to our social initiatives.

Our environment: A well-trained and engaged workforce are 
committed to our initiatives that support our climate goals.

Maintaining a 
strong and flexible 
capital structure 

New $115 million 
Shelf Facility 
The new financing 
arrangement aligns to our 
strategic priorities and 
provides the capital to invest 
in new sustainable spaces.

The facility partially funded 
the Group’s acquisition 
of Carlyle’s 80% share of  
the Benelux Joint Venture.

Our people: New property investments provide new development 
opportunities for our colleagues with the opportunity to manage 
assets in new geographies and adopt best practice across 
the Group.

Our customers: Enables the Group to expand its services to new 
customers in new geographies. 

Our investors: The facility was arranged for a seven-year term at 
an interest rate of 2.45% pa. Investors have the confidence that the 
Group manages its debt structure efficiently, pursues high yielding 
assets and minimises financing costs in line with the Group’s objectives. 

Read more about the 
Board’s decision to 
arrange this new financing 
facility: page 10.

Read more about the 
outcomes of this financing 
decision: page 21.

Our partners: Can be confident that Safestore has the financial 
foundation for long term growth. 

Our communities: Cost-effective financing enables local 
communities to directly benefit from new stores. 

Our environment: Financing at a cost-effective rate provides 
financing for investment in store sustainability. 

Our people: Clear Board decision-making enables colleagues to 
deliver property developments in line with the Board’s disciplined and 
strict investment criteria.

Our customers: Providing well-located and accessible stores.

Our investors: Expect a robust investment appraisal process 
considering key risks and appropriate environmental and sustainable 
development considerations.

Our partners: New property developments support stable and 
long term relationships with our suppliers. 

Our communities: Expect new stores to make a positive 
contribution within their local communities. 

Our environment: Enables the Group to develop sustainable 
spaces that minimise the impact of our business operations on 
our environment.

Read more about the 
Board’s investment 
decisions: pages 12  
to 17, which include  
a summary of our  
property pipeline. 

Read more about the 
outcomes of the Boards 
property investments: 
pages 12 to 17.

Selective portfolio 
management 
and expansion 
opportunities in 
our existing markets 
and in attractive 
new geographies 

Investment in our 
property pipeline
Property acquisitions align 
to our strategic priorities 
and our purpose, to add 
stakeholder value by 
expanding our property 
portfolio to provide 
new profitable and 
sustainable spaces.

36

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTPrincipal risks

Strategic, operational, and emerging risks are 
considered at every business level and are 
assessed, discussed, and taken into account 
when deciding upon future strategy, approving 
transactions, and monitoring performance
Risks and risk management
The Board recognises that effective risk management requires 
awareness and engagement at all levels of our organisation.

Executive Committee team members, and reported to the Board and 
the Audit Committee. These risks cover all areas of the business, such 
as finance, operations, investment, development, and corporate risks.

Risk management process
The Board is responsible for determining the nature of the risks the 
Group faces, and for ensuring that appropriate mitigating actions are  
in place to manage them in a manner that enables the Group to achieve 
its strategic objectives.

Effective risk management requires awareness and engagement at all 
levels of our organisation. It is for this reason that the risk management 
process is incorporated into the day-to-day management of our 
business, as well as being reflected in the Group’s core processes and 
controls. The Board has defined the Group’s risk appetite and 
oversees the risk management strategy and the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal control framework. Risks are considered at every 
business level and are assessed, discussed and taken into account 
when deciding upon future strategy, approving transactions and 
monitoring performance. 

Strategic risks are identified, assessed and managed by the Board, with 
support from the Audit Committee, which in turn is supported by the 
Risk Committee. Strategic risks are reviewed by the Audit Committee 
to ensure they are valid and that they represent the key risks associated 
with the current strategic direction of the Group. Operational risks 
are identified, assessed and managed by the Risk Committee and 

The risk management process commences with rigorous risk 
identification sessions incorporating contributions from functional 
managers and Executive Committee team members.

The output is reviewed and discussed by the Risk Committee, 
supported by members of senior management from across the 
business. The Board, supported by the Risk Committee, identifies and 
prioritises the top business risks, with a focus on the identification of 
key strategic, financial and operational risks. The potential impact and 
likelihood of the risks occurring are determined, key risk mitigations are 
identified and the current level of risk is assessed against the Board’s 
risk appetite. These top business risks form the basis for the principal 
risks and uncertainties detailed in the section below.

Principal risks and uncertainties
The principal risks and uncertainties described could have the future 
potential to have the most significant effect on Safestore’s strategic objectives. 

The key strategic and operational risks are monitored by the Board 
and are defined as those which could prevent us from achieving our 
business goals. Our current strategic and operational risks and key 
mitigating actions are as follows:

Risk

Current mitigation activities

Developments since 2021

Strategic risks 
The Group develops business plans 
based on a wide range of variables. 
Incorrect assumptions about the 
economic environment, the self 
storage market, or changes in the 
needs of customers or the activities 
of customers may adversely affect 
the returns achieved by the Group, 
potentially resulting in loss of 
shareholder value or loss of the 
Group’s status as the UK’s largest 
self storage provider.

•  The strategy development process draws 
on internal and external analysis of the self 
storage market, emerging customer trends 
and a range of other factors.

•  Continuing focus on yield-management with 
regular review of demand levels and pricing 
at each individual store.

•  Continuing focus on building the Safestore 

brand, acquisitions and development projects.

•  The portfolio is geographically diversified 
with performance monitoring covering  
the personal and business customers 
by segments.

•  Detailed and comprehensive sensitivity and 
scenario modelling taking into consideration 
variable assumptions. 

•  Monitoring of key data points helping to 
understand and minimise uncertainty 
around the economic environment. 

•  Robust cost management.

The Group’s strategy is regularly reviewed through the 
annual planning and budgeting process, and regular 
reforecasts are prepared during the year.

The Group expanded its interests in the Benelux region 
acquiring the remaining 80% of the equity owned by Carlyle 
Europe Realty in the Joint Venture formed in 2019. The Joint 
Venture was set up in 2019 to acquire and develop assets 
in the Netherlands and Belgium in order to leverage 
Safestore’s operating platform outside our core markets.

The acquisition of new stores together with new store 
openings have been fully integrated in the Group’s 
store portfolio.

The current macro-economic pressures arising from both 
the supply chain issues associated with the rebound in 
demand post global restrictions and the conflict in Ukraine 
as well as the cost of living increases have caused 
significant global uncertainty and the impact this will have 
on economic growth is unclear. Both pressures have led to 
higher inflation which has had a direct impact on consumer 
spending that may impact the self storage market.

Therefore, the level of risk is considered to have increased 
from the 31 October 2021 assessment. 

37

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSPrincipal risks continued

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Current mitigation activities

Developments since 2021

Pandemic risk 
The Covid-19 outbreak was an 
unprecedented global event whose 
impacts and duration are now more 
widely understood. While the Group 
now more clearly understands the 
impacts of the pandemic on the 
business, we need to be adaptable in 
ensuring our business resilience and 
maintaining our strong performance 
against future pandemics.

•  The resilient nature of the Group’s 

businesses, our robust balance sheet, and 
the market fundamentals that underpin our 
businesses inherently provide mitigation  
to the Group from pandemic risk.

•  Our Group strategic plans and forecasts 
provided an additional layer of mitigation 
through the Covid-19 crisis.

•  The Group continues to monitor and 

assess the potential and realised impacts 
of Covid-19.

The Covid-19 pandemic resulted in a significant reduction 
in the economic growth of the UK and Europe in 2020 
and 2021.

The implications of Covid-19 were thoroughly considered 
with respect to the Group’s strategy through the annual 
planning and budgeting process. 

Pandemic risk will continue to be monitored through the 
Group’s Risk framework.

The level of risk is considered to have reduced compared 
to the 31 October 2021 assessment.

Finance risk 
Lack of funding resulting in an inability 
to meet business plans, satisfy 
liabilities or a breach of covenants.

•  Funding requirements for business plans 

and the timing for commitments are 
reviewed regularly as part of the monthly 
management accounts.

•  The Group manages liquidity in 

accordance with Board-approved policies 
designed to ensure that the Group has 
adequate funds for its ongoing needs.

•  The Board regularly monitors financial 

covenant ratios and headroom.

•  All of the Group’s banking facilities  

now run to 30 June 2023. The US Private 
Placement Notes mature in five, seven, 
eight, ten and twelve years.

•  New US Private Placement Notes secured 
during the year, utilising the Shelf Facility, 
with a maturity of seven years (2029).

Since the end of 2021, there have been significant opportunities 
to invest in new stores, in both the UK and throughout Europe, 
and as a result the Group secured additional US Private 
Placement Note funding for €105 million, utilising the Shelf 
Facility. The funds were received in April 2022 and were used to 
pay down Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF’s”) utilised to acquire 
the remaining 80% of the equity owned by Carlyle Europe Realty.

Further, on 11 November 2022, the Group completed the 
refinancing of its RCF’s which were due to expire in June 
2023. The previous £250 million Sterling and €70 million 
Euro RCF’s have been replaced  
with a single multi-currency £400 million facility. In addition,  
a further £100 million uncommitted accordion facility is 
incorporated in the facility agreement. The facility is for  
a four-year term with two one-year extension options 
exercisable after the first and second years of the agreement. 

The Group’s loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio has broadly remained 
constant during 2022, at 24.4% compared to 24.9% at the 
prior financial year end.

Therefore, this risk continues to remain low and broadly 
unchanged from the 31 October 2021 assessment.

Treasury risk 
Adverse currency or interest rate 
movements could see the cost of 
debt rise, or impact the Sterling value 
of income flows or investments.

•  Guidelines are set for our exposure to fixed 

and floating interest rates and use of 
interest rate swaps to manage this risk.

Euro denominated borrowings continue to provide an effective, 
natural hedge against the Euro denominated net assets of 
our French and Spanish businesses.

•  Foreign currency denominated assets  
are financed by borrowings in the same 
currency where appropriate.

Although the Bank of England base rate has increased, 
with 93% of the Group’s debt at fixed rates, the Group’s 
exposure to interest rate shocks is mitigated.

•  The Group has entered into FX forwards  
to reduce the volatility associated with the 
translation risk of the Euro.

Although 93% of the Group’s debt is at fixed rates at 
31 October 2022, removing much of the volatility of interest 
rate fluctuations, as we move into 2023 and fund the new 
store pipeline from incremental drawings on our Revolving 
Credit Facility, we are likely to see modest increases in the 
cost of debt. Therefore, this risk has increased from the 
31 October 2021 assessment.

38

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRisk

Current mitigation activities

Developments since 2021

Property investment and 
development risk
Acquisition and development of 
properties that fail to meet performance 
expectations, overexposure to 
developments within a short timeframe 
or the inability to find and open new 
stores may have an adverse impact  
on the portfolio valuation, resulting in 
loss of shareholder value.

Corporate transactions may be at risk of 
competition referral or post-transaction 
legal or banking formalities.

Building cost inflation makes it difficult 
to estimate accurate cost assumptions 
when considering new investments 
and developments.

Valuation risk 
Value of our properties declining as 
a result of external market or internal 
management factors could result in 
a breach of borrowing covenants.

In the absence of relevant 
transactional evidence, valuations 
can be inherently subjective leading 
to a degree of uncertainty. 

Occupancy risk 
A potential loss of income and 
increased vacancy due to falling 
demand, oversupply or customer 
default, which could also adversely 
impact the portfolio valuation.

•  Thorough due diligence is conducted and detailed 
analysis is undertaken prior to Board approval for 
property investment and development.

•  Execution of targeted acquisitions and disposals.

•  The Group’s overall exposure to developments is 

monitored and controlled, with projects phased  
to avoid over-commitment.

•  The performance of individual properties 

is benchmarked against target returns and  
post-investment reviews are undertaken.

•  Independent valuations are conducted regularly  
by experienced, independent, professionally 
qualified valuers.

•  A diversified portfolio which is let to a large number 
of customers helps to mitigate any negative impact 
arising from changing conditions in the financial and 
property markets.

•  Headroom of LTV banking covenants is maintained 

and reviewed.

•  Current gearing levels provide sizeable headroom 

on our portfolio valuation and mitigate the likelihood 
of covenants being endangered.

•  Personal and business customers cover a wide 
range of segments, sectors and geographic 
territories with limited exposure to any 
single customer.

•  Dedicated support for enquiry capture.

•  Weekly monitoring of occupancy levels and  

close management of stores.

•  Management of pricing to stimulate demand, 

when appropriate.

•  Monitoring of reasons for customers vacating  

and exit interviews conducted.

•  Independent feedback facility for 

customer experience.

•  The like-for-like occupancy rate across the portfolio 
has continued to grow partly due to flexibility offered 
on deals by in-house marketing and the Customer 
Support Centre.

Projects are not pursued when they fail  
to meet our rigorous investment criteria, and 
post-investment reviews indicate that sound and 
appropriate investment decisions have been made.

The capital requirements of development projects 
undertaken during the year have been carefully 
forecasted and monitored, and we continue to 
maintain significant capacity within our financing 
arrangements.

We continue to pursue investment and development 
opportunities, and consider our recent track record 
to have been successful. 

With the current economic uncertainty and 
building cost inflation, the Board considers that 
there has been an increase to this risk since the 
31 October 2021 assessment.

The valuation of the Group’s portfolio has 
continued to grow during the year, reflecting 
both valuation gains arising from the increasing 
profitability of our portfolio and additions to our 
portfolio through corporate acquisitions and the 
opening of new development stores.

However, the pressures which have led to higher 
inflation which in turn is having a direct impact on 
consumer spending may impact the self storage 
market. Therefore, the key assumptions that 
underpin the investment property valuation are 
subject to greater volatility. 

This has resulted in the level of risk increasing  
with respect to valuation risk compared to the  
31 October 2021 assessment.

The Covid-19 pandemic resulted in a contraction 
in economic growth. However, over the past year 
the economy has recovered and recent like-for-like 
occupancy trends have been strong and the newly 
opened stores are performing well.

Growth in our store portfolio diversifies the potential 
impact of underperformance of an individual store.

With the economic outlook remaining uncertain, 
with significant inflationary pressures in the 
economy, and an associated impact on the cost 
of living, this may lead to pressure on occupancy 
in the next year.

Therefore, the risk has increased compared 
with the assessment for the year ended 
31 October 2021.

39

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSPrincipal risks continued

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Current mitigation activities

Developments since 2021

Real estate investment 
trust (“REIT”) risk
Failure to comply with the REIT 
legislation could expose the Group  
to potential tax penalties or loss of  
its REIT status.

•  Internal monitoring procedures are in place to  

ensure that the appropriate rules and legislation  
are complied with and this is formally reported 
to the Board.

Catastrophic event 
A major catastrophic event could mean 
that the Group is unable to carry out 
its business for a sustained period or 
health and safety issues put customers, 
colleagues or property at risk. These 
may result in reputational damage, 
injury or property damage, or customer 
compensation, causing a loss of 
market share and/or income.

•  Business continuity plans are in place and tested.

•  Back-up systems at offsite locations and remote 

working capabilities.

•  Reviews and assessments are undertaken 

periodically for enhancements to supplement  
the existing compliant aspects of buildings  
and processes.

•  Monitoring and review by the Health and 

Safety Committee.

The Group has remained compliant with all REIT 
legislation throughout the year.

There has been no significant change to this  
risk since the 31 October 2021 assessment.

In addition, we have also reviewed the recent 
amendments to the UK REIT rules, taking 
effect from 1 April 2022, which do not affect 
this assessment.

Continuing focus from the Risk Committee,  
with particular attention to specific issues.

The level of risk is considered similar to the 
31 October 2021 assessment.

•  Robust operational procedures, including health and 
safety policies, and a specific focus on fire prevention 
and safety procedures.

•  Fire risk assessments in stores.

•  Periodic security review of all systems supported 
by external monitoring and penetration testing.

•  Limited retention of customer data.

•  Online colleague training modules.

•  Monitoring and review by the Risk Committee.

•  Project-specific steering committees to address  

the implementation of new regulatory requirements.

•  Liaison with relevant authorities and 

trade associations.

•  Where a store is at risk of compulsory purchase, 

contingency plans are developed.

•  Legal and professional advice.

•  Online training modules.

The framework of tax controls has been reviewed 
during the year, ensuring key tax risks are in line 
with the Group’s obligations. All regulatory 
compliance risks have been monitored during 
the year.

The level of risk is considered similar to the 
31 October 2021 assessment.

•  Constant measuring and monitoring of our web 
presence and ensuring compliance with rules 
and regulations.

We continue to build functional expertise at Group 
level in performance marketing, organic and local 
searches and analytics.

•  Market-leading website.

•  Use of online techniques to drive brand visibility.

•  Our pricing strategy monitors and adapts to  

evolving customer behaviour.

The Group marketing forum continues to review 
performance, market developments and our 
ongoing improvement plan.

We have implemented a new value and quality 
focused performance marketing strategy.

The level of risk is considered similar to the 
31 October 2021 assessment. 

Regulatory 
compliance risk 
The regulatory landscape for UK listed 
companies is constantly developing 
and becoming more demanding,  
with new reporting and compliance 
requirements arising frequently. 
Non-compliance with these regulations 
can lead to penalties, fines or 
reputational damage.

Changes in tax regimes could impact 
tax expenditure.

The Group is also subject to the risk 
of compulsory purchases of property, 
which could result in a loss of income 
and impact the portfolio valuation.

Marketing risk 
Our marketing strategy is critical to 
the success of the business. This 
includes maintaining web leadership 
and our relationship with Google. 
A lack of effective strategy would 
result in loss of income and market 
share and adversely impact the 
portfolio valuation.

40

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRisk

Current mitigation activities

Developments since 2021

IT security/GDPR 
Cyber-attacks and data security 
breaches are becoming more 
prominent with a greater level of 
sophistication of attacks. This has 
the potential to result in reputational 
damage, fines or customer 
compensation, causing a loss 
of market share and income.

•   Constant monitoring by the IT department and 
consultation with specialist advice firms ensure 
we have the most up-to-date security available.

•  Twice yearly formal IT security review at Group 

Audit Committee.

•  We minimise the retention of customer and colleague 

data in accordance with GDPR best practice.

•  The policies and procedures are under constant 
review and benchmarked against industry best 
practice. These policies also include defend, detect 
and response policies.

During 2021 and continuing into 2022, the  
Group continued to invest in digital security. 
Some of the changes include more frequent 
penetration testing of internet facing systems, 
adding components such as anti-ransomware  
as well as the replacement of components 
such as firewalls to the latest technology 
and specification.

The risk is not considered to have increased for 
the Group nor is the Group considered to be at 
a greater risk than the wider industry; however, 
we consider that digital threats on the whole 
are increasing.

The level of risk is considered similar to the 
31 October 2021 assessment.

•  Constant involvement by the Retail Service team to 
engage with customers and address their concerns.

The Retail Service function always engages  
with customers to resolve any issues or complaints.

•  Constant training of the store teams to provide a 

clear and concise communication strategy to customers.

•  Our understanding of and engagement with all our 

Our Sustainability report on pages 55 to 57 of 
our Annual Report provides insight into how we 
engage with our customers and the community. 

stakeholders enables early visibility and identification 
of stakeholder dissatisfaction.

The level of risk is considered similar to the 
31 October 2021 assessment.

The level of risk is considered similar to the 
31 October 2021 assessment. 

•  Large portfolio of potential new sites, prioritised 

based on detailed research into areas most likely 
to be successful.

•  Strong operational knowledge and experience 

in integrating new business.

•  We have well documented procedures for the 

integration of new acquisitions and a good track 
record of recent success.

Brand and 
Reputational risk 
Our reputation, with Safestore’s 
growth and the increased awareness 
of self storage, including increased 
demand driving higher prices, may 
potentially attract greater social media 
attention and scrutiny.

Geographical expansion 
The Group has invested in expanding 
the overseas operations of the 
business through both subsidiaries 
and the Joint Venture with Carlyle over 
the last two years.

Suitable new sites may become more 
difficult to find, with new sites failing 
to achieve the required occupancy 
and therefore deliver the required 
sales and profitability within an 
acceptable timeframe.

Integration of smaller acquisitions may 
be challenging where the infrastructure 
of the acquired business is not of 
a level required by the Group.

41

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSPrincipal risks continued

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Current mitigation activities

Developments since 2021

Human Resource Risk
Fundamental to the Group’s success 
are our people. As such, due to 
market competitiveness and cost 
of living increases we are exposed 
to a risk of colleague turnover, and 
subsequent loss of key personnel 
and knowledge.

Climate change 
related risk 
The Group could be exposed to 
climate change in the future through 
the related transition and physical 
risks. Physical risks could affect the 
Group’s stores and may result in 
higher maintenance, repair and 
insurance costs. Failing to transition 
to a low carbon economy may cause 
an increase in taxation, decrease 
in access to loan facilities and 
reputational damage.

•  The Group embarked upon its five-year strategic plan 
in 2017 and during this period has had an efficient, 
high performing and stable management team in 
place. Our retention strategy aims to ensure we 
achieve long term engagement, through a 
combination of motivating factors. 

•  We continue to consult regularly with our 

management team and monitor involuntary turnover. 
We maintain adequate succession for our key talent.

•  The Board and Remuneration Committee regularly 

review colleague feedback provided through surveys, 
our workforce advisory panel and CEO town hall 
events. These mechanisms enable colleagues to 
raise questions, discuss wider business issues and 
provide feedback on subjects including wider 
workforce remuneration. 

•  In early 2021, Safestore received the Investors in 

People Platinum Accreditation. This demonstrates 
that our colleagues are happy, healthy, safe and 
engaged in supporting Safestore to deliver 
sustainable business performance.

•  The good working order of our stores is of critical 

importance to our business model with our standing 
commitment to provide long term sustainable real 
estate investment.

•  Physical climate risk of new developments is 

evaluated as part of the investment appraisal process 
for new developments.

•  We have a proactive maintenance programme in 

place with a regular programme of store inspection, 
with our maintenance teams following sustainable 
principles and, wherever practicable, using materials 
that have recycled content or are from 
sustainable sources.

•  If we choose to develop a store in a high risk area, 

we usually proactively deploy flood 
mitigation measures.

•  We are committed to building to a minimum 

standard of BREEAM ‘Very Good’ on all of our 
new store developments. 

•  All new store developments are registered with the 

Considerate Constructors Scheme, which considers 
the public, the workforce and the environment.

The level of risk is considered similar to the 
31 October 2021 assessment.

As part of our journey to enhance our disclosures 
along the recommendations of the TCFD, the 
Group is continuing to develop its understanding 
of its exposure and vulnerability to climate change 
risk and the direct impact on the business. The 
Group has identified that the exposure will be 
isolated to specific areas of the business, such 
as a specific store potentially flooding rather than 
a multiple store event. 

Further, our Sustainability Committee, with 
representation from across all levels of the 
business, continues to assess the impact of 
climate change related risks and is working 
with the Board and its suppliers to develop 
an ambitious plan to reduce carbon emissions.

Our investment appraisal process has been 
updated to consider climate change related 
risks of new investments and will continue to 
be evolved as we continue on the TCFD journey.

As we start to fully understand the exposure to 
the Group, as outlined in TCFD statement, we 
have a much clearer understanding of the risk. 
Therefore, the level of risk is considered less 
than the 31 October 2021 assessment and will 
continued to be assessed to determine whether 
this remains a principal risk throughout the 
2022/23 financial year.

42

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTNon-financial information statement
We aim to comply with the non-financial reporting requirements contained in Sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The below 
table, and information it refers to, is intended to help stakeholders understand our position on key non-financial matters. 

Reporting requirement

Some of our relevant policies 

Where to read more about our policies

Environmental matters 

Employees

Code of conduct (page 82)

Equality, diversity and inclusion policy 
(page 50)

Bullying and harassment policy

Disciplinary and grievance policies

Health and safety manual (page 51)

Human rights

Code of conduct (page 82)

Equality, diversity and inclusion policy 
(page 50)

Data privacy policies

Anti-slavery statement

Whistleblowing (‘Speak Out’) policy 
(page 82)

IT policy 

Social matters

The Company’s sustainability strategy has as one of its four ‘pillars’ 
to mitigate the environmental effects of its activities to reduce its 
carbon footprint, improve recycling, reduce reliance on packaging, 
minimise waste and improve efficiencies on finite natural resources 
in all parts of the Company’s operations. How the Company seeks 
to implement its sustainability strategy is set out in Our Environment 
on pages 58 to 73 of the Sustainability report.

The Company’s approach to environmental matters is overseen 
by the Company’s sustainability leadership team.

The pivotal role of our colleagues is reported within the Our People 
section of the Sustainability report on pages 50 to 53 and within 
the Chief Executive’s statement on pages 9 and 10.

Further commentary for individual policies is set out on the pages 
as detailed in the previous column and/or on the Company’s 
website. These policies are made available to all colleagues within 
the Company’s Colleague Handbook, an internal document 
available to all colleagues on the Company’s intranet.

The Company’s approach to pay fairness throughout the Group is 
set out on pages 98 to 101 of the Directors’ remuneration report. 

Further commentary for individual policies is set out on the pages 
as detailed in the previous column and/or on the Company’s website.

These policies are monitored as part of our risk management 
processes, overseen by the Audit Committee.

The Company’s approach to social matters is set out in 
Our Community on pages 55 to 57 of the Sustainability report. 
The Company’s approach to social matters is set out in the Company’s 
Colleague Handbook and Operations Manual, which are internal 
documents available to all colleagues on the Company’s intranet.

The Company’s approach to social matters is overseen by the 
Company’s sustainability leadership team.

Anti-corruption and 
anti-bribery

Anti-corruption and bribery statement 
and policy (page 82)

Further commentary for individual policies is set out on the pages 
detailed in the previous column.

Gifts, tips and hospitality policy  
(page 82)

These policies are monitored as part of our risk management 
processes, overseen by the Audit Committee.

Description of principal 
risks and impact on 
business activity

Description of the 
business model

Non-financial key 
performance indicators

Risk overview (pages 37 to 42 of the 
strategic report)

The Company’s approach to risk management and internal control 
is set out in the governance report on page 81.

The Company’s market and business model are reported on pages 
18 and 19 in the Chief Executive’s review of the strategic report.

KPIs are summarised in the Chief Executive’s statement and 
reported in the financial highlights section of page 2 and within 
the trading performance section of the strategic report on pages 
19 to 21.

Certain Group policies and internal standards and guidelines are not published externally, but are available to all colleagues on the Company’s 
intranet and publicly within the Governance section of the Company’s website.

43

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSViability statement

The UK Corporate Governance Code requires us to issue a “viability 
statement” declaring whether we believe Safestore can continue to 
operate and meet its liabilities, taking into account its current position 
and principal risks. The overriding aim is to encourage Directors 
to focus on the longer term and be more actively involved in risk 
management and internal controls. In assessing viability, the Board 
considered a number of key factors, including our strategy (see page 8), 
our business model (see pages 18 and 19), our risk appetite and 
our principal risks and uncertainties (see pages 37 to 42 of the 
strategic report). 

The Board is required to assess the Company’s viability over a period 
greater than twelve months, and in keeping with the way that the 
Board views the development of our business over the long term a 
period of three years is considered appropriate, and is consistent 
with the timeframes incorporated into the Group’s strategic planning 
cycle, with the review considering the Group’s cash flows, dividend 
cover, REIT compliance, financial covenants and other key financial 
performance metrics over the period. Our assessment of viability 
therefore continues to align with this three-year outlook.

In assessing viability, the Directors considered the position presented 
in the budget and three-year outlook recently approved by the Board. 
In the context of the current environment, four plausible sensitivities 
were applied to the plan, including a stress test scenario. These were 
based on the potential financial impact of the Group’s principal 
risks and uncertainties and the specific risks associated with the 
recent pandemic and geopolitical pressures. These scenarios are 
differentiated by the impact of demand and enquiry levels, average 
rate growth and the level of cost savings, representing the assumption 
variations, which can be summarised as follows:

•  Base scenario – positive year-on-year enquiries and demand growth 

in all countries;

•  Upside scenario – representing stronger revenue growth than the 
base scenario in the UK and France with some slight cost Savings;

•  Downside scenario – which assumes a decline in year-on-year 

enquiries and demand in the UK and France; and 

•  Stress test scenario – representing a reverse stress test to model 
what would be required to breach ICR and LTV covenants which 
indicated highly improbable changes would be needed before any 
issues were to arise.

Since the end of the financial year, the Group has completed the 
refinancing of its Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF’s”) which were  
due to expire in June 2023. The previous £250 million Sterling and  
€70 million Euro RCF’s have been replaced with a single multi-currency 
£400 million facility, with a four-year term with extension options and  
an uncommitted accordion facility incorporated in the facility agreement. 

Further in April 2022, Safestore extended its borrowing facilities, with 
the issuance of the equivalent of €105 million denominated US Private 
Placement (“USPP”) Notes. 

The impact of the above scenarios and sensitivities has been reviewed 
against the Group’s projected cash flow position and financial covenants 
over the three-year viability period. Should any of these scenarios occur, 
clear mitigating actions are available to ensure that the Group remains 
liquid and financially viable. 

Such mitigating actions available include, but are not limited to, 
reducing planned capital and marketing spend, pay and recruitment 
measures, making technology and operating expenditure cuts and 
utilisation of available headroom on existing debt facilities. 

Further, the recent pandemic and geopolitical pressures have resulted 
in significant pressure on the economic growth for the UK and Europe 
in 2022–23. These potential implications have been thoroughly 
considered with respect to the Group’s strategy through the annual 
planning and budgeting process. They will continue to be monitored 
through regular and periodic reforecasts and scenario analysis over the 
next twelve months and align with the three-year outlook of this review 
during the 2023 financial year.

The Audit Committee reviews the output of the viability assessment 
in advance of final evaluation by the Board. The Directors have also 
satisfied themselves that they have the evidence necessary to support 
the statement in terms of the effectiveness of the internal control 
environment in place to mitigate risk. 

Having reviewed the current performance, forecasts, debt servicing 
requirements, total facilities and risks, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in 
operation, meet its liabilities as they fall due, retain sufficient available 
cash across all three years of the assessment period and not breach 
any covenant under the debt facilities. The Board therefore has a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will remain commercially viable 
over the three-year period of assessment.

44

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCompliance with Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”)

We set out in the following section our climate-related financial disclosures consistent with all of the TCFD recommendations and recommended 
disclosures. By this we mean the four TCFD recommendations and the 11 recommended disclosures set out in Figure 4 of Section C of the 
report entitled “Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures” published in June 2017 by the TCFD.

TCFD recommendation

Governance

Included in  
FY2022 disclosures?

Reference/comment

a) 

 Describe the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities

Yes

Strategic report page 62

b) 

 Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related 
risks and opportunities

Yes

Strategic report page 62

Strategy

a) 

b) 

c) 

 Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has 
identified over the short, medium, and long term

 Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the 
organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial planning

 Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into 
consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C  
or lower scenario

Risk management

a) 

 Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing 
climate-related risks

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Strategic report pages 62 to 65

Strategic report pages 62 to 65

Strategic report pages 64 to 65

Strategic report page 62

b) 

 Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks

Yes

Strategic report pages 37 and 62

c) 

 Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing 
climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall  
risk management

Metrics and targets

a) 

b) 

c) 

 Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process

 Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas 
(“GHG”) emissions, and the related risks

 Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities and performance against targets

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Strategic report page 62, 
Governance report pages 81 to 82

Strategic report page 66

Strategic report (GHG reporting) 
pages 67 to 73

Strategic report pages 48 and 66

45

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sustainability

Our sustainability strategy
Our material sustainability issues, as identified by internal and external 
stakeholder engagement (with colleagues, investors, customers,  
and partners), fall within four areas, which we call the ‘pillars’ of our 
sustainability strategy: our people, our customers, our community, and 
our environment. Although these ‘pillars’ do not fundamentally change, 
we periodically review our activities to ensure we are focusing clearly 
on material areas and are aligned with not only our corporate goals but 
also the principles of the UN Global Compact. We track progress against 
medium term targets set in 2019 using appropriate key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”). 

We report in accordance with the European Public Real Estate 
Association’s (“EPRA’s”) latest recommendations: EPRA Sustainability  
Best Practices Recommendations (“sBPR”), third version September 2017. 
These recommendations are also aligned with the latest  
Global Reporting Initiative (“GRI”) standards. 

Sustainability highlights

40%

4.5+
100%

proportion of female 
applications reached  
for the first time

customer satisfaction 
in all markets

of 2021 stores powered 
by renewable electricity 
by 31 October 2022

Once finalised, these indicators and supplemental information can 
be downloaded from the relevant section of our website: 
www.safestore.co.uk/corporate/investors/report-and-presentations/.

27

In recognition of the strides made in our 
sustainability disclosures, Safestore has  
been given a Silver rating in the 2022 EPRA 
Sustainability BPR awards. In addition, the 
Global ESG Benchmark for Real Assets (“GRESB”) 
has once again awarded Safestore an ‘A’ rating 
in its 2022 Public Disclosures assessment and 
MSCI has awarded Safestore its second-highest 
rating of ‘AA’ for ESG.

-11%
-12.4%

gas appliances 
removed from  
UK stores

market-based 
GHG emissions

GHG intensity 

Our purpose
To add stakeholder value by developing  
profitable and sustainable spaces that allow individuals, 
businesses, and local communities to thrive

Our people
Provide a great place to work

Our customers
Deliver a great customer 
experience and help customers  
live and grow sustainably

 Our community
Benefit local communities

Our environment
Protect the planet from our 
activities; managing risks to our 
business from climate change 

Our values
Our values, created by our store teams, are the foundation of everything we do 

See page 53 for more details

We love  
customers

We lead  
the way

We have  
great people

We dare to 
be different

We get it

46

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTAlignment to the UN Sustainable Development Goals

As a Group, we have continued to align our sustainability priorities 
with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”) 
so that our actions can contribute to a greater collective impact. By 
striving to achieve our business goals, we will help solve a large set 
of societal challenges ranging from climate change to decent work 
and economic growth, and responsible consumption and production. 

The SDGs or Global Goals are a call to action for stakeholders 
across all nations to unite and address the environmental, 
economic and social imbalances that affect the world’s population 
and society.

These goals can only be achieved with the support of governments, 
businesses and individuals and, as the role businesses must play 
becomes clearer, the goals have developed into an increasingly 
important tool for assessing the impact of companies on society.

Our stakeholders increasingly expect us to demonstrate how we  
are contributing to the SDGs, specifically our investors, our customers 
and our current and prospective colleagues. Safestore is now one 
of a growing number of global organisations which are committed 
to supporting the SDGs and we continue to focus the bulk of our 
efforts in the priority areas where we can have meaningful impact. 

Sustainability governance 
Sustainability is embedded into the day-to-day responsibilities 
at Safestore and, accordingly, we have opted for a governance 
structure which reflects this. Two members of the Executive 
Management team co-chair a cross-functional sustainability 
group consisting of the functional leads responsible for each 
area of the business. This group reports on its activities directly 
to the Board.

PLC Board

HR Director
Executive sponsor

Marketing Director
Executive sponsor

Sustainability group

Property/
construction
Functional lead

Operations
Functional lead

Customer 
marketing
Functional lead

Risk
Functional lead

HR
Functional lead

These are:

•  Goal 8: Decent work and economic growth

•  Goal 11: Sustainable cities and communities 

•  Goal 12: Responsible consumption and production

•  Goal 13: Climate action

We will also seek to progress towards specific aspects of the 
other SDGs where relevant to our business.

Our suppliers 
We realise that our suppliers play an important role in our business, 
and we expect them to act ethically, and share in our commitments to 
maintain sustainable business practices using the SDGs as a shared 
framework for defining the way we work together (SDG 17: Partnership 
for the Goals, which refers to the need for collaboration in pursuit of all 
the goals by the year 2030).

In 2021, we were proud to have been awarded 
the highest rating of five stars by Support  
the Goals, a global initiative that rates and 
recognises businesses that support the United 
Nations Global Goals. This rating is awarded  
to businesses which are publicly engaging 
suppliers in their efforts towards reaching the 
Global Goals.

Given that a significant amount of our environmental impact comes 
from our third party suppliers, we have worked hard to ensure a 
consistent evaluation of our supply chain in relation to internationally 
recognised Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) standards. 
From our uniform providers and point of sale print and fulfilment to our 
merchandise partners and more, we have taken steps to co-ordinate, 
collaborate and convene with our suppliers and business associates 
as we work together towards achieving the SDGs most relevant to 
our business. 

Our focus remains on:

•  creating decent workplaces and treating our colleagues fairly and 

with respect

•  conducting business lawfully, ethically, and with integrity

•  responsible sourcing, consumption, and production

As we are only as strong as our weakest supplier, our intention is  
to continue to demonstrate our commitment, actions and progress 
towards the SDGs, and encourage our suppliers to work towards 
achieving similar goals.

47

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Alignment to the UN Sustainable Development Goals continued

Sustainability targets and KPIs
The table below outlines the targets we set ourselves in each of the four ‘pillar’ areas. We are pleased to have met the majority of the 2022 
targets set in 2019 and our near term focus now shifts to the 2025 targets. In light of our plan to achieve operational Net Zero according to the 
market-based method for Scope 2, and the acquisition of store portfolios in the Benelux, the 2025 emissions targets have been revised this year.

Sustainability 
strategy ‘pillar’

Sustainable 
business goals

Corporate 
business 
goals

UN Sustainable 
Development Goals

Performance  
measures (“KPIs”)

Targets

2022

2025

The fairest places 
to work

Our  
people

A safe working 
environment

Deliver a great 
customer experience

Our  
customers 

Help customers live 
and grow sustainably

A great 
place to 
work

Storage 
provider 
of choice

Percentage of females 
applying for roles at 
Safestore

40%

42%

Engagement score

Maintain score >80%

Number of reportable 
injuries (RIDDOR)

Zero

Zero

Investors in People

n/a

Maintain IIP 
Platinum

Customer satisfaction 
score

>4.5

>4.5

Benefit to local 
communities

Help local 
economies 
thrive

Pro bono value of space 
occupied by local 
community groups 

Opportunity 
led

Opportunity 
led

Our 
community 

Reduce our waste

Our 
environment

Reduce our emissions

Achieve 
optimal 
operational 
efficiency

% of construction waste 
diverted from landfill in 
the UK

% of operations waste to 
landfill

% of renewables in 
owned store electricity 
(Group)

98%

99%

1.75%

1%

100%

100%

Abs. operational GHG 
emissions (tonnes CO2e) 

3,917  
(LB)

3,400 (LB) 
1,014 (MB)

Operational GHG 
emissions, MB vs 2021

(25%)*

(20%)

Operational GHG 
intensity (kg CO2e/sq m2)

4.5 (LB)

3.5 (LB)

0.93 (MB)

Total emissions vs 2013 
baseline – LB

Emissions intensity vs 
2013 – LB

(50%)

(58%)

n/a

n/a

Key:

  Target achieved

  Target nearly achieved

  Target not met

Note:

*  MB emissions 25% lower for UK, France, and Spain vs 2021.

48

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOur people

Target 

Engagement score 
Maintain score >80%

Performance 2021/22

 90% 

We know our people as individuals, and show respect for each other, 
enabling everyone to have a voice so that they can bring their full, 
unique selves to work. 

Our leaders are role models who build high trust. We recognise that 
great people management takes time and therefore we have kept 
colleague-to-manager ratios low to enable our leaders to invest their 
time in our people.

We have built an environment where it’s natural for us to give regular, 
honest feedback and to coach in the moment. And formally, we go 
beyond mandatory training to promote life-enhancing learning where 
everyone can continually evolve.

We are exceptionally proud to have been awarded the prestigious 
Investors in People (“IIP”) Platinum accreditation. We also made the 
final top ten shortlist for the Platinum Employer of the Year (250+) 
category in The Investors in People Awards 2021. We see our 
colleagues as an asset, and we understand that it’s our people 
who truly make the difference.

We endeavour to operate employment practices that support SDG 3 
(Good health and wellbeing), SDG 8 (Decent work and economic growth) 
and SDG 10 (Reduced inequalities) through building, improving, and 
maintaining safe and secure working environments and advocating  
a diverse and inclusive workforce, free from harassment and victimisation. 
Our Wellbeing Strategy and People Principles documents further expand 
on how we seek to achieve this.

Build, improve and 
maintain safe and 
secure working 
environments

Advocate and improve 
labour rights for all 
our colleagues

e en v i r o n m ent

v
i
t
i
s
o
P

Great life

s

t

y

l

e

c

h
o

i

c
e
s

Facilitate and 
drive internal 
development 

Provide 
lifelong learning

P
e

a

r

n

s

d

o

n

e

a

d

u

c

l growth
ation

Safestore 
wellbeing 
strategy

A c t i v
an d   e n

s
r
e

s
m
a

e lead
a g ed te

g

Help our colleagues 
to help themselves

Promote physical, 
mental and  
financial wellbeing

Role model a 
values-based approach 
through our leaders

Advocate a 
diverse and 
inclusive workforce

More details about the progress we have made in each section of our wellbeing strategy can be found on pages 51 to 53.

49

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Sustainability continued

Our people continued
Equality, diversity, and inclusion 
We are committed to providing an inclusive workplace, encouraging, 
and welcoming diversity with zero tolerance of harassment and 
discrimination. More detail can be found in our People Principles 
document (online in the Governance section).

Our strong wellbeing foundation has enabled us to develop a strategy 
setting out our approach to further support diversity and inclusion 
at Safestore.

We are proud of Safestore’s diverse workforce; in our 2021 IIP survey, 
89% of colleagues agreed that Safestore values and respects individual 
differences. Our new Diversity and Inclusion Strategy is about embedding 
and continuing the important work we’ve already done to enable all our 
colleagues to feel confident to bring their full unique selves to work.

Colleague journey. This is about ensuring our culture is friendly 
and welcoming to all. We want people to be themselves at work, 
and initiatives such as our Values and Behaviours framework, health, 
and wellbeing support from day one, and improving the accessibility 
of our learning and development opportunities support our culture.

Safestore Diversity and Inclusion Strategy

Purpose
Enable colleagues to feel confident to bring their full unique selves to work

Colleague journey

Provide an inclusive onboarding 
experience so colleagues feel 
welcome from day one

Integrate inclusion into culture 
through our behaviours 
and policies

Ensure learning and development 
opportunities  
are accessible for all

Colleague data 
and analytics

Improve data quality 
to understand our 
workforce diversity

Invest in data development 
and analytics

Use diversity data to inform 
positive action

Positive action

Target recruitment at 
under-represented groups

Introduce targeted colleague 
support networks and 
mentoring schemes

Enable community affinity groups

Continue awareness-raising 
activities and communications

Leadership and 
management

Equip and educate leaders to 
encourage and welcome diversity

Actively remove bias

Create a safe space for open and 
inclusive discussion

Colleague data and analytics. In 2022 we have continued to collect 
ethnicity data to better understand the ethnic mix of our workforce. 
To date, over 70% of UK colleagues have volunteered their ethnicity 
data. This data indicates that 31% of Safestore colleagues belong to 
a Black, Asian, Mixed or other ethnic group, compared with 18.3%  
of people who make up this group in the UK (2021 census data). 

We are really proud of the ethnic diversity of our colleagues. We want 
to collect more people data to further understand our diverse 
communities such as the LGBTQ+ and neurodiverse communities, 
to inform even more beneficial and tangible action.

Positive action. This is about recruiting from under-represented 
groups, and building campaigns and opportunities for networks  
to meet, be listened to and feel supported. 

For example, we have improved our female applicant percentage 
and refreshed our careers website to ensure it is representative. 
Our awareness-raising activity on our internal communications 
platform, Yapster, such as our ‘Christmas Around the World’ and 
International Women’s Day campaigns have generated lots of 
energy and engagement.

Leadership and management. This is about how we support our 
leaders to encourage and welcome diversity. For example, we have 
introduced an updated equality, diversity and inclusion e-Learning 
module which was completed by all colleagues in 2022 and is now 
part of the induction for all new colleagues joining Safestore. 

We want Safestore to be a safe space for discussion and curiosity 
to enable colleagues at all levels to continually learn from each other.

Gender equality
The ratio of male to female colleagues at Safestore is outlined in the 
table below. Further analysis of our gender pay gap can be found in 
the 2021 gender pay gap report on our website. The report also sets 
out a range of actions we are taking to help close the gap.

Group gender split at 31 October 2022

Board Directors 

Executive Committee and direct reports 

All colleagues (excl. NEDs)

Male 

5

34

478

Female

3

9

267

50

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
Positive environment 
Colleague engagement
We believe that engaged colleagues, who feel valued by our business, 
are the foundation of our customer-focused culture. 

Our ‘Make the Difference’ people forum, launched in 2018, is a formal 
workforce advisory panel, which enables frequent opportunities for us 
to hear and respond to our colleagues. 

Our network of 15 ‘People Champions’ collate questions and feedback 
from their peers across the business and put them to members of the 
Executive Committee. 

Our people forum provides a listening culture, enabling high levels  
of consultation. Innovation and ideas now come from every level. 

We drive change and continuous improvement in responding to the 
feedback we receive, via our internal communication channels and 
back through our network of People Champions.

Recently, our People Champions have helped us to continue our 
awareness-raising activities and communication through a selection  
of a broad range of topics for discussion on Yapster, our internal social 
media platform. The aim is to appreciate our diversity, by recognising 
and celebrating festivals and events, as well as individuals, and to 
create a safe space for sharing and discussion. In addition, we use 
Yapster to highlight local successes and recognition between stores 
and regions with strong links made to Safestore’s alignment to the SDGs.

Group health and safety statistics
Customer, contractor, and visitor (“CCV”) health and safety
Summary:

•  38 minor injuries were recorded over the past year, none of which 

were reportable under RIDDOR*.

•  3 minor injuries were recorded to contractors and 35 to customers. 

No injuries were recorded to visitors.

•  Injuries were recorded as 29 minor cuts, 7 bumps and bruises and 

2 strains mainly relating to customers handling their goods.

Year ended 31 October

Number of stores

Customer, contractor, 
and visitor movements

Number of minor injuries

Number of reportable 
injuries (RIDDOR)

RIDDOR per 100,000 
CCV movements

Colleague health and safety
Summary:

2020

155

2021

161

2022

179

120,995

206,871

242,559

36

0

0.0

46

0

0.0

Health and safety
Safestore strives to meet and, wherever possible, exceed best 
practice through:

•  26 minor injuries were recorded over the past year. 

•  No accident/incident was reportable under RIDDOR*.

•  regular and robust health and safety checks across our portfolio

Year ended 31 October

•  regular independent audits of sites, performed by our external health 

Number of colleagues

Number of minor injuries

Number of reportable injuries 
(RIDDOR)

AIIR** per 100,000 colleagues

2020

658

21

2

303

2021

648

19

1

154

Notes
*  RIDDOR = Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences.

** 

 Annual injury incident rate = the number of reportable injuries ÷ average number 
of colleagues (x100,000).

and safety consultants on a rolling programme, to ensure that 
procedures are followed and that appropriate standards are maintained

•  ensuring all colleagues understand their responsibility for health and 
safety at Safestore. If a site is highlighted as falling below our health 
and safety standards, colleagues on site are urgently required to 
make improvements

•  comprehensive compulsory health and safety training programmes 

for all colleagues

•  regular Health and Safety Committee meetings to review issues, 

processes, policies, and actions. The Health and Safety Committee 
minutes are shared with both our Risk and Audit Committees

•  accident reports to identify, prevent, and mitigate against potential 
risks managed using our online incident reporting systems. All 
reports are reviewed by the Health and Safety Committee to 
consider what preventative measures can be implemented

There were no fatal injuries, notices or prosecutions during the year 
ended 31 October 2022 in any part of Safestore operations.

38

1

0.4

2022

751

26

0

0

51

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Our people continued

Great lifestyle choices
We focus on offering simple, practical wellbeing initiatives, to support 
our colleagues to lead healthier and happier lives. We recognise that  
it is more important than ever for our colleagues to take care of 
themselves and their loved ones. 

Personal growth and education
Learning and development
At Safestore, we have a strong focus on learning and development for 
all our colleagues, with a genuine commitment to building a culture  
of developing talent. 

•  Our new cash plan, provided by Medicash, provides colleagues with 
everyday reassurance on their health and wellbeing from top to toe, 
inside and out, from GP appointments to skin health checks and 
physiotherapy to counselling services. 

•  We have further promoted our Employee Assistance Programme 

(“EAP”) and other external support organisations such as Mind and 
Mental Health UK, providing our colleagues with expert guidance 
and support on everyday matters whenever they need it.

•  We continue to work closely with our occupational health provider 
including provision of private counselling for colleagues in crisis 
requiring immediate support.

•  We have increased the voucher limit on our popular Cycle to 

Work scheme. 

•   In addition to our ‘My Wellbeing’ webpage (our internal wellbeing 

resource hub), we have also communicated a number of wellbeing 
events and offers using our internal platform, Yapster. We believe 
good wellbeing communications promote and embed our positive 
and supportive working environment.

Health and wellbeing initiatives are 
being given more attention and 
people are positive about the 
commitment to wellbeing. 

Matthew Filbee,
IIP Practitioner

The overall culture of the 
organisation very much projects 
the message that learning and 
development are valuable. 

Matthew Filbee, 
IIP Practitioner

We use innovative methods of learning as well as traditional routes, 
with lots of support from our managers at all levels. The survey 
revealed that 93% of respondents knew how Safestore invests in 
learning and development. In 2022, we delivered over 30,000 hours 
of training.

All learning is evaluated, with skills development and practice gained 
through on-the-job supervision, regular coaching sessions, module 
sign-off, observation, feedback, and overall evaluation of how effective 
a programme of learning has been.

Across the Group, there are plenty of opportunities to put skills and 
knowledge into practice, with colleagues being given extra 
responsibilities to enable this to happen.

Our leaders understand the importance of succession planning. 
Talent management is sophisticated and transparent, with performance 
management channelled through our Values and Behaviours framework, 
to identify and support high potential individuals. 

In the UK, both our Sales Consultant and Store Manager Development 
programmes continue to grow and upskill our colleagues. Everyone 
has the opportunity to discuss and agree their learning and development 
pathways with their line manager, and this is executed effectively. 
In our latest IIP survey, 88% of respondents stated that they have 
opportunities to learn at work.

We were also delighted that our Store Manager Development 
programme, now in its sixth year, has a record of 18 new participants 
for 2022. Funded by the Apprenticeship Levy this programme provides 
the opportunity to complete a Level 3 Management and Leadership 
apprenticeship, with the additional opportunity to complete an Institute 
of Leadership and Management (“ILM”) qualification.

In addition, all nine participants of our Senior Leadership Development 
programme (‘LEAD Academy’) successfully completed their Level 5 
Management and Leadership apprenticeship; six of those participants 
were awarded Distinctions.

Furthermore, we have re-launched our Graduate Programme, with 
our first intake commencing in October 2022, providing an opportunity 
for newly qualified graduates to build their skill set and experience, 
resulting in a career with Safestore. 

52

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial wellbeing
We understand that the current cost of living crisis is having a 
significant impact on personal finances. As part of Safestore’s wider 
wellbeing strategy, we are committed to doing what we can to ensure 
the financial wellbeing of our colleagues.

•  During the Covid-19 pandemic, we enhanced Company sick pay 

(“CSP”) to alleviate the financial burden. We have taken the decision 
to make this enhancement permanent and all colleagues are now 
entitled to CSP from day one of employment.

•  We applied our annual pay increase to all eligible colleagues a 

month early in March.

•  We made exceptional payments totalling £1,000 to every colleague: 
£500 in December 2021 as a thank you for their contribution during 
the pandemic; and a further £500 cost of living payment in October 
2022 to ease financial hardship over the winter period.

•  We launched a ‘benefits portal’ on our intranet, creating a one-stop-
shop for all colleagues to access information about which benefits 
are available to them and how to access them. Following feedback 
through our ‘Make the Difference’ people forum, we introduced an 
annual uniform allowance for all store colleagues.

Our workplace pension is provided by Scottish Widows, one of the 
UK’s leading workplace pension providers. We are pleased to offer 
eligible colleagues the opportunity to make their pension contributions 
through a salary sacrifice arrangement, recognised as the most 
tax-efficient way of making pension contributions.

In August, we opened entry into our 2022 Sharesave scheme, and are 
delighted that 48% of our colleagues now share in our success by 
being a member of at least one of our Sharesave schemes. This is 
further evidence of high levels of colleague engagement across 
the business.

Active leaders and engaged teams
Leadership
Our leaders bring out the best in our colleagues, motivating them to 
work together to achieve our shared goals and objectives.

We achieve this by keeping colleague-to-manager ratios low, enabling our 
leaders to invest time in encouraging and engaging our colleagues, forming 
genuine connections with their teams. This is evidenced by the exceptionally 
high leadership engagement score of 90%, achieved in our IIP survey.

Our active leaders are energetic and passionate, engaging in honest, 
open communication to connect with their colleagues. Our coaching 
culture encourages two-way feedback supporting both personal and 
professional growth, which is formalised through the setting of clear 
goals and expectations, reviewed bi-annually.

Many people said how much they 
love working at Safestore and the 
pride in the service delivered came 
across loud and clear. Everyone 
described a friendly, supportive 
place to work.

Matthew Filbee, 
IIP Practitioner

Values and Behaviours
Our values are authentic, having been created by our colleagues. 
They are core to the employment life cycle and bring consistency to 
our culture. Our leaders have high values alignment enabling us to 
make the right decisions and maintain morale at all times, and this 
has been proven especially during the pandemic.

We are empowered to do the right thing, not necessarily the easiest. 
This enables us to feel comfortable challenging behaviours that are 
not in line with our values.

We love customers – we deliver much more than 
storage; we provide solutions that exceed our customers’ 
expectations, and we expect our people to show 
appreciation of our customers and their businesses.

We lead the way – we want people who talk with pride 
about Safestore, set themselves high standards and 
demonstrate passion for what they do.

We have great people – everyone has a key role to play 
within Safestore and we need people who show respect 
for everyone, no matter their position. Our people drive 
their own performance and are keen to learn from others.

We dare to be different – we want people that adapt to 
change and are willing to try new things. Part of daring to 
be different involves actively seeking feedback to develop 
new and existing skills.

We get it – we want people to be clear on our vision and 
goals and, in turn, know what part they play in achieving 
them. ‘We get it’ is also about communicating in a clear, 
open, and honest way to enable sound decision-making.

53

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Our customers

Target 
4.5

Maintain 4.5+ satisfaction scores in each market

Performance 2021/22 

 UK: 4.7 Feefo and 4.8 Trustpilot
 France: 4.6 Trustpilot
 Spain: 4.7 Google
 Belgium: 4.7 Feefo
 The Netherlands: 4.9 Trustpilot

Listening to and engaging with our customers
As a Group, we serve many customers across the UK and Europe 
through face-to-face communication in store, directly through our 
Customer Support Centre, and online via our website, email, and 
social media channels, as well as through our LiveChat service. 
By offering these different channels, our customers can get in touch 
with us through their preferred mode of communication.

We believe in providing a great customer service, and responding 
positively to our customers’ ever-changing needs, expectations  
and behaviours. We are always keen to hear from our customers 
to maintain the high standards of service that we pride ourselves on. 
We invest in customer service training, tools, coaching and evaluation 
to provide a service that is professional, efficient, and helpful. 

Our aim is to exceed our customers’ expectations from initial enquiry 
through to move-in, and this is evident through the way our colleagues 
handle customer enquiries, claims, and issues. For this reason, we 
collect, monitor, review, and respond to customer feedback collected 
on our website, third party platforms, and social media, to gauge 
customer satisfaction, raise service standards, and manage our  
brand reputation online. 

We aim to communicate with customers and prospects in a creative 
and consistent way across the various communication channels.  
We see our social media channels on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, 
and LinkedIn as a ‘shop window’ to our brand that can help to reach 
new audiences, both in the UK and Europe. These channels are  
also helpful to gauge customer feedback and public sentiment, and 
thus we regularly monitor them, responding to any comments and 
enquiries. We frequently post content to our social media channels 
such as tips and advice for homeowners and businesses, profiles of 
charity organisations we support, recruitment opportunities within the 
Group, any sustainable or green business initiatives, and links to our 
blog pages as well as regular Facebook advertising across the Group.

Delivering a great customer experience
Our core business is to provide well-located, accessible, safe, and 
secure storage sites operated by colleagues who are experts in the 
self storage business. We endeavour to make each customer 
touchpoint as stress-free as possible, for example by:

•  the use of SafePay links giving customers the ability to pay by direct 

debit or to pay invoices online

•  accepting deliveries on our customers’ behalf where delivery drivers 
can take items direct to store saving indirectly on customer travel 
time, cost, and associated carbon emissions

54

•  offering our customers three types of contracts giving them the 

opportunity to choose the one which best suits their needs

Our website – a user-centric re-structure
Our industry-leading multilingual and dynamic website continues  
to play an important part of the enquiry mix with enhanced search  
engine performance, optimisation for mobile devices, and bespoke 
management of rich website content.

As most of our enquiries are generated online, we continue to work 
to provide the customer with an even clearer, more efficient onsite 
experience. Consequently, we have acknowledged the importance  
of answering user queries with well-positioned and relevant information 
as soon as they arrive at the website. This has been at the heart of the 
initiative. By using analytical data and re-structuring the page format,  
we can see the content most in-demand which has enabled us to help 
users locate key information about our stores and the storage offering.

Website technical performance
60% of our web visitors start their journey with a storage related 
search on Google so we’ve also focused our rebuild of the 129 
Safestore UK pages with specific guidance from Google. For example, 
we have technically improved the pages to ensure they are quicker to 
load on slower internet and mobile connections. This is following 
ongoing recommendations from Google as to improve user experience 
and strengthen positions in Google search results. We also aim to 
continue making pages simpler to read and easily accessible by users 
on the whole range of mobile devices.

The new store pages are in a test phase and will be released to 
non-UK markets early in 2023.

Helping our customers to live and grow sustainably
We also remain focused on delivering against our sustainability agenda 
by encouraging our customers to make more sustainable choices.  
This is in addition to making a positive social and economic contribution 
to our communities, and reducing the environmental impact of our 
operations. We want to support our customers with products and 
solutions that help improve their lives such as:

•  digital contracts, offering both convenience and a 16% reduction  
in the number of pages printed this year versus last (equal to a 
reduction of 528,236 pages or over 1,000 reams of paper)

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT•  Refill, a scheme available in 122 Safestore stores across the UK 

offering free tap water to make it easy for the public to refill reusable 
water bottles instead of buying new plastic ones

•  provision of sustainably packaged merchandise and eco-friendly 

Our community

Target 

box products

•  cardboard recycling for some customers

Customer reviews
We have retained Feefo, an independent review and insight platform, 
to collect real-time and 100% genuine feedback from our customers. 
Our stores in the UK receive regular feedback allowing customers to 
view reviews and ratings. In 2022, Safestore UK achieved a customer 
service rating of 4.7 with 94% rating their experience as ‘Excellent’ 
or ‘Good’.

Safestore UK also won the Feefo Platinum Trusted Service award 
for the fourth year running – an award that is given to businesses that 
have achieved Gold standard for three consecutive years. This independent 
mark of excellence recognises businesses for delivering exceptional 
experiences, as rated by real customers. It is a highly valued award and 
as all reviews are verified as genuine, the accreditation is a true reflection 
of Safestore’s commitment to delivering the best service possible.

In addition to using Feefo, our customers are able to leave reviews 
on a number of other platforms, including Google and Trustpilot. As  
a result, wherever customers look for trust and reputational signals 
about Safestore, they will see an impartial view of our excellent 
customer satisfaction.

Trustpilot is a well-recognised and authoritative third party review 
platform and this year, Safestore has maintained a TrustScore of  
4.8 out of 5 in the UK from 2,349 reviews, illustrating our experience  
in delivering a high level of customer service. 

Une Pièce en Plus also continues to use Trustpilot to obtain 
independent customer reviews. During the year, Une Pièce en Plus 
maintained a TrustScore service rating of 4.6 with 90% of customers 
rating their service experience as ‘Excellent’ or ‘Great’. Additionally, in 
Spain, OhMyBox! achieved a 4.7 out of 5 rating for customer feedback 
collected from Google Reviews. In Belgium, our customer service was 
rated 4.7 out of 5 on Feefo, whilst we achieved a high scoring 4.9 out 
of 5 on Trustpilot in the Netherlands.

We are pleased that our colleagues across all markets continue to 
be recognised for their hard work in delivering a consistently high 
level of customer service.

Provision of free/discounted space 
and additional support to high impact 
local community groups 
Opportunity led

Performance 2021/22 
18,903 sq ft provided 

£727,356 worth

Safestore is committed to making a positive contribution within the 
local communities around our stores. We are keen to deliver long term 
benefits to society and the local economy consistent with our alignment 
with SDG 11 (Sustainable cities and communities). Moreover, we are 
committed to being a brand that our current and prospective colleagues 
are proud to work for as well as one that our customers can trust.

We continue to do this by:

•  developing brownfield sites

•  actively engaging with local communities when we establish a new store

•  identifying and implementing greener approaches in the way we 

build and operate our stores

•  helping charities and communities to make better use of limited space

•  creating and sustaining local employment opportunities directly and 
indirectly through the many small and medium-sized enterprises 
which use our space 

We aim to create long-standing relationships with charities and 
organisations that drive positive change within our local communities. 
We know that we can build trust by operating responsibly and partnering 
with local and national charities which means that we can support 
causes that are important to our colleagues, customers and communities. 
This enables us to address issues such as rising homelessness, enhancing 
social mobility and creating opportunities for people living and working 
in the local area.

In 127 stores across the UK we continue to:

•  provide fundraising support to existing and new local 

charity partners

•  offer free or discounted storage space to local communities through 

our ‘charity room in every store’ scheme

•  actively seek out practical and creative solutions by working with 

and supporting a number of charitable causes

•  leverage social media and our blog platform to promote our charity 

partners and raise awareness of their cause

During the year, the space occupied by local charities in 222 units across 
103 stores was 18,903 sq ft and worth £727,356 (FY2021: £636,945). 
Our aspiration is to have at least one charity room in every store.

We regularly monitor the free and discounted space occupied by 
charities, ensuring that the partnerships are running smoothly. In 
addition, we encourage our colleagues to maintain relationships  
with the charities we support and we continually review the scheme  
to ensure that it is beneficial for all involved.

55

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Our community continued 
HandsOn London 
For the eleventh year in a row, Safestore UK teamed up with the 
WrapUp London campaign to support their annual coat drive to help 
those in need during the winter of 2021.

Over the years, and in partnership with WrapUp London, Human 
Appeal and Rotary Club International, the campaign has extended 
outside of London to 18 other collections in major towns and cities 
across the UK including Glasgow, Manchester, Birmingham, Bath, 
Bristol, Leicester, and Cardiff. 

More than 23,700 coats were collected during the campaign, which 
began in early November and ran through December. Coats were 
distributed to the homeless, refugee families, the elderly, those fleeing 
domestic violence, and others living in crisis through a network of over 
100 London charities and community groups.

Several Safestore UK centres were used as local drop-off points for 
the public due to ongoing Covid-19 restrictions at the time. Our colleagues 
also offered their support by marketing the campaign via social media, 
donating their own coats, and offering extra storage space to facilitate 
the sorting, distribution and packing of the coat donations.

Since the campaign was launched in 2010, volunteers have collected, 
sorted, and distributed a total of 197,245 winter coats which has made 
a real positive difference in the lives of the city’s most vulnerable people.

This year, Safestore’s involvement included:

•  providing storage space across 15 stores in London, six stores in 
Greater Manchester, two in Birmingham, and one each in Bristol, 
Glasgow, Leicester, and Bath

•  provision of 5,908 sq ft of storage space enabling 913 campaign 
volunteers to spend 3,924 hours sorting and packing up coats  
for distribution whilst maintaining social distancing

•  the stores acting as drop-off points beyond the campaign period 

and receiving numerous donations from other businesses, 
community organisations and the general public

•  using our internal and external communications platforms to raise 

awareness of the WrapUp London cause and inspiring our colleagues 
to get involved locally

 Jon Meech, CEO, HandsOn London, said:

With the country lurching from one crisis to the next, our work with the poor, 
needy and vulnerable has never been more critical. From people losing their jobs 
following the Covid-19 pandemic or becoming homeless, to those being forced 
to flee domestic abuse or war-torn countries, the desperate need for warm coats 
and jackets for all ages keeps growing.

Now at over ten years old, WrapUp London has 
become one of the largest winter volunteering 
campaigns in the city. Whilst its tough that this is still 
required after all this time, it’s been amazing to see  
just what can be achieved when people are willing to 
volunteer their time and efforts. Sadly, the number of 
people living in challenging circumstances in the city 
is rising, and now more than ever as we face a cost of 
living crisis, donations from the public are required to 
help those in need.

We, alongside our partners Human Appeal and Rotary Club 
International, are eternally grateful to Safestore for the donation 
of storage space for the WrapUp campaign now held nationwide. 
This has meant that coat collections can take place across 
multiple locations in the UK, and our volunteers also have the 
space to sort and package up the donations received so we 
can ensure they get to the right place. Safestore’s support has 
enabled the collection and distribution of over 197,000 warm 
coats to date. It’s been great to work with Safestore and we look 
forward to continuing our partnership for years to come.”

56

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTGem Porter, Founder of Streets Kitchen, said:

The team at Streets Kitchen is grateful to 
Safestore for supplying much needed free 
storage space. The space means that we 
can continue to take in donations from our 
supporters allowing us to better care for 
those in need in the local area. 

The last few years have been challenging, particularly 
for those living on the streets, and our services are 
needed more than ever as we head towards a cost of 
living crisis. This free space means that we can divert 
the funds we would have spent on storage to be used 
in other areas which make the most difference to the 
vulnerable people we serve.”

Local charity support
Making a difference to the communities within which we operate, 
through partnerships with charities and not-for-profit organisations, 
is an integral part of our sustainability strategy. These partnerships 
are a source of pride for our store colleagues and drive ongoing 
engagement with our purpose. In order to achieve this, we provide 
financial support to local and national charities, and encourage our 
colleagues to get involved in fundraising and volunteering. 

Our Head Office colleagues were able to collate boxes of groceries 
and treats at Christmas time which were donated to a local foodbank 
during a lockdown period. We believe it is important for our colleagues 
to recognise how our activities can have an impact on those around us 
and it is our hope that any volunteering and fundraising opportunities 
would inspire and encourage them to get involved and provide 
hands-on help where it matters.

The provision of free and discounted storage space has helped our 
charity partners provide immediate support to people facing challenges 
in our local communities. These include charities supporting the homeless, 
families struggling with food poverty, and organisations offering mental 
health services. We are continuing to work collaboratively with our 
colleagues in store locally as we support our charity partners in helping 
the communities in the areas within which we operate.

Streets Kitchen is a UK-based grassroots organisation working to 
support the homeless community with food outreach programmes, 
distributing clothing to those in need, and connecting those who want 
to help with those who need help. Safestore currently provide Streets 
Kitchen with free storage space enabling 
the charity, which is run and organised by 
volunteers, to continue its invaluable work 
in the London area.

Safestore holds a charitable fund with 
Quartet Community Foundation, dedicated 
to supporting local organisations that help 
people in need in Bristol, Bath and North East Somerset, North 
Somerset and South Gloucestershire. Between April 2021 and March 
2022 Quartet awarded over £4.8 million in grants to 888 local charitable 
organisations, with a third of the funding spent on improving people’s 
mental health and wellbeing, and a quarter on increasing people’s 
access to vital services. 

Construction and the community
We strive to minimise any negative impact of our business operations 
on our local communities as well as on our environment. We register 
all our new store developments with the Considerate Constructors 
Scheme, and we engage with our immediate neighbours on all 
projects by sending out regular newsletters about what we are doing 
or if we have any noisy work planned that may create a nuisance.

When we tender for various construction projects, we always look 
to give local companies the opportunity to tender for the various 
construction packages. 

In the summer of 2022, Safestore joined forces with construction 
partner UC Build to sponsor the Great Merton Mencap Art Competition, 
an accessible competition for children, young people, and adults with a 
learning disability. After a public exhibition, the winner’s artwork in each 
category was printed onto greetings cards and sold to the public to 
raise funds for Merton Mencap.

In the run up to our new Morden store opening, we established the 
location as a drop-off point for members of the public to drop off 
groceries and other essentials for a local foodbank providing 
emergency food and support to people in crisis. 

A key part of the work last year, in the aftermath of the pandemic, has 
been to strengthen the voluntary sector organisations which have played 
a crucial role in supporting the most vulnerable in our communities.

It is our ongoing commitment to ensure that we act responsibly and 
ethically wherever we construct our storage sites across all the 
markets in which we operate.

57

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Our environment

Target 
100%

UK owned stores powered by 100% renewable electricity

Reduce

UK store waste to landfill by 50% by 2025 vs 2016/17 level

Improve 

construction waste diversion from landfill to 98%

Reduce

carbon emissions by 50% of 2012/13 baseline by 2022 
(2018 store portfolio)

Performance 2021/22 

    100% 

Completed

  1.7% 

On track – we have achieved 100% diversion from 
landfill for UK operational waste since May 2022

  98.5% 

On track – 98.5% diversion of construction waste 
from landfill

  54% 

On track – total emissions 54% below baseline 
despite 50% portfolio growth; intensity 70% below

In this section, we explain how we are reducing our impact on the 
planet through ongoing improvements in construction standards and 
our store operations. We also include our Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) through which we seek to understand 
and manage the potential risks (and opportunities) to our business 
associated from a changing environment. 

Our net zero commitment
We are pleased to share our commitment to become an operationally net 
zero Group by 2035. This commitment covers Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
plus Scope 3 emissions, which relate to ongoing operations (water, 
waste, electricity, transmission and distribution, and business travel). 

We aim to achieve this through a combination of consumption reduction 
initiatives as outlined later in this section such as phasing out of gas heating 
in the UK portfolio, and ensuring all energy consumed is self-generated 
(where viable) or purchased from certified renewable sources. 

We also intend to work with our construction partners to understand 
the baseline of embodied carbon in our new developments and explore 
ways of reducing this where viable. Our sustainable construction 
standards (see below) already seek to maximise the use of recycled 
material and minimise waste whilst building to Building Research 
Establishment Environmental Assessment Methodology (“BREEAM”) 
‘Very Good’ standards. Based on research by the London Energy 
Transformation Initiative (“LETI”) redevelopment projects have an 
embodied carbon footprint of approximately 50% of new-build 
developments. As such, the Group’s flexible model is likely to generate 
less embodied carbon than operators which develop new build 
structures exclusively.

58

Safe, sustainable construction
Safestore is committed to ensuring our buildings are constructed 
responsibly and their ongoing operation has a minimal impact on local 
communities and the environment. This is how we can make a meaningful 
contribution towards achieving SDG 12 (Responsible consumption and 
production) and SDG 13 (Climate action).

•  Our construction teams in the UK and across Europe follow sustainable 
construction principles and, wherever practicable, we use materials 
that have recycled content or are from sustainable sources.

•  We monitor the waste and energy usage on every site and introduce 

efficiencies identified into future building projects.

•  We design our stores to provide a safe, secure home for our 

customers’ possessions and we build them with consideration given 
to our people, our customers, our communities, our investors, and 
the environment.

•  50% of our last twelve new store openings have been conversions 
of existing buildings. Our Bow store, which opened in December 
2021, was also a converted building and our new store in Wigan  
will also be a conversion.

Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment 
Methodology (“BREEAM”)
BREEAM certification is a local planning requirement for some of our 
new stores. The methodology assesses impact and opportunity for 
enhancing the environmental aspects of design and construction.

The certification includes a review of new store energy, sustainable building 
materials, water efficiency, waste recycling and ecology. The review also 
includes social aspects of the building life including resource management, 
health, wellbeing, modes of transport and pollution reduction.

Regardless of whether a site is BREEAM certified, we are committed 
to build to a minimum standard of BREEAM ‘Very Good’ on all of our 
new store developments.

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT2021/22 highlights
REGO

All electricity used in UK owned stores is 
renewable and backed by REGO certification

21.6%

reduction of our year-on-year UK operational 
waste production

27

UK stores now have gas use removed, reducing 
overall usage year-on-year by 37%

100%

of our UK operational waste has been 
diverted from landfill since May 2022

3

plug-in hybrid electric cars have been purchased to 
replace one diesel and two petrol vehicles this year

Safestore construction standards
We have a long-standing commitment to providing both a long term 
sustainable investment and a pleasant and safe environment for our 
customers and colleagues. 

Our stores are built or converted to achieve similarly high standards; 
however, the configuration of an individual store may vary.

Safestore commitments from 2019/20 onwards are:

Best practice – internal/
external expectation

Safestore commitment

Applicability

BREEAM

BREEAM

Sustainable  
drainage systems

Solar photovoltaic

Equivalent to  
‘Very Good’

Very Good

Included

Roof-mounted  
photovoltaic

Across all new  
build stores

Where part of  
local planning 

Across all new  
build stores

Where part of  
local planning

Considerate  
Constructors Scheme

Score 36 or higher

All new stores

Ecology

Energy

Security

Energy Performance 
Certificate

Protect existing and 
improve biodiversity

Across all new 
build stores

Efficient LED lighting with 
built-in motion sensors

Across all existing 
and new stores

Operate safe and  
secure facility

Across all existing 
and new stores

Rated B or higher

All new stores

Construction material: recycled content
Typically, the construction of one of our stores may include the following:

Building material

% of build cost

% recycled content

Steel (main frame)

Concrete

4%–5% 

3%–4%

Minimum 56%

29%–37%

Cladding (walls and roof)

7%–9%

3% but Kingspan target 
improvement using 
recycled bottles by 2030

Particle board  
(mezzanine floors)

2%

85%

Brick and block walls

3%–5%

9%–55%

Glazing

2%

Glass 25%, aluminium 
frames 60%

Hardcore (piling mat)

1%

100%

Construction waste and recycling 
We carefully monitor our new store construction waste and ensure  
we separate waste for recycling where possible.

In the UK, we are already diverting 98.5% of our construction waste 
away from landfill, ahead of our target of 2025. Across Europe, in 
Holland and Spain, we aim to meet and exceed legislative targets.

Across our new store projects this year, we are committed to recycling 
or recovering 100% of all soft and hard plastics. We continue to work 
with our suppliers to minimise plastic packaging arriving on site and  
to cut its usage over the coming years. We aim to remove all such 
products from our sites by 2030. 

Considerate Constructors Scheme
In the UK construction sites, companies and suppliers voluntarily 
register with the Considerate Constructors Scheme (“CCS”) and agree 
to abide by the Code of Considerate Practice, designed to encourage 
best practice beyond statutory requirements.

The scheme’s purview is any area of construction activity that may 
have a direct or indirect impact on the image of the industry. The main 
areas of concern fall into three categories: the public, the workforce, 
and the environment.

We register all our new UK store developments with the CCS setting a 
target score of 36 points for both the shell construction and fitting out 
of the facility with our construction management partners. 

Our new store in Morden scored an average of 42 out of 45 over the 
course of its two visits putting it in the top bracket of scoring. The 
inspector highlighted all areas of the inspections as ‘Excellent’ which 
highlights the exceptional effort and commitment that our construction 
team makes in raising standards of our new store developments. 

Construction health and safety
Our health and safety record is excellent. We register all of our new 
store schemes with the CCS and we are constantly challenging our 
colleagues to exceed minimum standards. Safestore has a robust 
health and safety policy, and we have very low incident levels 
compared with our peers. This year, the number of reportable 
incidents on our construction sites was zero.

Consultation process
We build our stores with our key stakeholders in mind. As part of the 
town planning process, we consult widely amongst the community 
and those most likely to be affected by any development.

59

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Our environment continued

Safe, sustainable operations 
Merchandise
Our 100% recycled and recyclable boxes are available across the UK, 
Belgium, the Netherlands, and Spain. We continue to offer our ‘box for 
life promise’, ensuring our boxes can be recycled in a responsible way.

The use of fully recycled papers across our range, including boxes, has 
resulted in the equivalent of 624 trees being saved from felling this year.

In addition, Safestore is committed to ensuring our merchandise 
packaging contains no single-use or non-biodegradable plastics. 

Working with our suppliers we endeavour to minimise the carbon footprint 
of deliveries with items despatched from local depots and distribution 
centres, including one in the Netherlands for European distribution. 

Uniform 
Our uniform supplier processes are accredited by the International 
Register of Certificated Auditors (“IRCA”) which audits and inspects 
their factories. In addition, their processes are compliant with the 
Ethical Trading Initiative (“ETI”).

Electricity
We continue to make progress towards our environmental targets 
through efficiency initiatives and transitions to renewable electricity 
across the portfolio.

We are contracted to the supply of REGO certified renewable energy in 
the UK until the end of next year and committed to continuing thereafter. 

The electricity for our UK owned portfolio is supplied by multiple 
renewable sources. The two largest contributors are Kilbraur Wind 
Farm and Cullisse Wind Farm which are both located in Scotland.

Like-for-like usage (UK)

Electricity (MWh)

Last year

11,063

This year

11,943

% change

8%

We have seen an incremental increase in electricity usage as our 
heating solutions are changed from gas to high efficiency electric 
solutions. Following the removal of coronavirus restrictions, we 
reinstated the use of electric hand dryers in our stores. We continue 
to monitor advances in technology and any viable solutions for the 
future to reduce our electricity usage.

60

Voltage optimisation
Voltage optimisation is a transformer-based technology which optimises 
incoming supply from the national grid to match the voltage required by 
equipment at an organisation’s premises. Optimising voltage reduces 
commercial energy use and costs as well as lowering carbon emissions. 

During September 2022, we installed voltage optimisation at our largest 
location, the Battersea Park store and Business Centre. The return on 
investment for Battersea will be calculated after twelve months, with  
a predicted decrease in electricity demand and a more stable supply 
to the critical infrastructure at the site. We also plan to install this at  
our Liverpool facility, which also features a storage centre co-located 
with a business centre.

Gas
In 2020 we committed to eliminating gas usage by 2030 from our 
UK stores; this was done by installing high output low energy electric 
heaters, which are more efficient than water radiators with timed 
starting, reducing consumption and demand on electricity.

At the end of October 2022, we eliminated gas usage in 27 stores. 
We will work towards our 2030 target by removing gas in at least 
an additional five stores per year as laid out in our net zero plan.

The benefits of removing gas from our stores are wide ranging 
and include: 

•  a reduction in the CO2 output attributed to Safestore

•  lower maintenance costs as electric heating systems are 

more reliable

•  no requirement for carbon monoxide testing

•  protection from the inevitable material price rises with the upcoming 

ban on gas boilers in new homes in 2025

This has resulted in a year-on-year reduction in total gas usage in the 
UK by 37%. 

Like-for-like usage (UK)

Gas (MWh)

3,649

2,300

(37%)

Last year

This year

% change

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
Water
Our stores consume very low volumes of water, and we strive to 
further minimise our consumption of water wherever possible through 
the installation of efficiency schemes such as flow rate restrictors 
and aerators.

Like-for-like usage (UK)

Water (cubic metres)

Last year

35,963

This year

41,570

% change

15.6%

Whilst we have registered an increase in water consumption on a 
like-for-like basis, this can be attributed to a leak on the incoming  
water supply pipe at our Winchester site. Safestore carried out urgent 
remedial works once this was established; the leak was responsible  
for c.6,429m3 of the above ‘usage’. Without this leak, Safestore would 
have seen an overall reduction in water usage.

Operational waste
We changed our waste service partner in mid-April 2022 following 
a review of our waste production and a subsequent tender exercise 
in the UK. With our new supplier, we have implemented scheduled 
services ensuring 100% diversion from landfill for all operational 
waste, resulting in: 

•  overall reduction in total waste of 21.6% year-on-year 278.72 tonnes

•  full year average of 96.59% diversion from landfill with 100% 

achieved since the start of May 2022

We will continue to review the scale and impact of operational waste  
in the UK and other territories, working to minimise the footprint of 
Safestore’s operational waste disposal.

Like-for-like usage (UK)

Waste to landfill (tonnes)

43

37

14.0%

Last year

This year

% change

As our new supplier is able to support us in maximising diversion from 
landfill, we expect to achieve zero operational waste to landfill from 
next year in the UK with options for other territories under review. 

Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme (“ESOS”) Phase 2 
Safestore UK remains 100% compliant following the ESOS 
assessment in 2019 and is working towards completing Phase 3 
due in 2023. 

Minimum Energy Efficiency Standards (“MEES”)
The Energy Efficiency (Private Rented Property) (England and Wales) 
Regulations 2015 prohibit landlords from letting a property with an 
EPC rating of below E unless an exemption applies. This is relevant 
to our UK locations with lettable offices. 

The prohibition has applied to new tenancies for residential properties 
since 1 April 2020 and will apply to commercial properties from 
1 April 2023. This will be extended to landlords continuing to let properties 
that fall below the required EPC rating. It is currently unlawful for landlords 
to grant a new tenancy of commercial property with an EPC rating of 
‘F’ or ‘G’. This applies to both new leases and renewals (unless an 
exemption applies, and the landlord has registered that exemption). 
MEES does not apply to lettings of six months or less, or to lettings 
of 99 years or more. From April 2027, the minimum standard will rise 
to a ‘C’ rating as an interim step to a minimum standard of ‘B’ from 
1 April 2030. 

Safestore identified 38 locations (storage centres which include lettable 
offices) where we would have the requirement to have a MEES energy 
performance survey conducted. 

Since 2021/22, these stores have been surveyed by external independent 
assessors and the findings are that the majority are already compliant 
with the 2027 requirements of a ‘C’ rating. Just seven properties were 
identified as needing improvements to meet the 2027 standard, and 
we are confident that this can be achieved with modest capital investment. 
The readiness of the portfolio for the 2027 standard is a consequence 
of the work undertaken to date in the form of LED lighting upgrades, 
window and insulation enhancements, and the recent drive to install 
high efficiency electric heating.

61

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Sustainability continued

Our environment continued
Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”)
We are committed to implementing the relevant recommendations of 
the TCFD, providing our stakeholders and investors with insight into 
the key climate-related risks and opportunities that are relevant to  
our business, and how these are identified and managed. We report 
against the eleven recommendations of the TCFD in this year’s disclosures.

Governance 
Our Chief Executive has overall responsibility for climate-related risks 
and opportunities. Day-to-day management of climate-related issues 
is carried out by our Sustainability Group and is co-chaired by two 
members of the Executive Management team (see sustainability 
governance section). The Group meets quarterly and is the forum 
for determining our sustainability strategy, reviewing performance, 
identifying emerging sustainability issues, and determining their 
materiality for reporting and escalation via the Group risk 
management process. 

The Board has oversight of climate-related risk via the Group risk 
management process. The Board takes climate issues into consideration 
during the investment appraisal process where it scrutinises major 
investments including acquisition, development and refurbishment 
plans which may include climate-related aspects of design. Ongoing 
risk identification and management are through the relevant functional 
teams, for example through proposed or actual response to changes 
in regulation such as the Minimum Energy Efficiency Standards 
(“MEES”) in the UK.

Our commitment to address climate-related risks is embedded across 
the business, through a carbon intensity KPI. The performance against 
this KPI is linked to executive remuneration, aiming to incentivise 
progress against carbon emissions reduction targets. The Board 
reviews progress on carbon reduction alongside other strategic initiatives 
annually as part of the annual targets and remuneration cycle. 

Risk management
The Sustainability Group is responsible for identifying general 
climate-related risks that are managed by the Board via our corporate 
risk management process (see the Audit Committee report for details 
of our approach to risk management). In addition, the Property function 
is responsible for identifying risks specific to new development projects 
as part of the investment appraisal process. The Sustainability Group 
has conducted workshops incorporating inputs from internal and 
external experts and climate model data to explore the relevance and 
potential financial impact of the six risk themes identified in the TCFD 
framework over the short (to 2030), medium (to 2050), and long 
(beyond 2050) term. 

These themes remain under review, particularly the physical risks to 
the Group portfolio as we expand into new markets, climate models 
evolve, and governments and municipal authorities develop their own 
mitigation strategies.

The completed climate-related risk register is reviewed and approved 
by the Audit Committee during the financial year such that the significance 
of climate-related risks is considered in relation to risks identified in the 
standard risk management process. This ensures the management of 
climate-related risks is integrated into the Group’s overall risk management 
framework. The climate-related register is reviewed annually to incorporate 
ongoing refinement and quantification of risks and to ensure the register 
reflects any material changes in the operating environment and business 
strategy. Once identified, further details related to each key risk and 
opportunity, such as a quantification of the financial impact, the 
appropriate strategic response and cost of response and the variance 
of key risks in relation to climate-related scenarios, are developed where 
possible. These details help to determine the materiality of each risk 
and, alongside the impact assessment outlined above, this allows  
the Group to prioritise resources in managing the most material 
climate-related impacts, determine the best management response  
or highlight areas requiring further investigation.

An example of day-to-day management of risks would be the incorporation 
of mitigations for high exposure sites into construction designs before 
submission for planning approval.

Strategy
Our business is exposed to both risk and opportunity from climate 
change primarily as a consequence of owning and operating real 
estate assets in the UK and Western Europe. We seek to understand 
and mitigate the physical and financial risks that could be material to 
the business. Our analysis currently focuses on the UK which accounts 
for most of the Group property portfolio by value and floor area. These 
findings can likely be generalised for Northern European markets which 
will experience similar physical consequences.

Climate-related risks and opportunities are assessed over multiple 
time horizons because we expect that transitional risks are likely to  
be ‘front-loaded’ as the international community attempts to meet the 
goal of keeping warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius or below. Physical 
risks to our assets are likely to increase over time, particularly if the 
global economy does not decarbonise at the rate required to keep 
warming below the target level. Accordingly, we assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities over the short (to 2030), medium (to 2050) and 
long (beyond 2050) term. Risks were deemed to be low impact where 
the potential annual EBITDA impact is estimated to be below £100k, 
and high impact where either the potential EBITDA impact is greater 
than £150k, or a balance sheet (valuation) impact would exceed 
£20 million (1% of property valuation).

The assessment of resilience of the business, specifically the asset 
portfolio, was guided by a range of scenarios published by external 
agencies, such as the UK Met Office UKCP18, and looked at both 
physical and transitional risks under two climate warming scenarios: 
one within 1.5 to 2.0 degrees Celsius (RCP 2.6); and one up to 
4.0 degrees Celsius (RCP 8.5).

62

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRisk type

Description

Potential impact Timeframe

Physical risks

Chronic

Acute

Transition risks

Policy and legal

Regulation relating to 
stricter environmental 
standards

Physical disruption as a result of longer term shifts in climate patterns  
(e.g. sustained higher temperatures or rainfall) that may cause sea level  
rise or chronic heat waves

Primarily flooding risks (Northern Europe markets) triggered by changes in frequency of 
extreme rainfall events (based on mm/day thresholds) which are projected to increase 
in all warming scenarios, especially in summer and late autumn. Costs that may be 
incurred for the few stores exposed include mitigation capex, operational disruption, 
physical repairs, clean-up, insurance premia increases, and reduced customer 
demand as a result of reputational damage

Low

Medium–long

Medium

Medium–long

Increased stringency of building and planning requirements in support of national 
net zero targets. Local authorities will seek to use planning systems to deliver progress 
against climate goals which will impact on build specification and associated costs. 
MEES standards also increasing for commercial lettings (office locations only) which 
will drive upgrade expenditure

Medium

Short

Climate change litigation

Claims brought by stakeholders (e.g. investors, public interest organisations) 
perhaps due to failure to mitigate impacts of climate change, failure to adapt, or 
the insufficiency of disclosure around material financial risks

Reporting obligations

Additional reporting burden on carbon emissions, including Scope 3

Technology 

Electric vehicles

Market

To deliver net zero targets, electric vehicle use will increase and drive demand for 
charging point infrastructure for customers and colleagues. May be mandated by 
some local authorities as part of planning process. This will impact capital budgets 
for new builds and retrofits. However, this could also be a revenue opportunity in 
high traffic locations with an appropriate commercial arrangement

Low

Low

Low

Medium

Short

Short

Valuation of properties with 
lower efficiency rating 

Risk of valuation impairment of assets with low efficiency ratings. Only heated 
areas of storage facilities are rated – these can usually be cost-effectively improved 

Low

Medium

Supply chain resilience/ 
cost of materials

Risk to development costs due to demand versus supply of key materials such as 
insulation and cost of inputs which may incur carbon premium (steel and cement)

Medium

Short–medium

Cost and availability 
of capital

Risk of downgrading/cost premium as ESG considerations are incorporated into 
credit ratings and other lender/investor screening

Low

Short

Reputation

Stakeholder risk

Employee risk

Increasing public awareness of and appetite to tackle climate change could 
create reputational risk if there is failure to reduce operational and embodied 
carbon. This could manifest in delays to planning processes

As colleagues become increasingly engaged with climate change issues, 
perceived failure to make progress on decarbonisation could impact talent 
recruitment and retention

Low

Low

Short–medium

Short–medium

We expect some physical climate-related risks to have an impact on 
our business. Specifically, the impact of more frequent intense precipitation 
events is deemed as relevant in the medium to long term. We also 
expect the transition to a low carbon economy poses some limited 
financial risks in the short term as we respond to changes in regulation 
and incur costs associated with decarbonising our building development 
and operations. However, there may also be opportunities that arise 
from the transition as well as the physical impacts of extreme weather. 

Regardless of the scenario we believe the Group and its assets have 
limited exposure and vulnerability to climate-related risk and accordingly 
there are limited implications for its strategy and financial plans in its 
current markets. The Group will therefore continue to grow its portfolio, 
assessing each investment for climate risk in addition to financial 
considerations and making necessary physical and financial allowances 
for mitigations where appropriate as it already does today. The Group 
will continue to work with local authorities and its development partners 
to ensure any new buildings and conversions are built to a high operating 
efficiency standard that meets current and likely future regulations 
and supports the Group’s effort to achieve net zero emissions from 
its operations.

63

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Sustainability continued

Our environment continued
Physical risks
The primary physical risk to our business relates to the increasing 
likelihood of extreme weather events (particularly intense precipitation 
and flooding). Based on current data, our insurer’s flood assessment 
at the last renewal indicates that 91% of the Safestore portfolio by floor 
area (90% by insured value) has little to no exposure to river/coastal 
flood risk (the chance of a flooding event occurring annually is less 
than 0.5%). This corresponds to just twelve current locations in the  
UK with an elevated risk. There is a slightly higher exposure to surface 
water flood risk - 71% of floor area and value is in stores with less than 
0.5% Annual Exceedance Probability. 

Accordingly, overall the portfolio has low exposure to acute flooding 
risk, and whilst the frequency of extreme precipitation events is 
projected to increase in all warming scenarios, the number of medium 
and high impact rainfall days (defined by the UK Met Office’s National 
Severe Weather Warning Service as 24 hour precipitation thresholds  
in mm/day which are designed to be used for identifying prolonged 
rainfall which may lead to flooding) are still projected to be relatively 
rare events1. 

Flood risk of UK portfolio 2022  
(% of insured value excl. customer goods) 
100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

River/coastal %

Surface water %

  Low/medium (<0.5% AEP) 

  High (>0.5% AEP)

Research focused on the physical climate risk posed to Edinburgh’s 
World Heritage sites2 using the most recent granular climate models 
confirms this projection of extreme rainfall events and demonstrates 
the elevated risks are in the autumn and summer seasons specifically. 
Spring and winter events are rarely projected to exceed any impact 
threshold out to 2080 even in the low mitigation (RCP 8.5) scenario. 
This pattern is expected to be similar across the UK. This research 
implies that the probability of these extreme events will rise in autumn 
by 5-10% by 2040 and by 20-40% by 2080. The summer season 
shows the largest change, especially towards the end of the century, 
with probability close to 50% higher for a 1-in-200 year event, i.e. 
despite overall summer drying trends in the future, increases in the 
intensity of summer rainfall events are projected. It should be noted, 
however, that projections for rare events have a high degree of 
uncertainty, especially in the outer years of a projection period. 

Notes
1 

 Hanlon, H.M., Bernie, D., Carigi, G. et al. Future changes to high impact weather in the 
UK. Climatic Change 166, 50 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10584-021-03100-5).

2 

 Shane O’Neill, Simon F.B. Tett, Kate Donovan. Extreme rainfall risk and climate change 
impact assessment for Edinburgh World Heritage sites, Weather and Climate Extremes, 
Volume 38, 2022.

64

Projections of low, medium, and high impact 
rainfall days in the UK per year under different 
warming scenarios1

r
y
/
s
y
a
d

l
l

a

f

i

n
a
R

t
c
a
p
m

I

w
o
L

r
y
/
s
y
a
d

l
l

a

f

i

n
a
R

t
c
a
p
m

I

i

m
u
d
e
M

r
y
/
s
y
a
d

l
l

a

f

i

n
a
R

t
c
a
p
m

I

h
g
H

i

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

50

40

30

20

10

0

20.0

17.5

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

2.5

0.0

England and Wales
NE Scotland
NW Scotland

Northern Ireland
SW Scotland
SandE Scotland

61-90

81-00

00-17

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

4.0

Global Warming Level

England and Wales
NE Scotland
NW Scotland

Northern Ireland
SW Scotland
SandE Scotland

61-90

81-00

00-17

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

4.0

Global Warming Level

England and Wales
NE Scotland
NW Scotland

Northern Ireland
SW Scotland
SandE Scotland

61-90

81-00

00-17

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

4.0

Global Warming Level

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From prior experience, the main consequences of these intense 
precipitation events are clean-up, repairs and maintenance costs, and 
short term impact on asset availability (temporary closures preventing 
new move-ins). Costs are usually recovered from insurers so over time 
it is reasonable to expect insurance premia and flood-related excesses 
will increase if extreme events occur more frequently. There is also the 
longer term risk of lower occupancies in exposed stores – although 
customer goods are also insured to their declared value there is the 
possibility of a reputational impact. A reasonable assumption for the 
cost (P&L impact) of remediation after an extreme precipitation event 
is £100k per event regardless of the warming scenario.

It should be noted that where Safestore does invest in property in 
higher risk areas, risk mitigation measures are usually proactively 
deployed. As such, even in extreme weather scenarios the majority of 
the UK portfolio is not likely to be impacted from an ongoing operation, 
insurance risk premium or valuation basis. Mitigation measures (where 
deployed) should minimise disruption at higher risk sites and these 
locations may in fact experience increased demand from impacted 
local communities as they seek temporary storage for their belongings. 

Transitional risks 
Our primary transition risks are policy and regulatory changes which 
may increase building specifications in an effort to meet net zero 
objectives. Local authorities will continue to use planning processes 
to deliver against their own objectives and policies such as Minimum 
Energy Efficiency Standards (“MEES”) will impact landlords in the 
residential and commercial sectors. Requirements for new projects to 
meet more stringent energy efficiency standards and include features 
such as solar photovoltaic panels and electric vehicle charging facilities 
will add to the capital costs of new developments; however, these 
would represent a small portion (1–2%) of a new development project 
and would be likely be recovered through lower ongoing operating 
costs over the lifetime of the building. A related market risk of carbon 
taxes on core building materials such as steel could have a larger 
impact; however, where possible, Safestore will convert existing 
structures and is therefore less exposed to these increases in cost 
and embodied carbon. 

To ensure relevant UK assets meet MEES minimum standards by 2030 
an estimated capital investment of £650k will be required. To ensure 
readiness with MEES, we identified UK locations with offices that 
would fall under the new regulations. We have conducted energy 
efficiency assessments on these locations. At 31 October 2022, 
38 relevant UK stores have been assessed with seven properties 
requiring improvements before 2027 and a further fourteen requiring 
action by 2030. Should any of our facilities with offices be unable to 
cost effectively meet MEES standards by 2030, we would likely convert 
the office spaces into storage which does not have the same requirement.

Opportunities
The transition to a low carbon economy is likely to present 
opportunities as well as risks. In general, businesses that build and 
operate sustainable facilities are well-positioned in a world where both 
local planning departments and end consumers are making decisions 
with climate change in mind. In addition, reducing the energy intensity 
of the business and reliance on gas is financially advantageous, 
particularly in an era of volatile energy prices. Removing gas-burning 
appliances from facilities also reduces associated fire and carbon 
monoxide exposure risk. However, it should be noted that the business 
is not an intensive user of energy (energy costs were 1.5% of revenue 
in FY2022) unlike other more intensive usage sectors, so the variability 
of power prices is not considered a significant risk. Nevertheless, it is 
likely that buildings with lower operating costs and carbon emissions 
intensity will attract a valuation premium and lower cost of funding. 
Sales of excess power generated from rooftop solar installations 
could over time become a revenue stream in addition to supporting 
decarbonisation in our communities and the wider economy.

Provision of electric vehicle charging facilities could deliver a customer 
benefit whilst also reducing associated Scope 1 (business travel) and 
Scope 3 emissions (customer travel to/from stores) and provide 
another ancillary revenue stream.

It should also be noted that well-positioned self storage facilities could 
be seen as adding ‘system resilience’ to supply chain disruptions and 
facilitating recovery post-extreme weather events via temporary storage 
of business or consumer goods. 

65

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Our environment continued
Metrics and targets
To assess climate risk we internally record and monitor a range of 
construction and operational impact metrics such as development cost 
trends, unit availability (offline units) and damage claims relating to water 
damage. We also monitor and report our absolute and like-for-like energy 
consumption and greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions in line with the 
EPRA sBPR recommendations. In addition, we monitor our use of water, 
generation of waste including the proportion diverted to landfill and the 
emissions associated with business travel. These are disclosed in 
following sections of this report on pages 67 to 73. Supplementary data 
can be found on our corporate website, www.safestore.co.uk/corporate. 
Scope 3 emissions which relate to ongoing operations (water, waste, 
electricity transmission and distribution and business travel) are measured 
and actively managed. Scope 3 relating to purchased goods, capital 
expenditure and downstream use of our products (primarily customer 
journeys to our stores) are not measured but we actively engage with 
our suppliers to ensure these are being considered, for example, through 
consolidation of deliveries to our stores or the proportion of recycled 
material used in development projects.

Through a range of energy efficiency initiatives and a switch to 100% 
renewable electricity, we have reduced our absolute carbon emissions 
versus 2013 baseline by 54%. This progress in absolute emissions 
reduction is despite a c.50% increase in portfolio floor space. As a result, 
emissions intensity is currently 70% below 2013 levels (calculated 
according to the location-based methodology) which is significantly 
ahead of the 2022 target of 58% below the 2013 baseline.

The self storage sector is not a significant consumer of energy when 
compared with other segments of the real estate landscape.

As a result, operational emissions intensity per unit of floor area tends 
to be far lower versus other real estate sectors. According to a 2021 
report by KPMG and EPRA1, self storage generates the lowest greenhouse 
gas emissions intensity of all European real estate subsectors, with 
emissions per m2 less than 30% of the European listed real estate 
average. Reflecting the considerable progress made on efficiency 
measures and waste reduction to date, Safestore’s emissions intensity  
(3.9 kg/m2) for that year is considerably lower (-32%) than the self 
storage subsector average.

Strategy for operational net zero 

We will achieve operational net zero by 2035, through:

Nevertheless, as part of our commitment to SDG 13 (Climate action) 
we have been working towards a previously set near term carbon 
reduction target to 2022 (see sustainability targets and KPIs). In addition, 
we have a commitment to work towards operational net zero by 2035. 
This commitment covers Scope 1 and 2 emissions plus Scope 3 
emissions which relate to ongoing operations (water, waste, electricity 
transmission and distribution and business travel). We aim to achieve 
this through a combination of consumption reduction initiatives such 
as phasing out of gas heating in the portfolio and ensuring all energy 
consumed is self-generated (where viable) or purchased from certified 
renewable sources. Some residual emissions may require the purchase 
of carbon offsets from a credible scheme(s). We estimate that the 
roadmap to operational net zero will require a total investment of 
c.£3 million to 2035, with investments in later years subject to detailed 
business case evaluation. 

GHG intensity (Scope 1 and 2) by REIT sector 
kg CO2e/m2 per year (2020)1

38.0

27.0

22.1

20.2

19.2

11.8

Healthcare

Residential

Diversified

Office

Retail

Mixed office/ 
industrial

Industrial

6.6

Self storage

5.8

Safestore

3.9

Note

1 

 KPMG/EPRA: Overview of real estate companies’ environmental performance, October 
2021 (based on EPRA sBPR data sets for 88 listed companies).

a) Reducing and optimising what we use
•  Completion of lighting efficiency programme (external signage 

b) Using only zero carbon energy
•  Installation of solar photovoltaic on new-build stores where viable

and customer unit lighting)

•  Securing certificated green electricity through PPAs and/or 

•  Voltage optimisation at selected sites

‘high quality’ tariffs

•  Decommissioning of gas appliances

•  Transition of company car fleet to PHEVs* and BEVs* 

•  Installation of building management

•  Systems for remote monitoring and power 
management (business case dependent)

and introducing charging points

•  Retrofit of rooftop solar photovoltaic to selected stores 

(business case dependent)

Total investment of 
c.£3m spread until 2035

* 

PHEV = Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles; BEV = Battery Electric Vehicles.

66

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTMandatory greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions reporting (wholly owned stores only)

This report was undertaken in accordance with the mandatory 
greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions reporting requirements outlined 
under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013 (the “2013 Regulations”) and the Companies 
(Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and 
Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 (the “2018 Regulations”). This requires 
Safestore Holdings plc (“Safestore”) to produce a Streamlined Energy 
and Carbon Report. This report contains our GHG disclosure for the 
2021/22 reporting period.

We have 130 stores in the UK, 29 stores in France, 9 stores in the 
Netherlands, 6 stores in Belgium, and 5 stores in Spain. During the 
2021/22 reporting period we acquired a store in Christchurch (UK), 
opened a new store in Bow (London, UK). We also acquired 15 stores 
located across the Netherlands and Belgium in April. 

This report contains the following environmental data for all our stores 
which were operational at the beginning of the financial year: GHG 
emissions, electricity consumption, electricity transmission and 
distribution, gas consumption, water consumption, waste generation, 
and business travel.

Methodology
Scope of analysis and data collection
Over 2021/22 we have collected primary data for all of our stores, 
including: building size (sq ft), electricity consumption (MWh), electricity 
transmission and distribution (“T&D”) (MWh losses), gas consumption 
(MWh), water consumption (m3), waste generation (tonnes by waste 
disposal method) and business travel (mileage). We do not have any 
refrigerant leakage to report for any of our stores in the UK, France, 
Spain, the Netherlands or Belgium. All primary data used within this 
report is from 1 September 2021 to 31 August 2022, covering the 
same reporting period as last year. Where electricity, gas or water 
consumption data is not available or incomplete, we have estimated 
consumption based on a combination of pro-rata methods as per 
Environmental reporting guidelines 2019 including: 

•  pro-rata extrapolation from known reliable data

•  average consumption per sq ft of lettable area of the stores where 

we have reliable data

•  direct comparison using a corresponding period

KPI selection and calculation
For the purposes of this report stationary energy use (electricity and gas 
consumption), water consumption, waste generation, and business 
travel have been selected as the most appropriate key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”) for the Group. To ensure consistency in our reporting, 
particularly where there are differences between the UK, France, Spain, 
the Netherlands, and Belgium, we are reporting all GHG emissions in 
units of tonnes of CO2e. We have used the 2022 GHG conversion factors 
published annually by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural 
Affairs (“Defra”) and Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (“BEIS”) 

with the exception of the French, Spanish, Dutch, and Belgian CO2e 
conversion factors associated with electricity consumption and T&D, 
which are no longer published by BEIS. These were sourced from the 
International Energy Agency (‘IEA’) and Carbon Footprint country specific 
grid electricity factors. 

GHG emissions scope
The Greenhouse Gas Protocol (the “GHG Protocol”) differentiates 
between direct and indirect emissions using a classification system 
across three different scopes:

•  Scope 1 emissions: includes direct emissions from sources which 
Safestore owns or controls. This includes direct emissions from fuel 
combustion and industrial processes.

•  Scope 2 emissions: covers indirect emissions relating solely to the 
generation of purchased electricity that is consumed by the owned 
or controlled equipment or operations of Safestore.

•  Scope 3 emissions: covers other indirect emissions including  

third party-provided business travel.

GHG emissions – scopes included in this report
•  Scope 1 emissions: we are reporting our gas consumption and 

business mileage.

•  Scope 2 emissions: we are reporting our electricity consumption.

•  Scope 3 emissions: we are reporting our electricity transmission 

and distribution, waste generation and water consumption.

Group environmental performance
We recognise the importance of taking a proactive, strategic approach 
to environmental management and we aim to ensure that good 
environmental practices are applied throughout our stores, and that 
those working for or on behalf of Safestore are aware of the need to 
act responsibly and sustainably. Our most significant environmental 
impacts arise from the construction of new stores and the operational 
energy consumption of our existing stores.

Safestore is committed to the protection of the environment, the 
prevention of pollution, and continually improving its environmental 
performance. We will comply with all relevant legislation and strive to 
exceed legal requirements where possible in order to avoid or minimise 
any potential environmental impacts.

The following table displays our total Group performance for electricity, 
gas and water consumption, waste generation (recycling, landfill, 
Energy from Waste), and business travel against the previous years.

67

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Mandatory greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions reporting (wholly owned stores only)  
continued
Breakdown of Consumption by source (2016–2022)

Emissions source

Natural gas

Electricity

Purchased water

Recycling

Landfill

Energy from Waste

Business travel

Units

MWh

MWh
m3
tonnes

tonnes

tonnes

miles

2016/17
(Sep–Aug)

2,349 

22,005 

45,129 

787 

49 

721 

2017/18
(Sep–Aug)

4,358 

17,416 

61,655 

1,211 

57 

730 

602,240 

628,822 

2018/19
(Sep–Aug)

4,136 

15,372 

55,113 

586 

44 

1,320 

396,088 

2019/20
(Sep–Aug)

2020/21
(Sep–Aug)

2021/22
(Sep–Aug)

3,572 

14,435 

43,372 

1,448 

58 

1,124 

3,686

13,506 

47,503 

1,487 

57 

831 

2,742

14,755

53,024

1,517 

43

696

346,076 

421,829

469,324

Breakdown of associated GHG emissions by source (2021/22)

1.0% 2.0% 3.0% 14.0% 80.0%

Purchased water

Waste

Business travel

Natural gas

Electricity

Group environmental performance – analysis
We have analysed the year-on-year change in our performance and provided commentary on our Group environmental performance, as below:

Gas performance
We are continually seeking opportunities to reduce energy consumption to the lowest practicable levels appropriate with the operational needs  
of the business and to satisfy the needs of our customers. We are phasing out the use of gas in our stores wherever possible. Some of our stores 
still consume low volumes of gas for heating in reception and office locations. We seek opportunities to design efficient, low consuming working 
environments, ensuring that all new stores are built to rely solely on electricity.

Year ended 31 August

2016/17

2017/18

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22

% change

Gas use

Scope 1 emissions

MWh
tCO2e

2,349.3 

434.0 

4,358.3 

801.8 

4,136.2 

760.4 

3,572.0

656.8

3,685.5

675.0

2,742.0

500.5

(25.6%)

(25.9%)

Total gas consumption across all our stores was 2,742 MWh, which is a 25.6% decrease compared with the previous financial year.

Note
0.1% of the 2021 consumption data has been estimated for stores where consumption data was incomplete.

68

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Electricity performance
We are continuing to identify opportunities to reduce electricity consumption across our stores. 

Recognising that our electricity consumption is predominantly due to our lighting requirements, we have completed a portfolio-wide LED lighting 
upgrade programme across all UK stores and are working on projects such as voltage optimisation to improve our efficiency.

Year ended 31 August

Electricity use

Scope 2 emissions (LB)

Scope 2 emissions (MB)

Scope 3 emissions

MWh
tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e

2016/17

2017/18

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22

% change

22,005.2 

6,563.3 

17,416.0 

4,376.7 

15,373.0 

3,527.0 

14,435.0 

13,506.0 

14,755.0

3,022.0 

2,555.0 

2,620.0

 Not reported  Not reported  Not reported 

613.6 

371.4 

299.0 

171.0

261.0

153.0 

228.0 

178.0 

237.0

9.2%

2.5%

16.5%

3.8%

Total electricity consumption across all of our stores was 14,755 MWh which is a 9.2% increase in consumption compared to previous year. 

Water performance
Our stores consume very low volumes of water, and we strive to minimise our consumption of water wherever possible through the installation  
of efficiency schemes. 

Year ended 31 August

2016/17

2017/18

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22

% change

Water use

Scope 3 emissions

m3
tCO2e

45,129 

47.5 

61,655 

64.9 

55,113 

58.0 

43,372 

45.6 

47,503 

20.0

53,024

22.0

11.6%

11.6%

Between September 2021 and August 2022, the total water consumption across all our stores was 53,024m3, which is an increase of 12% 
compared to the previous financial year.

Waste performance
We produce a relatively small amount of waste and are seeking opportunities to reduce or avoid the use of natural resources and minimise waste 
production, by promoting recycling where possible. We continue to improve waste segregation and are enhancing recycling facilities to divert 
waste from landfill.

Year ended 31 August

2016/17

2017/18

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22

% change

Waste – recycling

tonnes

787.7 

1,211.2 

585.6 

1,447.9 

1,487.5 

1,517.0

2.0%

Waste – Energy from 
Waste

Waste – landfill

Scope 3 emissions

tonnes

tonnes
tCO2e

721.6 

49.2 

37.8 

730.0 

57.3 

47.2 

1,320.5 

1,124.1 

44.2 

45.1 

57.7 

81.2 

831.1 

56.5 

90.0 

696.0

46.0

68.0

(16.2%)

(24.2%)

(9.7%)

In the last twelve months to August 2022, a total of 2,325 tonnes of waste has been generated (recycling, Energy from Waste and landfill) which is 
a decrease of 9.7% compared with the previous year. 

Following the commencement of a new supplier contract in April 2022, we expect to achieve 100% diversion from landfill across our UK stores 
next year and continue to review our option in other territories to minimise the impact of our operational waste. 

Business travel performance
We report on our business mileage in both Company-owned and personal vehicles. We continue to promote public transport and car sharing 
where possible. 

Year ended 31 August

2016/17

2017/18

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22

% change

Business travel

Business travel

Scope 1 emissions

miles

MWh
tCO2e

602,240 

628,822 

396,088 

346,076 

421,829 

469,324

n/a
168.5 

n/a
175.6 

440.7 
108.8 

395.4 
96.4 

484.3 
117.7

518.0
124.0

11.3%

6.9%
5.7%

In our business we travelled 469,324 miles in the twelve months to 31 August 2022, resulting in an 11.3% increase compared with the previous 
year. Following the removal of travel restrictions we have seen travel return to pre-pandemic levels with the additional territories added to our 
portfolio contributing to the increase in business travel.

Vehicle fleet
This year we have purchased three plug-in hybrid electric vehicles, replacing one diesel and two petrol cars. 

As we continue to modernise our fleet, we are actively reducing our emissions and going forward, we are purchasing a minimum of plug-in hybrid 
vehicles. Longer term we are looking to replace our existing company car fleet with full electric cars subject to practicability and vehicle availability. 

69

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Sustainability continued

Mandatory greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions reporting (wholly owned stores only)  
continued
Group GHG performance (mandatory GHG reporting)
We have used the Environmental Reporting Guidelines: Including Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting Guidance1 and Greenhouse Gas 
Protocol2 methodology for compiling this GHG data and, for UK energy consumption and emissions, included the following material GHGs: CO2, 
N2O and CH4. In accordance with the BEIS reporting guidelines and data conversion factors for GHG emissions, the equivalent reports on our 
France, Spain, the Netherlands, and Belgium properties used the CO2e factors provided by the International Energy Agency (“IEA”)3 for emissions 
associated with electricity T&D loss and Carbon Footprint Emission Factors March 2022 edition for grid electricity both for location based and 
residual fuel mix for market based4. Our GHG emissions for 2021/22 covered 100% of gross floor space. The business travel miles reported 
cover Company owned or operated vehicles throughout the UK, Spain, the Netherlands, and Belgium travelling for business. No data associated 
with business travel has been provided for France. 

Notes
1  https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/850130/Env-reporting-guidance_inc_SECR_31March.pdf

2  https://ghgprotocol.org/

3  Source: IEA (2019) Emission Factors (https://www.iea.org/t_c/termsandconditions/)

4  Source: Carbon Footprint March 2022 Emission Factors (https://www.carbonfootprint.com/docs/2022_03_emissions_factors_sources_for_2021_electricity_v11.pdf)

UK government GHG emission conversion factors for company reporting 
Standard set for 2022 (this set covers the greatest proportion of the current GHG reporting year)
Source: BEIS 2022/Carbon Footprint/IEA

Scope

Emissions source

Unit

Conversion factors

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Natural gas (gross CV)

Business travel (petrol)

Business travel (diesel)

Business travel (plug-in hybrid)

UK electricity grid supply

France electricity grid supply (LB)

Spain electricity grid supply (LB)

Belgium electricity grid supply (LB)

The Netherlands electricity grid supply (LB)

UK electricity grid supply (MB)

France electricity grid supply (MB)

Spain electricity grid supply (MB)

Belgium electricity grid supply (MB)

The Netherlands electricity grid supply (MB)

UK electricity transmission and distribution

France electricity transmission and distribution

Spain electricity transmission and distribution

Belgium electricity transmission and distribution

The Netherlands electricity transmission and distribution

Water supply

Water treatment

Commercial waste – recycling

Commercial waste – Energy from Waste

Commercial waste – landfill

kWh

miles

miles

miles

kWh

kWh

kWh

kWh

kWh

kWh

kWh 

kWh 

kWh 

kWh

kWh

kWh

kWh

kWh

kWh
m3
m3
tonnes

tonnes

tonnes

0.18254

0.27436

0.27492

0.11007

0.19338

0.05128

0.17103

0.16189

0.37434

0.00000

0.05852

0.28653

0.20478

0.45172

0.01769

0.00480

0.02730

0.00660

0.01740

0.14900

0.27200

21.28019

21.28019

467.00838 

Note
The conversion factors for electricity (both location based and market based) emission factors were sourced from Carbon Footprint country specific electricity grid GHG Emission Factors, 
residual mixes and production mix conversion factor. (Note: Defra no longer provides overseas electricity generation conversion factors. The conversion factors are obtained directly from the 
“IEA” 2019 for transmission and distribution losses.

70

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTStreamlined Energy and Carbon Report (“SECR”) summary
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 (the “2013 Regulations”) and the 
Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 (the “2018 Regulations”) we have 
reported our Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report disclosure for the previous year 2020/21 and the current year 2021/22.

UK – GHG emissions (tCO2e)

Units

2020/21

2021/22 *

Scope 1

Scope 2 (LB)

Scope 2 (MB)

Scope 3
Total GHG CO2e (LB)
Total GHG CO2e (MB)
GHG CO2e intensity (LB)
GHG CO2e intensity (LB)
GHG CO2e intensity (MB)
GHG CO2e intensity (MB)

tonnes CO2e (UK)
tonnes CO2e (UK)
tonnes CO2e (UK)
tonnes CO2e (UK)
total tonnes CO2e (UK)
total tonnes CO2e (UK)
tonnes CO2e/floor space (UK – thousand sq ft)
tonnes CO2e/floor space (UK – thousand sq m)
tonnes CO2e/floor space (UK – thousand sq ft)
tonnes CO2e/floor space (UK – thousand sq m)

786

2,437

12

281.0

3,504

1,079

0.40

4.50

0.13

1.38

 557 

 2,415 

 0 

 279.8

 3,252 

 837 

 0.38

 4.08 

 0.10

1.05

Europe – GHG emissions (tCO2e)

Units

2020/21

2021/22 *

Scope 1

Scope 2 (LB)

Scope 2 (MB)

Scope 3
Total GHG CO2e (LB)
Total GHG CO2e (MB)
GHG CO2e intensity (LB)
GHG CO2e intensity (LB)
GHG CO2e intensity (MB)
GHG CO2e intensity (MB)

UK – underlying energy use (MWh)

Scope 1

Scope 2 

Total Scope 1 and 2
MWh intensity

MWh intensity

tonnes CO2e (Europe)
tonnes CO2e (Europe)
tonnes CO2e (Europe)
tonnes CO2e (Europe)
total tonnes CO2e (Europe)
total tonnes CO2e (Europe)
tonnes CO2e/floor space (Europe – thousand sq ft)
tonnes CO2e/floor space (Europe – thousand sq m)
tonnes CO2e/floor space (Europe – thousand sq ft)
tonnes CO2e/floor space (Europe – thousand sq m)

Units

MWh (UK)

MWh (UK)

MWh (UK)
MWh/floor space (UK – thousand sq ft)

MWh/floor space (UK – thousand sq m)

7

118

141

42

167

190

0.08

0.82

0.09

0.93

2020/21

4,133

11,476

15,609

1.86

20.01

68

205

178

48

320

293 

0.10

1.08

0.09

0.99

2021/22 *

2,918

12,490

15,408

1.80

19.34

Europe – underlying energy use (MWh)

Units

2020/21

2021/22 *

Scope 1

Scope 2 

Total Scope 1 and 2
MWh intensity

MWh intensity

MWh (Europe)

MWh (Europe)

MWh (Europe)
MWh/floor space (Europe – thousand sq ft)

MWh/floor space (Europe – thousand sq m)

37

2,030

2,067

0.94

10.11

341

2,266

2,606

0.82

8.80

71

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSustainability continued

Mandatory greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions reporting (wholly owned stores only)  
continued
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report (“SECR”) summary continued

GHG emissions

Units

2016/17

2017/18

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22 *  % change

Scope 1 

Scope 2 (LB)

Scope 2 (MB)

Scope 3 
Total GHG CO2e (LB)

Total GHG CO2e (MB)

GHG CO2e intensity 

GHG CO2e intensity 

GHG CO2e intensity 
(MB)
GHG CO2e intensity 
(MB)

tonnes CO2e (UK, Europe)
tonnes CO2e (UK, Europe)
tonnes CO2e (UK, Europe)
tonnes CO2e (UK, Europe)
total tonnes CO2e 
(UK, Europe)
total tonnes CO2e 
(UK, Europe)
tonnes CO2e/floor space 
(thousand sq ft)
tonnes CO2e/floor space 
(thousand sq m)
tonnes CO2e/floor space 
(thousand sq ft)
tonnes CO2e/floor space 
(thousand sq m)

602 

6,563 

n/a

699 

977 

4,376 

 n/a

483 

869 

3,527 

n/a

402 

753 

3,022 

171 

396 

7,864

5,836 

4,798 

4,171

793

2,555

153

324

3,671

625

2,620

178

327

(21.2%)

2.5%

16.5%

1.1%

3,572

(2.7%)

n/a

0.9

—

n/a

0.6

9.8

n/a

0.5

6.6

1,320 

1,269

1,130

(11.0%) 

0.4 

4.9

0.4

3.7

0.12

1.29

0.3

(12.4%)

3.3

(12.4%)

0.10

(19.8%)

1.03

(19.8%)

Energy consumed

Units

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22 *  % change

Scope 1

Scope 2 

MWh (UK, Europe)

MWh (UK, Europe)

Total Scope 1 and 2

total MWh (UK, Europe)

MWh intensity

MWh intensity

MWh/floor space (thousand sq ft)

MWh/floor space (thousand sq m)

4,577 

15,373 

19,950 

1.99

21.46 

3,967 

14,435 

18,402 

1.76

18.95

4,170

13,506

17,676

1.67

17.95

3,259

14,755

18,015

1.53

16.48

(21.8%)

9.2%

1.9%

(8.2%)

(8.2%)

Note
* 

The financial reporting year 2021/22 for Europe includes energy and emission figures for Belgium and the Netherlands which were acquired by Safestore in April 2022.

Energy efficiency narrative
Through a range of energy efficiency initiatives and a switch to 100% renewable electricity we have reduced our absolute energy use, with 
carbon emissions versus 2013 baseline reduced by 54%.

We have now been using renewable energy for three years. In our UK wholly owned stores, 100% of our electricity is from certified renewable 
energy sources. The electricity for our UK owned portfolio is supplied by multiple renewable sources. The two largest contributors are Kilbraur 
Wind Farm and Cullisse Wind Farm which are both located in Scotland. 

Our overall electricity usage in the UK has increased year-on-year. This is largely an intended consequence of our ongoing effort to replace gas 
appliances with higher efficiency electric solution powered by renewable electricity. Accordingly, overall energy usage (and intensity of use per 
unit of floor area) in the UK is lower versus the prior year. In FY2022 we removed gas appliances from nine of our UK stores, bringing the total 
number of stores where gas has been removed to 27. We continue to benefit from our previously completed works on LED lighting with built in 
motion sensors across all existing and new stores. In FY2022, the lighting efficiency programme continued with a focus on upgrades to lighting 
in customer units.

We are continuing with our plans to remove gas boilers in remaining stores. As we switch to high efficiency electric heating solutions, we are also 
looking to minimise our usage of electricity through initiatives such as voltage optimisation at out largest sites. In FY2022, voltage optimisation 
technology was installed at Battersea Park and this will be deployed in other stores subject to the findings of this first installation.

Procurement of renewable energy
We are actively pursuing renewable energy within our purchasing decisions. During 2021/22, (128 stores across UK) 100% of our UK electricity 
consumption in our 117 wholly owned stores was purchased from Ofgem accredited renewable sources and is covered with associated renewable 
energy certificates. The energy sources that we use include onshore wind farms and solar fields. Our objective here is to help meet our 
sustainability goals and to reduce our market based GHG emissions. 

72

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTGroup GHG performance (mandatory GHG reporting) analysis
Total GHG emissions for Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 for the twelve-month period to 31 August 2022 have decreased by 2.7% (or reduced  
by 99 tonnes CO2e) to 3,572 tonnes CO2e. Of the total GHG emissions Scope 1 accounts for 17%, Scope 2 accounts for 73%, and Scope 3 
accounts for 9%.

Breakdown of emissions scopes 2021/22
Our overall floor space has increased from 10,008,172 sq ft (2018/19) to 11,763,815 sq ft (2021/22).

Our GHG emissions CO2e intensity has decreased from 0.35 tonnes CO2e per 1,000 sq ft in 2020/21 to 0.30 tonnes CO2e per 1,000 sq ft in 
2021/22, which is a decrease of 12.1%.

17%

73%

9%

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Our GHG emissions in kg CO2e per sq ft floor area since 2015

2015/16

2016/17

2017/18

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22

0.60

0.50

0.40

0.35

0.30

0.90

0.90

0

0.10

0.20

0.30

0.40

0.50

0.60

0.70

0.80

0.90

1.00

GHG emissions intensity (kg CO2e/sq ft)

Sustainable Energy First (formerly “BiU”) has collated the data set covering Scope 1–3 emissions for the period 1 September 2021 to 31 August 2022. 
Sustainable Energy First has direct visibility of the raw data used to calculate ~94% of the total global Scope 1–3 emissions and as such can 
provide confirmation on the completeness and accuracy of these emissions as well as around the emissions factors applied, their relevance and 
source; reference to these has been provided within this report. Where estimations have been made these have been noted within this report 
and efforts continue to be made to improve the quality of the data used within our annual energy and emissions report.

73

OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORTSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIntroduction

The Board is committed to high standards 
of corporate governance and decisions are 
based on what the Board believes is likely 
to be for the benefit of all stakeholders by 
promoting and maintaining the long term 
success of the Company and its reputation.

We continue to appoint only the most appropriate candidates to the 
Board and our recruitment process in selecting and appointing Board 
members is explained in more detail in the Nomination Committee 
report on page 83. 

Diversity
The Board supports the FTSE Women Leaders Review, which seeks 
to improve board and senior leadership gender diversity across FTSE 
350 companies, and the Parker Review on Ethnic Diversity. As at the 
financial year end, the Board comprised five male and three female 
Directors, meaning that 38% of our Board is female. Although no 
Board member was from a minority ethnic background during the year, 
the Board is mindful of the recommendations of the Parker Review and 
is committed to increasing the ethnic diversity of the Board as soon as 
reasonably practicable. Our colleague engagement shows that people 
enjoy working at Safestore, but high retention, particularly in more 
senior roles, means the pace of change for gender diversity in the 
senior leadership team is slower than we would like. The Board would 
like to see more women at Safestore, at all levels, and our aim is to 
attract 40% female applicants for every role. In addition, we are 
working hard on attracting, retaining, and supporting women in our 
workforce. For more information on gender diversity across the Group 
please refer to page 50.

Evaluating the Board’s effectiveness
Each year, the Board undertakes a formal evaluation of its effectiveness. 
This year we carried out an externally facilitated evaluation to assist in 
the development of the Board, in conjunction with external facilitator 
Gould Consulting Limited. The results of the Board evaluation 
confirmed that the Board continues to function effectively to a high 
standard. The Board members were seen as engaged and committed 
while the Board’s culture remains open, respectful and constructive. 
Notwithstanding that the report considered that the Board’s performance 
was strong, a number of actions were identified to further enhance the 
Board’s effectiveness, and further details of these may be found on 
pages 79 and 80.

Dear shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Company’s 
governance report for the year ended 31 October 2022. The Board is 
committed to high standards of corporate governance, and decisions 
are based on what the Board believes is likely to be for the benefit of 
all stakeholders by promoting and maintaining the long term success 
of the Company and its reputation. The Board is responsible for 
establishing the Group’s purpose, its values and strategy and satisfying 
itself that these are aligned with the overall culture of the Group. The 
Board is also responsible for setting appropriate performance targets 
for management and monitoring the business’s performance against 
those targets. This review and the reports of the Nomination, Audit and 
Remuneration Committees that follow, summarise the key matters 
considered by the Board during the year and how it discharges its 
responsibilities. Our strategy is explained on pages 8 to 18.

Compliance statement
The Company is reporting against the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 (the “Code”). Throughout the year ended 31 October 2022, 
and up to the date of this report, the Company has been in compliance 
with the principles and provisions of the Code. However, going into 
2023 the Board is mindful of Provision 10 of the Code, as Ian Krieger 
will have served as a Non-Executive Director for more than nine years. 
After careful consideration, however, the Board has determined that 
Ian continues to be independent and has agreed to extend Ian’s tenure 
until the 2024 AGM. Further explanation relating to Ian’s tenure is 
provided on pages 78 and 79. I have also engaged with key 
shareholders to explain the Company’s rationale for extending Ian’s 
tenure. The Code is available on the Financial Reporting Council 
(“FRC”) website at: www.frc.org.uk.

Board and Committee composition
There were a number of changes to the composition of the Board and 
its Committees during the year. On 31 May 2022, Claire Balmforth 
stepped down from the Board. Claire served the business outstandingly 
during her tenure and on behalf of the entire Board, I would like to 
thank Claire for her significant contribution. 

Following a search process involving search firm Russell Reynolds, 
we were pleased to welcome Jane Bentall to the Board in May 2022 
as a Non-Executive Director and as a member of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees. Jane’s extensive experience and 
understanding of operating multi-site, consumer-led businesses will be 
valuable to the Board. The Board was also pleased to appoint Laure 
Duhot as the new Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Further 
changes to the composition of the Board’s Committees are 
summarised on page 83.

74

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTWe are also very pleased to report on the continuing external recognition 
we have received during the year for our sustainability reporting as 
highlighted on pages 6, 11, and 46. We continue to keep under review 
the evolution of our sustainability strategy and continue to work towards 
our commitment to operational carbon neutrality (net zero) by 2035, 
which is explained on pages 58 to 66.

2023 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM of the Company will take place at 12 noon on Wednesday 
15 March 2023 at Brittanic House, Stirling Way, Borehamwood, 
Hertfordshire WD6 2BT. All Directors will attend the AGM, which  
will provide an opportunity for shareholders to hear more about 
our performance during the year and to ask questions of the Board. 
We will again broadcast the meeting using teleconference facilities 
and invite shareholders to submit their written questions on the 
business of the 2023 AGM. You will find details of the conference 
facility and how to submit written questions on our investor website 
at https://www.safestore.co.uk/corporate and in the Notice of the 
2023 AGM.

David Hearn
Non-Executive Chairman
16 January 2023

2023 Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
The current Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”) was approved 
by shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting and was designed 
to operate for three years. The Remuneration Committee commenced 
a remuneration review during 2022 to determine the guiding principles 
and design of a new Policy to be presented for shareholder vote during 
2023. However, at the date of drafting this report, the Committee is still 
in discussions with key shareholders around the details of the new Policy. 
As a result, the new Policy will be presented for shareholder approval, 
as soon as practicably possible, during the 2023 financial year at a 
General Meeting, i.e. before 31 October 2023. 

Our stakeholder engagement, our values and 
our culture
Our colleague and stakeholder engagement has been fundamental to 
our success and is integral to and aligned with our values and corporate 
culture. Our colleague and stakeholder engagement arrangements are 
set out on pages 34 to 35 and in the Sustainability report. Our successful 
performance is only possible due to the hard work and commitment 
of our colleagues, who continue to be engaged with our strategy, and 
aligned with our values and our culture. Our high level of colleague 
engagement was evidenced by Safestore being awarded the prestigious 
Investors in People (“IIP”) Platinum accreditation and making the final 
top ten shortlist for the Platinum Employer of the Year (250+) category 
in The IIP Awards 2021. This award is explained more fully on page 49. 

Compliance with Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) and 
sustainability reporting 
The Board is committed to implementing the relevant recommendations 
of the TCFD, providing our stakeholders and investors with insight into 
the key climate-related risks and opportunities that are relevant to 
our business, and explaining how these are identified and managed. 
This year is the second year we are reporting against the TCFD 
framework and we have built on our prior year reporting. We have 
made climate-related financial disclosures consistent with all eleven 
of the TCFD recommendations and further details are set out on 
pages 45 and 62 to 66.

75

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTBoard of Directors as at 16 January 2023

David Hearn
Non-Executive Chairman

Commenced role
1 January 2020 (appointed to the 
Board and as a member of the 
Remuneration Committee on 
1 December 2019 and appointed 
as Nomination Committee Chair on 
1 January 2020).

N   R

Skills and experience 
David Hearn is an experienced chair 
and brings a wealth of international 
board and senior executive experience 
in public companies, having previously 
been CEO of leading consumer goods 
businesses Goodman Fielder in 
Australasia, United Biscuits in Europe 
and Asia, Cordiant plc in the US and 
the UK and also international private 
equity and advisory firm 
Committed Capital. 

External appointments
David is currently chair of The a2 Milk 
Company and a director of Lovat 
Partners, Committed Capital and the 
architectural firm Robin Partington 
& Partners.

Other listed directorships
The a2 Milk Company is listed on the 
New Zealand Stock Exchange and 
dual listed on the Australian 
Stock Exchange.

Frederic Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer 

Commenced role
September 2013 

Andy Jones
Chief Financial Officer 

Commenced role
May 2013

Ian Krieger
Senior Independent Director 

Commenced role
March 2015 as Senior 
Independent Director

A   N   R

Skills and experience
Frederic Vecchioli founded our French 
business in 1998 and has overseen its 
growth to 29 stores in Paris operating 
under the “Une Pièce en Plus” brand. 
He joined the Group as President and 
Head of French Operations following 
the Mentmore acquisition in 2004. 
Frederic was appointed to the Board 
in March 2011 and became Chief 
Executive Officer of the Group in 
September 2013.

Skills and experience
Andy Jones joined the Group in May 
2013 as Chief Financial Officer. Andy’s 
previous role was director of group 
finance at Worldpay Limited, prior to 
which he held the positions of director 
of finance and investor relations at TUI 
Travel plc, and chief financial officer at 
Virgin Entertainment Group in the US. 
Andy began his career at Ernst & Young, 
where he qualified as a chartered 
accountant in 1992. Andy is a graduate 
of the University of Birmingham.

Skills and experience
Ian Krieger joined the Board in October 
2013 as a Non-Executive Director and 
was appointed Chair of the Audit 
Committee in April 2014 and Senior 
Independent Director in March 2015. 
Ian is a chartered accountant and was 
a senior partner and vice-chair at 
Deloitte until his retirement in 2012.  
Ian brings a wealth of recent financial 
experience to the Board as well as his 
experience as senior independent 
director and audit committee chair  
for two other UK-listed companies  
in the property sector.

External appointments and 
other listed directorships
None.

External appointments and 
other listed directorships
None.

External appointments
Ian is a non-executive director, senior 
independent director and audit committee 
chair of Capital & Regional plc and 
Primary Health Properties plc. 

Other listed directorships
Capital & Regional plc and Primary 
Health Properties plc.

Committee membership

 Chair of Committee

A  Audit Committee

N  Nomination Committee

R  Remuneration Committee

76

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTLaure Duhot
Non-Executive Director

Commenced role
November 2021

R

Skills and experience
Laure Duhot joined the Board in 
November 2021 as a Non-Executive 
Director and was appointed as a 
member of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees. Following Laure’s 

Gert van de Weerdhof
Non-Executive Director

Commenced role
June 2020

A   R   N

Delphine Mousseau
Non-Executive Director

Commenced role
November 2021

R

Jane Bentall
Non-Executive Director

Commenced role
May 2022

A   R

appointment as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee in June 
2022, Laure stepped down from the 
Safestore Audit Committee. Laure 
brings over 30 years of senior executive 
level experience in the investment 
banking and property sectors, 
specialising in alternative real estate 
assets, and has been a non-executive 
director at a number of funds and 
property companies.

Laure started her career in the 
investment banking sector and has 
developed a focus on the property 
sector. She has held senior roles at 
Lehman Brothers, Macquarie Capital 
Partners, Sunrise Senior Living Inc., 
Pradera Limited and Grainger plc, and 
latterly was head of investment and 
capital markets – Europe at Lendlease.

External appointments
Laure is currently a non-executive 
director of Primary Health Properties 
plc, NB Global Monthly Income Fund 
Limited, a premium-listed Guernsey 
registered fund, and ORPEA SA, a 
company listed on Euronext Paris. 
Laure also acts as the independent 
member on CBRE-IM’s UK investment 
committee. Formerly Laure was a  
non-executive director of Inland 
Homes plc and MedicX Fund, 
which merged with Primary Health 
Properties plc in March 2019.

Other listed directorships
Primary Health Properties plc, NB 
Global Monthly Income Fund Limited, 
a premium-listed Guernsey registered 
fund, and ORPEA SA, a company 
listed on Euronext Paris.

Skills and experience
During his extensive and varied career, 
Gert van de Weerdhof has held a 
number of senior executive positions 
including as CEO of GrandVision Europe 
BV before progressing to become chief 
retail officer for Esprit Holdings Ltd and 
latterly as CEO of RFS Holland Holdings 
BV and its subsidiary Wehkamp BV. 
Until recently Gert was also a 
non-executive director, vice-chair and 
chair of the remuneration and nomination 
committees for Wereldhave NV, chair of 
CTAC NV, and a non-executive director 

and vice-chair of Accell Group NV. Gert 
brings a wealth of international expertise 
to the Board having held roles across 
multi-site retail, e-commerce, consumer 
goods and real estate.

External appointments
Gert is currently non-executive director 
of Sligro Food Group NV and CEO of 
Mercy Ships.

Other listed directorships
Sligro Food Group NV is listed on 
Euronext Amsterdam.

Skills and experience
Delphine Mousseau brings over 25 
years of senior executive level and 
consultancy experience in e-commerce 
and customer engagement across 
Europe, specialising in retail.

Delphine began her career as a project 
manager at the Boston Consulting 
Group before moving on to join 
Plantes-et-Jardins.com where she 
became head of operations. Between 
2007 and 2011, she was director of 
e-commerce for Europe at Tommy Hilfiger 
and then became an independent 
consultant, primarily for the former 
Primondo Specialty Group which was 

Carlyle owned. Latterly Delphine was 
a VP markets at Zalando and a 
non-executive director of Fnac-Darty SA.

External appointments
Based in Germany, Delphine is 
currently non-executive director at 
Aramis Group SAS, listed on Euronext 
Paris, and a member of the Holland 
& Barrett UK Board and chair of the 
Refurbed Board in Austria.

Other listed directorships
Aramis Group SAS, a company listed 
on Euronext Paris.

a director of Resident Hotels Limited, 
a consultant for Blackstone, and a 
member of Pilotlight.

Jane is an ACA qualified accountant 
and a fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants.

External appointments
Oakman Inns plc.
Resident Hotels Limited

Other listed directorships
None.

Skills and experience
Jane Bentall has extensive experience 
and understanding of operating 
multi-site, consumer-led businesses. 
Most recently, Jane was managing 
director of Haven, the UK holiday 
parks chain and largest business 
division of Bourne Leisure. Prior to 
becoming managing director of 
Haven, she was the group chief 
financial officer for twelve years and 
previously spent six years as 
operations director. In her career she 
has also held senior financial roles 
at the Rank Group.

Jane is a director and chair of the 
remuneration committee of Oakman 
Inns plc, and a non-executive director 
and chair of the audit and finance 
committee of The Royal Marsden 
NHS Foundation Trust. Jane is also 

77

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCorporate governance

Our purpose: To add stakeholder value 
by developing profitable and sustainable 
spaces that allow individuals, businesses, 
and local communities to thrive
Leadership
The role of the Board
The Board is collectively responsible for the long term sustainable 
success of the Company. 

opportunities, to develop our colleagues and to implement the Group’s 
sustainability strategy. Sustainability governance is explained more fully 
on page 47.

The Board sets:

•  the Company’s purpose, values and strategy, and ensures that 

these are aligned with the overall culture of the Group;

•  appropriate performance targets for management and monitors the 

performance of the business against those targets; 

•  the Group’s risk appetite and satisfies itself that financial controls 

and risk management systems are robust, while ensuring the Group 
is adequately resourced; and

•  ensures there is appropriate dialogue with shareholders on strategy 

and remuneration. 

The Board’s activities during the year and how it discharges its 
responsibilities can be found on page 80. The Group’s established 
strategy has evolved to embed sustainability within its purpose. Our 
strategy is underpinned by our values, as defined on pages 3 and 53, 
our behaviours and our governance structure, which shape our culture 
and remain central to the way we conduct our business. The culture 
of the business is a key part of our success.

The Non-Executive Directors are responsible for providing constructive 
challenge to the Executive Directors, assisting in developing proposals  
on the Group’s strategy and monitoring the performance of the Executive 
Directors against strategic and operational objectives.

The Board has delegated certain responsibilities to its Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees. Each Board Committee has defined terms of 
reference, which can be found online within the Governance section of the 
Company’s website: www.safestore.com. The activities of each Board 
Committee are set out in separate sections of this report. The Audit 
Committee is, in turn, supported by the Risk Committee, which is a 
management committee, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer.

The Board also has an established Standing Committee and a Disclosure 
Committee, which are sub-committees of the Board and meet as required. 
The Standing Committee has delegated authority to approve routine 
matters such as matters relating to the operation of the Company’s share 
scheme arrangements, and any other matters, which may be expressly 
delegated to it by the Board from time to time. The Disclosure Committee 
has delegated responsibility for overseeing the disclosure of information by 
the Company to meet its obligations under the Market Abuse Regulation.

All Committees and all Directors have the authority to seek information 
from any Group colleague and to obtain professional external advice if 
they feel necessary.

Implementation of agreed plans, budgets and projects in pursuit of the 
Group’s strategy and the actual operation of the Group’s system of internal 
control and risk management are delegated to the Executive Directors,  
who are supported by an Executive Committee. This includes implementing 
Group strategy to optimise the trading performance of the existing store 
portfolio, to monitor financial performance and maintain a strong and 
flexible capital structure, to identify selective portfolio and expansion 

78

The Board and its independence
At the date of this report, the Board consists of eight Directors, the 
Chairman, two Executive Directors and five independent Non-Executive 
Directors, with Ian Krieger appointed as the Senior Independent Director. 
The Chairman was considered to be independent on appointment. The 
skills and experience of each of the Directors, along with the dates they 
commenced their role, are set out on pages 76 and 77.

Both on an individual and collective basis, the Directors have the skills, 
understanding, experience and expertise necessary to ensure the effective 
leadership of the Group. At least half of the Board, excluding the Chair, are 
independent. The Board monitors the independence of its Non-Executive 
Directors. The Board is aware of the other commitments of its Directors 
and is satisfied that these neither conflict with their duties, nor impact  
their independence or time commitment as Non-Executive Directors of 
the Company. 

The Board is mindful that the Code lists that where non-executive directors 
hold cross-directorships or have significant links with other directors through 
involvement in other companies or bodies, this is likely to impair, or could 
appear to impair, a non-executive director’s independence. Accordingly 
when assessing the independence of Laure Duhot and Ian Krieger, it  
was noted that both Laure and Ian serve as independent non-executive 
directors of Primary Health Properties plc (“PHP”), a UK listed company. 
They are not involved in executive duties for PHP and each has a similar 
obligation to be independent for PHP as they do for the Company. The 
Board does not consider that Laure’s and Ian’s positions as independent 
Non-Executive Directors of the Company are adversely impacted by their 
roles on the board of PHP and is satisfied that, notwithstanding these 
appointments, they are therefore regarded as independent.

The Board is also mindful that non-executive director tenure that exceeds 
nine years is also listed by the Code as a circumstance that is likely to impair, 
or could appear to impair, a non-executive director’s independence. Ian 
Krieger was appointed to the Board in October 2013. 

However, the Board has recently undergone a significant period of renewal: 
three of our longer serving Non-Executive Directors have stepped down 
during the last 18 months and we now have four recently appointed 
Non-Executive Directors. Ian has played a particularly important role as 
Safestore’s most experienced Non-Executive Director, serving as both 
Chair of the Audit Committee and as our Senior Independent Director.  
His contribution and experience are invaluable to the Board. 

As a result of Ian Krieger having served on the Board for over nine years, 
the Board has carried out a robust assessment of Ian’s contribution and 
independence. In doing so, the Board assessed the degree of objective 
judgement and constructive challenge demonstrated by Ian. Having 
undertaken a rigorous review of Ian’s performance as a Non-Executive 
Director and having taken into account other relevant factors that might  
be considered likely to impair, or could appear to impair, independence 
including as set out in Provision 10 of the Code, the Board considers Ian  
to be independent. The Board has also concluded that, following the 
recent changes in Board composition and given Ian’s in-depth knowledge 
of the Company and the property sector, his exceptional contributions to 

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTthe Board and its Committees continue to be invaluable and that it would 
be in the best interests of the Company to extend Ian’s tenure, for a further 
year, until the AGM in 2024, subject to shareholder support. This is not only 
because of his experience and skill set but also due to the continuity and 
corporate knowledge his presence will bring which the Board considers 
vital as the newer directors continue to come up to speed fully in their 
new roles.

Each Non-Executive Director continues to bring independent judgement  
to the Board’s decision-making process. Frederic Vecchioli is also a 
director of myStorage GmbH, a company incorporated in Germany and  
an associated company of the Group; apart from this appointment the 
Executive Directors do not hold any executive or non-executive directorships 
in other companies.

Key roles and responsibilities
The roles of Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Senior Independent 
Director are separate and clearly defined, with the division of responsibilities 
set out in writing and agreed by the Board. The Chairman is responsible for 
the management of the Board and for aspects of external relations, while 
the Chief Executive Officer has overall responsibility for the management 
of the Group’s businesses and implementation of the strategy approved by 
the Board. The Senior Independent Director is also responsible for supporting 
the Chairman on all governance issues. The statement of the division of 
responsibilities between the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the 
Senior Independent Director is available on the Governance section of the 
Company’s website: www.safestore.com.

Formal Workforce Advisory Panel
Our ‘Make the Difference’ people forum, launched in 2018, is a formal 
workforce advisory panel. The Board approved the establishment of the 
advisory panel to facilitate engagement between colleagues from different 
areas of the business and provide a two-way feedback process between 
the Board and our colleagues. The panel has terms of reference that define 
it’s purpose and has a mechanism for appointing colleague representatives, 
known as people champions. Further information relating to the panel and 
our ‘People Champions’ can be found on page 10. The Board receives 
regular feedback from the panel which has resulted in the Board approving 
outcomes as detailed in the Sustainability report on page 51 and Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 93, 98, and 101. The Chief Executive Officer 
attends panel meetings twice a year to report the views of the Board and to 
provide regular updates covering the Group’s performance and the delivery 
of our strategy. The Board considers the formal workforce advisory panel 
to be effective.

Effectiveness
Activities of the Board
The Board scheduled eight meetings during the financial year, and 
additional Board meetings are held as and when required. During this 
financial year, an additional meeting was arranged to discuss the 
acquisition of Carlyle’s interest in the Benelux Joint Venture The Board has 
held a mix of in-person meetings and meetings held by video conference. 

The Board has a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved for its 
decision, which includes (amongst other things) various strategic, financial, 
operational and governance responsibilities. A summary of the key 
activities of the Board during the year, in accordance with the formal 
schedule of reserved matters, can be found on page 80.

The services of the Company Secretary are available to all members of the 
Board. Board minutes are circulated to all Board members. There is also regular 
informal contact between Executive and Non-Executive Directors to deal with 
important matters that arise between scheduled Board meetings. A separate 
meeting for Non-Executive Directors is held at least once in every year.

Appropriate directors’ and officers’ insurance cover is arranged by the 
Group through its insurance brokers and is reviewed annually. 

Board meetings held in 2021/22
Attendance of the individual Directors of the Board at meetings that they 
were eligible to attend during the financial year is shown in the table below:

Director who served during the year 
ended 31 October 2022

No. of 
meetings held 
during tenure
 during the year

Number of 
meetings 
attended

David Hearn
Frederic Vecchioli
Andy Jones 
Ian Krieger 
Claire Balmforth*
Gert van de Weerdhof
Laure Duhot
Delphine Mousseau
Jane Bentall*

9
9
9
9
6
9
9
9
3

9
9
9
9
6
9
9
9
3

Note
* 

 On 31 May 2022, Claire Balmforth stepped down from the Board and on 18 May 2022, 
Jane Bentall was appointed as an independent Non-Executive Director. In addition to 
the three meetings Jane attended as a member of the Board, Jane also attended a 
Board meeting in May as an observer, rather than as a member of the Board.

In addition to the scheduled Board meetings, the Standing Committee 
met on 13 occasions and was granted express delegation by the Board 
to approve the full year and half year results announcements and ancillary 
matters. The Standing Committee also approved routine administrative 
matters which related to the maturity of the Company’s 2019 (three-year) 
Sharesave scheme, the vesting of the Company’s 2017 Long Term 
Incentive Plan, the grant of new options under the 2022 (three-year) 
Sharesave scheme and intercompany funding arrangements. The 
Disclosure Committee has met once during the year. 

2022 Board effectiveness review
The Board recognises that it continually needs to monitor and improve its 
performance. This is achieved through annual Board effectiveness reviews, 
full induction of new Board members and ongoing Board development 
activities. Each year the Board conducts an effectiveness review and 
every three years the review is carried out externally. This year the Board 
instructed Gould Consulting Limited, to conduct an external review of the 
effectiveness of the Board and its Committees. Gould Consulting Limited 
have no other business relationship with the Group or any of the 
Company’s Directors.

The scope for the Board performance evaluation was agreed with the 
Chairman. Gould Consulting Limited conducted individual interviews with 
the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Independent 
Director and used an online survey tool to gather feedback from each 
Director and the Executive Committee. Gould Consulting Limited 
summarised its findings for the Chairman’s consideration. A final report 
was shared with the Board and Gould Consulting attended a meeting 
of the Board, to summarise its findings and facilitate further debate. 

The anonymity of respondents was ensured throughout the evaluation 
process in order to promote an open and frank exchange of views. 
The key findings arising from the review were reviewed by the Board 
and recommendations were made to:

•  to continue to develop succession plans below Board level;

•  following Covid-19 restrictions being lifted, to resume Board meetings 

at the Group’s European locations; 

•  make time available within the Board calendar for Board training 
on matters of interest to the Board and relevant to the Company.

•  review Board packs, with an aim to reduce Board pack size, and 

management’s workload in providing regular Board papers.

79

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCorporate governance continued

Effectiveness continued
2022 Board effectiveness review continued
Following the outcome of the 2022 Board effectiveness review, the Board 
concluded that the Board and its Committees continue to function 
effectively to a high standard.

The content for any subsequent effectiveness reviews will be designed to 
build upon insights gained in the previous exercise to ensure that the 

recommendations agreed in the review have been implemented and that 
year-on-year progress is measured.

The Chairman reviewed the performance of the Chief Executive Officer 
and the Non-Executive Directors. The Chief Executive Officer reviewed 
the performance of the Chief Financial Officer, and this year, the 
Chairman’s own performance was assessed as part of the 2022 
external Board evaluation process, and the SID fed back the 
comments directly to the Chairman.

A summary of the key matters considered by the Board during the year

Responsibilities Activities

Strategy

•  The development and implementation of the Company’s strategy has included general updates from the CEO and CFO.

Performance 
and operational 
matters

•  Presentations from members of the management team on strategy implementation in their operations.

•  Considering selective portfolio management and expansion opportunities, which included the acquisition of Carlyle’s 80% share 

of our Benelux Joint Venture the expansion of our Spanish operation and site acquisitions in the UK, France and Benelux. 

•  Approving a new German Joint Venture arrangement with Carlyle, and Safestore management of the myStorage business.

•  Reviewed the 2022 performance against budget and updated forecasts for the UK, French, Spanish and Benelux operations.

•  Reviewed customer performance data.

•  Maintained a detailed focus on full year earnings guidance. 

•  Approved the 2023 Board budget.

•  Reviewed and approved the Group’s investment appraisal policy.

•  Received regular operational updates from members of the management team, relating to property, colleagues, 

marketing, IT, store operations, company secretarial and legal matters. 

Finance 
and capital

•  Reviewed the Group’s capital structure and approved the arrangements for the Group’s new unsecured four-year 

£400 million multi-currency Revolving Credit Facility.

•  Monitored the Company’s going concern and long term viability statements.

•  Reviewed cash flow, dividend policy (in line with the UK REIT requirements) and shareholder returns.

People, culture 
and values

•  Received regular updates on colleague wellbeing and HR matters, including updates on colleague engagement and 

updates from our ‘Make the Difference’ people forum, our formal Workforce Advisory Panel.

•  Reviewed and approved the Group’s key policies including the Company’s Modern Slavery Act Statement, anti-corruption and 

bribery (statement and policy), the whistleblowing (‘Speak Out’) policy and the health and safety policy statement.

•  Considered and reviewed the gender pay gap report for 2021.

•  Reviewed the Company’s sustainability strategy, including the Company’s commitment to work towards operational 

carbon neutrality (net zero) by 2035. 

•  Reviewed colleague engagement arrangements.

Governance 
and risk

•  Approved changes to Board composition, Director independence, and succession planning. 

•  Considered Board composition, Director independence, and succession planning.

•  Approved an increase in Non-Executive Director fees, in line with overall general increases to all colleagues.

•  Approved an increase in the Chairman’s fee.

•  Reviewed reports on governance and legal issues.

•  Considered the Company’s risk appetite in relation to its strategy.

•  Reviewed the outcome of the Board and its Committees’ 2022 Board effectiveness review.

•  Reviewed the Directors’ Conflict of Interests Register.

Shareholder 
and stakeholder 
engagement

•  Discussed feedback from investors’ and analysts’ meetings following the release of our full year and half year results 

announcements and interim management statements and meetings with existing and potential shareholders.

•  Discussed feedback following the Chairman and the Senior Independent Director’s engagement with major shareholders 

ahead of the 2022 AGM.

•  Received regular updates from brokers and advisers on the market perception of Safestore.

•  Received updates from the CEO and CFO on stakeholder engagement in relation to investor and partner engagement.

Other

•  Approved the Annual Report and Financial Statements and recommended the final dividend in line with the Company’s 

dividend policy for shareholder consideration.

•  Approved the 2022 half year results announcement and declared the interim dividend in line with the Company’s 

dividend policy.

•  Approved the interim management statements in January and September 2022 regarding trading updates.

•  Received and reviewed monthly shareholder analysis reports.

80

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTDiversity
The Board supports the FTSE Women Leaders Review, which seeks 
to improve board and senior leadership gender diversity across FTSE 
350 companies, and the Parker Review on Ethnic Diversity. The 
Company has an equality, diversity and inclusion policy, which includes 
the Company’s policy on diversity and the Board’s diversity policy. 
Details of the Company’s equality, diversity and inclusion policy are 
provided on page 50.

At the date of this report, the Board comprises 38% women (FY2021: 
25%). No member of the Board is from a minority ethnic background. 
However, the Board is mindful of the recommendations of the Parker 
Review and is committed to increasing the ethnic diversity of the Board 
as soon as reasonably practicable in line with the recommendations. 

The Board is also mindful of the Investment Association’s guidelines in 
relation to the gender balance for the Executive Committee and its direct 
reports. The gender balance for this cohort of colleagues is set out 
on page 50. This cohort of colleagues is fundamental to our success. 
However, high colleague retention in these roles, means that gender 
diversity in the senior leadership team has not changed during the year, 
although we anticipate that it will do so gradually in the future. For more 
information on gender and ethnic diversity across the Group please 
refer to page 50.

Accountability
Risk management and internal control
A summary of the principal risks and uncertainties within the business 
is set out on pages 37 to 42.

The Board retains overall responsibility for setting Safestore’s risk 
appetite and establishing, monitoring and maintaining the Group’s 
risk management and internal control systems. These systems are 
designed to enable the Board to be confident that such risks are 
mitigated or controlled as far as possible, although no system can 
eliminate risk entirely.

The Board has established a number of ongoing processes to identify, 
evaluate and manage the strategic, financial, operating and compliance 
risks faced by the Group and for determining the appropriate course 
of action to manage and mitigate those risks. The Board delegates the 
monitoring of these internal control and risk management processes to 
the Audit Committee. These measures have been in place throughout 
the year and up to the date of this report. 

The Risk Committee supports the Group’s risk management strategy 
and undertakes regular reviews of the formal risk assessments and 
reports regularly to the Audit Committee of the Board. The Risk 
Committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and comprises 
representatives from the operations, finance, human resources and 
property functions. Risk management remains an ongoing programme 
within the Group and is formally considered at operational meetings 
as well as at meetings of the Board.

Board development
The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that all Non-Executive 
Directors receive ongoing training and development. Our Non-Executive 
Directors are conscious of the need to keep themselves properly briefed 
and informed about current issues. Specific and tailored updates are 
provided at Board meetings and to members of the Audit Committee 
and have included presentations from the Company’s advisers.

There is a procedure to enable Directors to take independent legal 
and/or financial advice at the Company’s expense, managed by the 
Company Secretary, if they feel necessary to carry out their duties 
as a director fully. No such independent advice was sought in 2022.

During the year the Company has delivered an induction programme 
for Laure Duhot, Delphine Mousseau and Jane Bentall which has been 
led by the Chief Executive Officer. The induction programme has been 
prepared to ensure that it provides a comprehensive introduction to 
the Group as a whole.

Board appointments
Each decision to appoint further Directors to the Board is taken by the 
entire Board in a formal meeting based on a recommendation from 
the Nomination Committee. The Nomination Committee consults with 
financial and legal advisers and uses the services of external recruitment 
specialists. New members of the Board are provided with initial and 
ongoing training appropriate to individual needs in respect of their role 
and duties as Directors of a listed company.

During the year the Nomination Committee engaged in a rigorous 
search for a new Non-Executive Director. The process for identifying 
and overseeing the appointment of the new Non-Executive Director 
has been explained in the Nomination Committee report on page 83.

Chairman’s fees
Following a detailed benchmarking process, the Non-Executive 
Directors recommended to the Board that the Chairman’s fees should 
be increased. The fee increase is set out in the Directors’ remuneration 
report on page 93. No Director was involved in any decision as to their 
own remuneration.

Appointment terms and elections of Directors
All Directors have service agreements or letters of appointment and 
the details of their terms are set out in the Directors’ remuneration 
report on page 116. The service agreements of the Executive Directors 
and letters of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors are available 
for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal 
business hours, including the 15 minutes immediately prior to the AGM. 
The letters of appointment for Non-Executive Directors are in line with 
the provisions of the Code relating to expected time commitment. At 
each AGM of the Company, all Directors will stand for re-election in 
accordance with the Code and the Company’s Articles of Association. 
The Company’s Articles of Association require that a Director appointed 
during the preceding year should be subject to election at the 
Company’s next AGM.

Directors’ conflicts of interest
The Company’s Articles of Association give the Directors the power 
to consider and, if appropriate, authorise conflict situations where 
a Director’s declared interest may conflict or does conflict with the 
interests of the Company. 

Procedures are in place at every meeting for individual Directors to 
report and record any potential or actual conflicts which arise. The 
register of reported conflicts is reviewed by the Board at least annually. 
The Board has complied with these procedures during the year.

81

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCorporate governance continued

Accountability continued
Risk management and internal control continued
At 31 October 2022, the Group employed a risk manager in the UK 
supported by two store auditors responsible for reviewing operational 
and financial controls at store level in the UK. The store assurance team 
operates with a mandate to provide assurance that the stores’ risk 
management and control processes are operating effectively and to 
the expected and required standard. The Group also employs an Audit 
Manager in France who is responsible for arranging a combination of 
external safety audits and internal audits for measuring and developing 
quality, process and safety. The UK Risk Manager reports to the Chief 
Financial Officer; the French Risk Manager reports to the President of 
the French business. The arrangements in the Netherlands and Belgium 
are within the auspices of the UK and French risk teams respectively 
and the arrangements in Spain are supported by a third party service 
provider. For the 2023 financial year, the Board has determined that 
value would be added through the establishment of a new internal 
audit function. Further details are provided on pages 88 and in the 
Audit Committee report. 

During the financial year, the Board has directly, and through delegated 
authority to the Audit and Risk Committees, overseen and reviewed 
the performance and evolution of risk management activities and 
practices and internal control systems within the Group. Through both 
its ongoing involvement and overview in risk management and internal 
control activities, the Board is satisfied that there have been no significant 
failings or weaknesses identified and the Directors believe that during 
2022 the system of internal control has been appropriate for the Group. 

Budgetary process
A comprehensive budgeting process is in place, with an annual budget 
prepared and validated at a country and functional level. The budget 
is subject to significant consideration and approval by the Board. 
The Directors are provided with relevant and timely information 
required to monitor financial performance.

Investment appraisal (including acquisitions)
Budgetary approval and defined authorisation levels regulate capital 
expenditure. Acquisition activity is subject to internal guidelines 
governing investment appraisal criteria, financial targets, negotiation, 
execution and post-acquisition management.

Company ethics and whistleblowing
The Company is committed to the highest standards of integrity and 
honesty and expects all colleagues to maintain the same standards in 
everything they do at work. The Company recognises that effective and 
honest communication is essential to maintain its business values and 
to ensure that any instances of malpractice are detected and dealt with.

The Company has a number of policies available online for its colleagues. 
These include a code of conduct, an anti-bribery and corruption policy, 
a receipt of gifts and corporate hospitality policy and a whistleblowing 
(‘Speak Out’) policy. The anti-bribery and corruption policy reinforces 
the Group’s commitment to countering bribery, tax evasion and 
corruption as it seeks to comply with the Bribery Act 2010 and the 
Criminal Finances Act 2017. 

The Speak Out policy has procedures for disclosing malpractice and, 
together with the code of conduct, is intended to act as a deterrent 
to fraud or other corruption or serious malpractice. It is also intended 
to protect the Group’s business and reputation.

No whistleblowing issues were reported during the year.

82

The Board considers the payment of taxes as a responsibility that 
brings positive socio-economic impacts through its presence and 
employment creation in the countries it operates in. A Group tax strategy 
has been in place since 2016, which is approved by the Board and 
reviewed annually by the Audit Committee and is available on the Group’s 
website: www.safestore.com. It is the Group’s policy to pay the right 
amount of tax wherever it does business, based on a fair and sound 
application of local tax laws to the economic substance of its business 
transactions. Safestore does not use artificial tax avoidance schemes 
or tax havens to reduce the Group’s tax liabilities.

Investor relations and shareholder 
and investor engagement
We are committed to proactive and constructive engagement with all 
our shareholders and consider all shareholders’ views as part of the 
Board’s decision-making process. The Group places a great deal of 
importance on communication with its shareholders and maintains a 
dialogue with the investment community. Engagement is maintained 
through a comprehensive investor relations programme, which includes 
formal presentations of the full year and half year results and meetings 
with institutional investors and analysts as required and attendance at 
Investor conferences. The presentation slides used at these meetings 
are made available on the Company’s website and accessible for all 
shareholders. The Board ensures that our shareholders, investors  
and investor community have a strong understanding of our strategy, 
performance and culture.

Earlier this year, the Chairman, together with the Senior Independent 
Director, met several shareholders, to understand their views on governance 
and performance against strategy. At the time of our 2022 AGM, the 
Chairman engaged further with some specific shareholders to understand 
their vote against the 2021 Directors’ remuneration report. It was clear 
that the vote against did not reflect a vote against either the management 
or the Board, but instead was a legacy vote against our 2017 
Remuneration Policy and the subsequent execution of it during 2021.

To ensure all Board members share a good understanding of the views 
of all our shareholders, the Board receives regular updates on the views 
of our shareholders and receives summaries of institutional investor 
comments following meetings on the full year and half year results. 

In the event that shareholders have any concerns, which the normal 
channels of communication through the Chief Executive Officer or 
Chief Financial Officer have failed to resolve or for which such contact 
is inappropriate, our Chairman or Senior Independent Director are 
available to address such concerns. Both make themselves available 
when requested for meetings with shareholders on issues relating to 
the Company’s governance and strategy. 

The Board considers the Annual Report and Financial Statements, 
the AGM and its website to be the primary vehicles for communication 
with private investors. Resolutions at the Company’s AGM are proposed 
on each substantially separate issue and the Company indicates the 
level of proxy voting lodged in respect of each resolution. The AGM 
gives all shareholders who are able to attend (especially private shareholders) 
the opportunity to hear about the general development of the business. 
It also provides an opportunity for shareholders to ask questions of the 
full Board of Directors, including the Chairs of the Audit, Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees. 

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTNomination Committee report

The Board, on the advice of 
the Committee, recommends 
the re‑election of each Director
David Hearn
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Meetings held in 2021/22 

Members of the Committee during the year 
ended 31 October 2022

No. of meetings 
held during tenure 
during the year

Number of 
meetings 
attended

David Hearn (Chair)

Ian Krieger

Claire Balmforth

Gert van de Weerdhof

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

Membership
The Nomination Committee comprises Non-Executive Directors and is 
chaired by David Hearn. On 15 December 2021, Gert van de Weerdhof 
and Claire Balmforth were appointed as members of the Committee 
and on 31 May 2022, Claire Balmforth stepped down from the 
Committee. Other Directors and management are invited to attend 
meetings as appropriate. 

Key objectives
To ensure the Board and executive leadership comprises individuals 
with the necessary skills, knowledge and experience and to ensure 
that the Board is effective in discharging its responsibilities.

Responsibilities
The Board has approved terms of reference for the Nomination 
Committee which are available on the Governance pages of the 
Group’s website, www.safestore.com, within “Governance Documents”. 
These provide the framework for the Committee’s work in the year and 
can be summarised as:

•  assessing the composition of the Board and making 

recommendations on appointments to the Board and senior 
executive succession planning; and 

•  overseeing the performance evaluation of the Board, its Committees 

and individual Directors.

How the Committee operates
The Nomination Committee met as necessary and each meeting had 
full attendance.

Activities of the Committee during the year
Appointment of new Non-Executive Director
In March 2022, the Company announced Claire Balmforth’s intention to 
step down from the Board. Following Claire’s decision, the Committee 
reviewed the Board’s size, skill set and diversity and agreed to undertake 
a search for a new additional Non-Executive Director. Claire agreed to 
remain on the Board until a suitable replacement was found.

Following the successful executive search for Laure Duhot and 
Delphine Mousseau in 2021, the Committee decided to re-engage 
Russell Reynolds Associates to facilitate and advise on the executive 
search for a new Non-Executive Director. 

Russell Reynolds Associates has signed up to the voluntary code 
of conduct on gender diversity and best practice, and is accredited 
under the enhanced code of conduct for executive search firms, 
which specifically acknowledges those firms with a strong track 
record in and promotion of gender diversity in FTSE 350 companies. 
Russell Reynolds Associates has no other connection with the Group 
or any of the Company’s Directors.

The Nomination Committee prepared a job specification and agreed 
a candidate profile for Russell Reynolds Associates to undertake an 
executive search. The Committee also asked Russell Reynolds to revisit 
the shortlisted candidates from the 2021 selection process and have 
regard to both gender and ethnic diversity in its search. Jane Bentall 
emerged from this process and the members of the Committee 
unanimously recommended Jane Bentall to the Board. The Board 
approved Jane’s appointment as a Non-Executive Director on 
18 May 2022. 

Committee composition 
In December 2021, the Committee recommended to the Board that 
Claire Balmforth and Gert van de Weerdhof be appointed as members 
of the Nomination Committee and that Laure Duhot and Delphine 
Mousseau be appointed as members of the Audit Committee and 
Remuneration Committee respectively.

Following Claire’s decision to step down as a Non-Executive Director, 
as a member of the Committee and as Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, the Committee recommended to the Board that Laure 
Duhot step down as a member of the Audit Committee and be 
appointed as Chair of the Remuneration Committee. The Committee 
also recommended that Jane Bentall be appointed as a member of  
the Audit and Remuneration Committees. The Board approved these 
appointments on 18 May 2022, although changes relating to Laure’s 
appointments were effective from 1 June 2022. 

83

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTNomination Committee report continued

Activities of the Committee during the year continued
Committee composition continued
A significant amount of the Committee’s time in 2022 was spent on Board composition; other activities of the Nomination Committee included:

Responsibilities 

Activities 

Board and Committee 
composition

•  Assessed the diversity, skill set and composition of the existing Board and its Committees, following Claire 

Balmforth’s decision to step down as a Non-Executive Director.

•  Oversaw the process for appointing an additional Non-Executive Director.

•  Considered Committee composition and recommended new appointments to each Committee.

•  Considered the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer.

Succession planning

•  Discussed succession planning in respect of both Board members and senior management within the Group.

Board development

•  Reviewed the programme for Non-Executive Director development.

Governance 

•  Reviewed the Group’s culture, values and behaviours.

•  Discussed the remit and role of the Committee and reviewed its terms of reference.

Succession planning
It is a key responsibility of the Committee to advise the Board on succession planning. The Committee ensures that future changes in the 
Board’s membership are anticipated and properly managed and that, in the event of unforeseen changes, management and oversight of the 
Group’s business and long term strategy will not be disrupted. The Committee also addresses continuity in, and development of, the Executive 
Committee below Board level.

Diversity
The Company’s diversity policy recognises the benefit and value of diversity across the Group. We are committed to the creation of an inclusive 
culture where our colleagues reflect the diverse communities we serve and where each person is given the opportunity to contribute and use their 
talents and abilities, experiences and skills to participate in developing sustainable commercial opportunities. The Board recognises that a diverse 
Board, with an appropriate balance through a diverse mix of experience, backgrounds, skills and deep knowledge and insight, is a key driver of an 
effective Board. The Chairman leads the Safestore Board diversity agenda with the aim of continuously improving diversity generally, including, but 
not limited to, the gender balance and ethnic diversity, which ultimately leads to better Board debate and decision. The Board’s diversity policy 
seeks to ensure that diversity in its broadest sense, continues to remain a significant feature of the Board. The Board must continue to provide 
strong leadership at Safestore and therefore continues to appoint only the most appropriate candidates to the Board.

For details of diversity and inclusion as it applies to the Group’s wider workforce and the gender balance of senior managers and direct reports, 
please see page 50.

Board and Committee performance evaluation
The Committee’s performance was reviewed as part of the 2022 externally facilitated Board and Committee evaluation process, which is explained 
on pages 79 and 80. The review found that the Committee functions effectively and should continue to develop succession plans below Board level. 

Directors standing for election and re-election
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, Jane will be subject to election at the Company’s 2023 AGM. In accordance with the 
Code provisions the remaining Directors will stand for re-election at the 2023 AGM. Following the annual Board performance review and the 
outcome of performance reviews of individual Directors, I can confirm that each Director subject to either election or re-election:

•  continues to operate as an effective member of the Board; 

•  remains committed to their roles and have sufficient time available to perform their duties; and

•  has the skills, knowledge and experience that enables them to discharge their duties properly and contribute to the effective operation of 

the Board.

The Board, on the advice of the Committee, recommends the election or the re-election of each Director. Further information on the Directors, 
including their skills and experience, can be found in the Directors’ biographies on pages 76 and 77.

I will be available at the Annual General Meeting to answer any questions on the work of the Nomination Committee. 

David Hearn
Chair of the Nomination Committee
16 January 2023

84

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTAudit Committee report

The Company’s control 
environment remains robust
Ian Krieger
Chair of the Audit Committee

Meetings held in 2021/22 

Members of the Committee during the year 
ended 31 October 2022

No. of meetings
held during tenure
during the year

Number of
 meetings
 attended

Ian Krieger (Chair)

Gert van de Weerdhof

Laure Duhot*

Jane Bentall 

5

5

2

2

5

5

2

2

Membership
The Audit Committee comprises solely independent Non-Executive 
Directors. Laure Duhot joined the Committee on 15 December 2021 
and stepped down on 1 June 2022. Jane Bentall was appointed as a 
member of the Committee on 18 May 2022. The members of the 
Committee have been selected to provide the wide range of financial 
and commercial expertise necessary to fulfil the Committee’s duties 
and responsibilities and I am the Committee’s designated financial 
expert for the purposes of the Code. 

In order to ensure that the Committee continues to have experience 
and knowledge relevant to the sector in which the Company 
operates, all of the Non-Executive Directors receive regular updates 
on business, regulatory, financial reporting and accounting matters. 
The Committee’s performance was reviewed as part of the 2022 
externally facilitated Board evaluation, which is explained on pages 79 
and 80. The review found that the Committee functions effectively and 
that issues are dealt with in a thoughtful, clear and rigorous manner.

Key objectives
The provision of effective governance over the appropriateness of the 
Company’s financial reporting, the performance of both the store 
assurance arrangements and the external auditor and oversight over 
the Company’s system of internal control. 

Responsibilities
The Board has approved terms of reference for the Audit Committee, 
which are available on the Governance pages of the Group’s website, 
www.safestore.com, within “Governance Documents”. These provide 
the framework for the Committee’s work in the year and can be 
summarised as providing oversight of the:

•  appropriateness of the Company’s external financial reporting;

•  relationship with, and performance of, the external auditor;

•  Group’s store assurance arrangements and the risk management 

framework; and

•  Group’s internal control framework.

How the Committee operates
The Audit Committee met five times during the year, and has an 
agenda linked to the events in the Group’s financial calendar. In 
addition to the Committee members, the following individuals attend 
by invitation:

•  the Chief Financial Officer and the Group Financial Controller;

•  the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer;

•  other senior managers, as appropriate, including those responsible 

for IT security and risk management; 

•  the audit partner, directors and senior managers from Deloitte; and

•  the valuation team from the Company’s property valuers, Cushman 

& Wakefield.

This year, during two Audit Committee meetings, the Committee met 
separately with Deloitte without any other member of management 
being present.

85

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTAudit Committee report continued

Main activities of the Committee during the year
A summary of the Audit Committee’s main activities during the year included the following items:

Responsibilities

The Audit Committee has:

Financial reporting

•  reviewed the Annual Report and Financial Statements and that, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and 

understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy;

•  assessed and concluded on the Group’s viability statement and the appropriateness of adopting the going 

concern basis of accounting for the full and half year financial results;

•  reviewed the significant issues and material judgements which were made in preparing the 2022 half year 

results and the Annual Report and Financial Statements;

•  considered and agreed the approach for performing the valuations of investment properties for the Annual 

Report and Financial Statements and interim results;

•  challenged the valuers findings and judgements in relation to the property valuation;

•  reviewed the integrity of the financial statements and announcements relating to the financial performance and 

governance of the Group at year end and half year; 

•  reviewed the principal judgemental accounting matters affecting the Group based on reports from both the 

Group’s management and the external auditor; 

•  challenged the technical provisions relating to the accounting for share-based payments under IFRS 2, 

including disclosure and narrative, and considered the significance of the share-based payments charge 
on this year’s financial statements; and 

•  considered alternative performance measures, not defined under IFRS or “non-GAAP” measures, ensuring 

consistency with how management measures and judges the Group’s financial performance.

External auditor

•  reviewed and approved the audit plan with the external auditor, and that it was appropriate for the Group, 

including in respect of scope and materiality and aligned to the key risks of the business;

•  considered external audit effectiveness, independence and re-appointment;

•  challenged the auditor’s findings and judgements in relation to the property valuation;

•  approved auditor remuneration; and

•  considered the requirement to tender for audit services, in line with the Statutory Services for Large Companies 
Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Responsibilities) Order 2014.

Internal audit 
arrangements

•  reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and disclosures made in the Annual Report and 

Financial Statements;

•  challenged the effectiveness of the Group’s store audit arrangements; and

•  assessed the effectiveness and independence of the store assurance team and considered whether there was 

a need for the Company to establish a broader internal audit function.

Governance and risk

•  monitored the adequacy and the effectiveness of the Group’s ongoing risk management systems and 

processes, through risk and assurance plans and reports, including:

•  store assurance audit reports;

•  internal financial control assessments;

•  fraud and loss prevention reports; and

•  operational risk updates, including IT security, health and safety and customer complaints; 

•  reviewed the Company’s anti-corruption and bribery (statement and policy) and whistleblowing (‘Speak Out’) 

policy and procedures;

•  monitored the effectiveness of the Company’s information security and business continuity arrangements; and

•  reviewed the Company’s REIT compliance and tax strategy.

86

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTAppropriateness of the Company’s external 
financial reporting
Financial reporting and significant financial judgements
The Committee assessed whether suitable accounting policies had 
been adopted and whether management had made appropriate 
estimates and judgements. The Committee reviewed accounting 
papers prepared by management which provided details on the main 
financial reporting judgements. 

The Audit Committee reviewed the assumptions associated with the 
accounting for share-based payments to ensure that they were 
accurately measured and disclosed appropriately in the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS 2 “Share-based 
Payments”, with particular focus on the assessment of the performance 
conditions under which the share-based payments vest.

The Committee also reviewed reports by the external auditor on the  
full year and half year results which highlighted any issues with respect 
to the work undertaken on the year end audit and half year review.

The Committee paid particular attention to matters it considered 
important by virtue of their impact on the Group’s results and 
remuneration, and particularly those which involved a high level of 
complexity, judgement or estimation by management.

The Committee has concluded that there were not significant levels  
of judgements included in the financial statements, other than for the 
property valuation as described below.

Property valuations
The key area of judgement that the Committee considered in reviewing 
the financial statements was the valuation of the investment property 
portfolio. Whilst this is conducted by independent external valuers, it 
is one of the key components of the financial results and is inherently 
complex and subject to a high degree of judgement and estimation. 
As well as detailed management procedures and reviews of the process, 
the Committee met the Group’s valuers to discuss the valuations, 
review the key judgements and discuss whether there were any 
significant disagreements with management. This year the Committee 
reviewed and challenged the valuers on the cap rates, rental growth 
assumptions and stabilised occupancy levels, and also the considerations 
made around the macro-economic and inflationary environment, in 
order to agree the appropriateness of the assumptions adopted. The 
Committee also challenged the valuers and satisfied itself on their 
independence, their quality control processes (including peer partner 
review) and qualifications to carry out the valuations. Management  
also has processes in place to review the external valuations. In 
addition, the external auditor uses valuation experts to conduct a 
detailed review of the key assumptions that underpin the investment 
property valuations and reports their findings to the Committee. 

A more detailed explanation of the background, methodology and 
judgements that are adopted in the valuation of the investment 
properties is set out in note 13 to the financial statements.

Financial statements
The Committee considered and was satisfied with management’s 
presentation of the financial statements.

Management confirmed to the Committee that it was not aware of any 
material misstatements and the auditor confirmed that it had found 
no material misstatements during the course of its work. 

The Committee is satisfied that the judgements and estimates made 
by management are reasonable and that appropriate disclosures have 
been included in the financial results. After reviewing the reports from 
management and following its discussions with the valuers and 

auditor, the Committee is satisfied that the financial statements 
appropriately address the critical judgements and key estimates, both 
in respect of the amounts reported and the disclosures. The Committee 
is also satisfied that the processes used for determining the value of  
the assets and liabilities have been appropriately reviewed and challenged 
and are sufficiently robust.

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment
At the request of the Board, the Committee also considered whether 
the Annual Report and Financial Statements was fair, balanced and 
understandable and whether it provided the necessary information for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model 
and strategy. 

The Committee has advised the Board that in its view, taken as a 
whole, the Annual Report and Financial Statements is fair, balanced 
and understandable. In reaching this conclusion, the Committee 
considered the overall review and confirmation process around the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements, going concern and viability.

The Committee was provided with, and commented on, a draft copy 
of the Annual Report and Financial Statements. In carrying out the 
above processes, key considerations included ensuring that there was 
consistency between the financial results and the narrative provided  
in the front half of the Annual Report. The Committee is satisfied that 
alternative performance measures, not defined under IFRS or “non-GAAP” 
measures, are consistent with how management measures and judges 
the Group’s financial performance.

Going concern and viability statement
The Committee has reviewed the Group’s assessment of viability over 
a period of three years. The Committee’s approach in assessing going 
concern and the viability statement is set out on page 44. 

Relationship with, and performance of, 
the external auditor
Annual auditor assessment 
During the year, the Committee conducted a review of the 
effectiveness of the external audit process and the audit quality.

In considering the effectiveness of the external audit, the Committee 
considered:

•  the arrangements for ensuring the external auditor’s independence 

and objectivity;

•  the quality of the audit team and their expertise;

•  the quality and scope of the audit plan and reporting;

•  the quality of the formal audit report to shareholders;

•  the robustness and perceptiveness of the auditor in its handling  

of the key accounting and audit judgements; and

•  the content of the external auditor’s comments on control 

improvement recommendations.

The Committee also sought the views of key members of the finance 
team, senior management and Directors on the audit process and 
the quality and experience of the audit partner engaged in the audit. 
Their feedback confirmed that the auditor continues to perform well 
and provide an appropriate level of challenge to management. 

It is standard practice for the external auditor to meet privately with 
the Audit Committee, without any member of management or the 
Executive Directors being present, at least once a year.

87

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRe-appointment of auditor
In reviewing the effectiveness, independence, objectivity and expertise 
of the external auditor, the Audit Committee has concluded that overall 
Deloitte has carried out the audit effectively and efficiently and recommended 
to the Board that the auditor be proposed for re-appointment as external 
auditor for 2023.

Resolutions to re-appoint Deloitte as auditor and to authorise the 
Directors to agree its remuneration will be put to shareholders at 
the Annual General Meeting that will take place on Wednesday 
15 March 2023.

Group’s risk management and internal 
control framework
The Board, as a whole, including the Audit Committee members, 
considered whether the nature and extent of Safestore’s risk management 
framework and risk profile were acceptable in order to achieve the 
Company’s strategic objectives. As a result, the Committee considered 
that the Board has fulfilled its obligations under the Code.

Safestore’s internal controls, along with its design and operating 
effectiveness, remain a key priority for the Group and are subject to 
ongoing monitoring by the Audit Committee through reports received 
from management, along with those from the external auditor. The 
Committee, together with management, has continued to maintain 
its comprehensive review of the controls across the business. The 
Committee is satisfied that the Company’s control environment remains 
robust. The risks and uncertainties facing the Group, and its internal 
control processes are considered in the strategic report on pages 37 
to 42 and on pages 81 to 82.

Internal audit
The Audit Committee has oversight responsibilities for the store 
assurance team, which is responsible for reviewing operational and 
financial controls at store level, which effectively carries out an internal 
audit role for the Group’s stores. The Committee has also reviewed an 
analysis of how the key risks in the business are mitigated by existing 
controls and has reviewed the Group’s risk management framework. 
The Committee considers that this provides a robust internal audit 
assessment for the Group. However, given the increasing expansion of 
the Group’s geographical presence, it has determined that value would 
be added through the establishment of a new internal audit function. 

I will be available at the Annual General Meeting to answer any 
questions on the work of the Audit Committee.

Ian Krieger
Chair of the Audit Committee
16 January 2023

Audit Committee report continued

Relationship with, and performance of, 
the external auditor continued
External auditor objectivity, independence and non-audit work
The Audit Committee’s terms of reference set out that it is responsible 
for the formal policy on the award of non-audit work to the auditor. 
The Committee has formalised procedures for the approval of 
non-audit services which stipulate the services for which the auditor 
will not be used. The policy also stipulates projects where the auditor 
may be used subject to certain conditions and pre-approval requirements. 
In order to preserve auditor objectivity and independence, the external 
auditor is not asked to carry out non-audit work. A report of all audit 
and non-audit fees payable to the external auditor is provided to the 
Committee at each meeting, including both actual fees for the year 
to date and a forecast for the full year, analysed by project and into 
pre-defined categories. In the current financial year, Deloitte LLP provided 
non-audit services, amounting to £4,000 covering covenant compliance 
work, for the Company’s lenders. It was determined that the nature of 
the work would not impact auditor objectivity and independence given 
the safeguards in place.

It is the Committee’s policy to ensure that there is audit partner rotation 
every five years to safeguard the external auditor’s independence and 
objectivity. Deloitte was appointed as external auditor to conduct the 
audit for the 2014 financial year. The first lead audit partner retired 
following the 2017 audit and Darren Longley was appointed as the new 
lead audit partner with effect from 1 May 2018 and has completed his 
fifth year in office. A new lead audit partner will be appointed for the 
2023 audit. 

The auditor is asked on an annual basis to articulate the steps that it 
has taken to ensure objectivity and independence, including where the 
auditor provides non-audit services. As part of the 2022 audit, Deloitte 
confirmed that it was independent within the meaning of applicable 
regulatory and professional requirements. Taking this into account 
and having considered the steps taken by Deloitte to preserve its 
independence, the Committee concluded that Deloitte’s independence 
had not been compromised notwithstanding the level of non-audit 
fees incurred during the year.

Audit tendering
Deloitte was appointed by shareholders as the Group’s statutory 
auditor in 2014 following a formal tender process. There are no 
contractual obligations that restrict the choice of external auditor. It is 
a requirement of the Statutory Services for Large Companies Market 
Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and 
Audit Responsibilities) Order 2014 (the “Order”):

•  to formally tender for audit services every ten years;

•  to rotate the partner every five years; and

•  if a competitive tender process has not been completed for five 

consecutive financial years, that the Company states when it intends 
to complete such a tender process. 

The Order became effective for financial years beginning on or after 
1 January 2015 and applies to the Company with effect from the financial 
year ended 31 October 2016. To comply with the Order the Company 
intends to conduct a formal tender process for audit services during the 
financial year ending 2024. The Committee considers this timing to be in 
the best interests of the Company, as it allows for a new lead audit 
partner to be appointed (in accordance with the Order) and conduct 
a full year audit ahead of the formal audit tender process. 

88

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report
for the year ended 31 October 2022

The Company has continued to deliver 
excellent financial and operating 
performance during 2021/22
Laure Duhot 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

2020 LTIP
EPS growth targets have been exceeded under the 2020 award. Full 
vesting will be determined based on an assessment of the Company’s 
relative TSR performance in March 2023.

Further details of the business performance and the resulting incentive 
payouts are set out within this annual statement.

2023 Policy
The Committee commenced a remuneration review during 2022 to 
determine the guiding principles and design of the proposed Policy to 
be presented for shareholder vote during 2023. This is an important 
exercise and the committee is now in the process of determining a 
competitive package to retain a management team whose fixed 
compensation is significantly below its peers. At the date of drafting 
this report, the Committee is still in discussions around the details of the 
new Policy. As a result, the new Policy will be presented for shareholder 
approval during the 2023 financial year, i.e. before 31 October 2023 
at a General Meeting, in line with the relevant regulations. 

In undertaking its review, the Committee concluded that the positioning 
of the current remuneration packages, being significantly below 
Safestore’s peers in terms of quantum and which in fact places the 
CEO in the lower quartile of the FTSE 250, is not in the best interests of 
all stakeholders. It also noted that the 2017 LTIP had now vested and 
paid out in full. Therefore, changes to the LTIP are likely to be proposed 
as part of the new Policy, although the Committee is keen that the LTIP 
structure should continue to be aligned with standard market practice in 
terms of vesting profiles and be subject to the achievement of stretching 
performance targets. On this basis, LTIP awards will be delayed until 
shareholder approval of the new Policy has been gained.

I look forward to engaging with you and hearing your feedback on 
proposals during 2023 and hope that shareholders will support our 
new Policy at the General Meeting to be held in 2023.

Part A: annual statement
Dear shareholder
As the recently appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
(the “Committee”), on behalf of the Committee, I am pleased to 
provide an overview of our work in relation to both Director and 
wider workforce remuneration for the year ended 31 October 2022. 

Firstly, I would like to take this opportunity to draw your attention to 
the two key matters in this report: 

•  the 2017 LTIP vesting and the Board’s shareholder engagement; and

•  the Committee’s approach to the 2023 Directors’ Remuneration 

Policy (the “Policy”).

2017 LTIP vesting and incentive payouts 
during the year
The Committee is delighted that Safestore has delivered exceptional 
performance this year which is reflected in the achievement of another 
solid set of financial results for the year ended 31 October 2022. This 
is testament to the excellent performance of the management team 
and all colleagues who have delivered strong performance against 
our business goals. 

Annual bonus 
In relation to the annual bonus, financial and strategic/operational 
targets have been significantly exceeded leading to maximum payout. 

2017 LTIP
As highlighted in last year’s report, the Committee measured the 
Company’s EPS growth over the five-year period ending on 
31 October 2021 and disclosed the value of this element in the single 
figure table, which accounted for two-thirds of the award. However, 
final vesting could only be determined after taking into account the 
relative TSR element which accounts for the remaining one-third of the 
award. The Committee is pleased to confirm that TSR targets have 
been significantly exceeded, even considering the material fall in share 
prices in the real estate sector during 2022, resulting in full vesting of 
the awards. The Committee noted the significant vote against the 2021 
annual report on remuneration. We understand from our engagement 
with major investors that the main reason for the voting outcome on 
our 2021 Directors remuneration report was that some shareholders 
who voted against the 2017 remuneration policy at its inception have 
a policy to vote against all future remuneration reports that reflect their 
subsequent execution and therefore this is unlikely to change for 2022. 
However, the Committee is of the view that the remuneration earned 
this year reflects the Company’s excellent performance over a sustained 
period and that this is consistent with the views of our shareholders, 
many of whom fully accepted that the 2017 LTIP awards reflected the 
outstanding value created for all shareholders which has been of significant 
benefit to all our stakeholders.

89

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

•  reviewed the gender pay gap analysis results and signed off actions;

•  reviewed and approved the Directors’ remuneration report for 

2021/22; and

•  reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference.

Planned activities for 2023
We set out below the activities which the Committee expects to 
undertake next year:

•  engaging with investors in relation to the new Policy, refining and 
finalising proposals in light of feedback received, and presenting  
the Policy for approval by shareholders at a General Meeting to be 
held in 2023;

•  implementing the new Policy, on the basis it is approved by 

shareholders;

•  our normal oversight of the annual remuneration cycle including 

approving Company-wide salary increases, approving the annual 
bonus and LTIP targets for 2023, measuring performance against 
the bonus targets and determining the vesting outcomes of the 
relative TSR element of the 2020 LTIP award and the EPS element  
of the 2021 LTIP award;

•  review of Executive Director and senior manager salaries; and

•  review of wider workforce pay policies and practices and feedback 

from the workforce panel.

Remuneration outcomes for 2022
How we have performed in 2022
It has been another strong year for Safestore, and we are proud of 
everything the Executive and wider team has achieved. We exceeded 
both our own and investor expectations and this is reflected in our 2022 
performance outcomes. Highlights for 2022 performance include:

•  Group revenue up 13.8% to £212.5 million;

•  Underlying EBITDA up 14.5% to £135.1 million;

•  Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share up 17.3% to 47.5 pence 
resulting in 66.7% growth over the three years to 31 October 2022;

•  proposed total dividend in respect of the year to 31 October 2022 

up 18.7% to 29.8 pence per share;

•  expansion of the property pipeline to over 1.4m sq ft of MLA through 

securing a combination of freehold and leasehold sites; 

•  Group occupancy at 31 October 2022 stood at 82.1%, down  
2.4ppts on 2021, and total occupancy was 6.317m sq ft, up 
7.4% on 2021;

•  strong contribution from our recently acquired Benelux business  

of seven months’ revenue of €5.9 million; 

•  continued progress made in relation to sustainability including 
further reductions in our emissions and exceeding our target 
whereby 98.5% of construction waste is diverted away from 
landfill; and

•  maintained EPRA Silver award status.

Part A: annual statement continued
Overview of business performance 
As set out in this Annual Report, the Board is proud of Safestore’s 
achievements this year, with excellent business performance, driven by 
strong revenue growth in the UK market, strong performances in our 
Parisian and Spanish businesses, and seven months’ contribution 
from our recently acquired Benelux business. Our new store pipeline 
represents c.18% of our existing portfolio’s MLA, which we anticipate 
will continue to grow. Our strong and flexible balance sheet has 
significant funding capacity, allowing us to continue to consider 
strategic, value-accretive investments as and when they arise. We have 
delivered a strong occupancy performance over recent years and, after 
a significant level of acquisition and development activity over the last 
six years, we still have 1.4m sq ft of fully invested currently unlet space 
in our UK, Paris, Spain and Benelux markets in addition to 1.4m sq ft 
of pipeline space. Our most significant upside opportunity is from filling 
this space at optimised rates and that remains our priority. 

The consequence of the above is that we achieved another record set 
of financial results, significantly ahead of budget, and can continue 
with our progressive dividend policy. The business has demonstrated 
its inherent resilience which, alongside our recent excellent results and 
current trading, allows the Board to look forward with confidence.

Over the past year, our priority has continued to be the health and 
wellbeing of our colleagues and our customers. We are exceptionally 
proud that our commitment to colleagues was recognised externally 
last year by the award of the prestigious Investors in People (“IIP”) 
Platinum accreditation. I was also particularly pleased that the number 
of hours spent on training across the business has increased following 
the removal of Covid-restrictions.

The Company continues to increase base salaries for all colleagues 
and Board Directors. I am pleased to report that an average increase 
of 6.9% was provided to colleagues during 2022. In addition, to show 
our appreciation for the commitment and resilience of all our colleagues 
we made exceptional payments totalling £1,000 to every colleague: 
£500 in December 2021 as a thank you for their contribution during 
the pandemic; and a further £500 cost of living payment in October 
2022 to ease financial hardship.

Committee activities in 2022
Despite taking the decision to postpone the Policy renewal, a 
significant amount of the Committee’s time in 2022 was spent 
undertaking a remuneration review to support the design of the 
new Policy. In addition, we also did the following:

•  proactively responded to the 72% votes in favour of the 2021 

remuneration report as set out above;

•  considered wider workforce pay policies and practices and 

feedback from the workforce panel;

•  approved the salary increase for Executive Directors and senior 

managers alongside the wider workforce salary budget;

•  review Chairman fees to reflect market competitive levels and 

time commitment;

•  agreed annual bonus targets for 2022;

•  reviewed and approved the 2022 LTIP grant and the associated 

performance conditions;

•  discussed and approved Executive Director and senior manager 

remuneration outcomes for 2022 including measuring the 
performance outcomes of the relative TSR element of the 2017 LTIP 
award and the EPS element of the 2020 LTIP;

90

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTThe results for 2022 are a continuation of the strong performance of the business since 2013, when the current team took over the management 
of Safestore. Like many companies in the real estate sector, our share price has fallen since the start of 2022; however, £100 invested in 
Safestore in September 2013 would still be worth about £845 as at 31 October 2022, taking account of share price growth and reinvested 
dividends. This represents outperformance against key competitors and industry benchmarks as shown below.

3
1
0
2
/
9
0
/
1
0
t
a

0
0
1

o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r

R
S
T

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

01/09/2013

01/09/2014

01/09/2015

01/09/2016

01/09/2017

01/09/2018

01/09/2019

01/09/2020

01/09/2021

01/09/2022

  Safestore 

  FTSE 250 

  FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate 

  Big Yellow 

  Lok’nStore

Base salary increases
The Committee determined, as part of the annual pay review, to increase the Executive Directors’ salaries by 3% from 1 May 2022 resulting in 
salaries of £454,578 and £323,887 for the CEO and CFO respectively. This increase was in line with that provided to senior management, but 
significantly below that of the average for the general workforce (6.9%).

Pension
Executive Directors’ pension contribution rates continue to be aligned with the average workforce rate of 4.1% of salary. 

Annual bonus outcome
Targets for the 2022 annual bonus set by the Committee were based on adjusted EBITDA (two-thirds) and strategic/operational measures 
(one-third) with a maximum opportunity of 150% of salary. The Committee confirms that no performance target has been adjusted in the year  
for any reason. 

Notwithstanding the challenging targets and the tough operating environment, the adjusted EBITDA measure was achieved in full as the adjusted 
EBITDA (adjusted for budgeted exchange rates) of £134.9 million exceeded the maximum EBITDA target of £126.8 million.

The Committee also assessed that 100% of maximum for the strategic/operational measures would pay out reflecting the strong strategic 
progress made during 2022 (full details of this assessment are set out on pages 106 to 109.

In total, the overall bonus payout was 100% of maximum and 150% of salary for both Executive Directors, versus a maximum opportunity of 
150% of base salary. In line with Policy, 100% of salary will be paid in cash and 50% of salary will be deferred into shares on a net of tax basis.

91

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part A: annual statement continued
Remuneration outcomes for 2022 continued
Annual bonus outcome continued
In determining the payouts under the annual bonus plan for the 
Executive Directors, the Committee has been mindful not only of the 
formulaic outcome against the targets set, but also of the underlying 
performance of the business. Specifically, the Committee took account 
of the following factors:

•  The Company achieved another outstanding set of financial results 

with substantial year-on-year growth in all its financial KPIs.

•  The Company paid its final dividend for 2021 to shareholders. 

The full year dividend for the year ended 31 October 2022 increased 
by 18.7% from 25.1 pence to 29.8 pence.

•  The Company-wide bonus pool has increased by 8.8%, including 

the £500 cost of living payment in October 2022 to ease 
financial hardship.

On this basis, the Committee felt comfortable that the formulaic bonus 
outcome reflected the individual Executive Director and Company 
performance. As a result, the Committee determined that no overriding 
discretion will be applied to the bonus outcome. The Committee noted 
that, in recent months, Safestore’s share price has fallen, but that corporate 
performance continues to be excellent, and the value of its real estate 
portfolio remains stable.

Long Term Incentive Plans
2017 LTIP – Relative TSR element performance measurement
The five-year performance period of the relative TSR element of the 
2017 LTIP ended on 28 September 2022; relative TSR performance 
accounts for one-third of the award with 50% of the element measured 
against the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index excluding Investment 
Trusts and the remaining 50% is measured against the FTSE 350 
Supersector Real Estate Index. 

Safestore’s TSR growth was 189.2% over the five-year performance 
period to 28 September 2022 and was significantly in excess of the upper 
quartile of both peer groups (32.8% and 54.2% for the FTSE 250 Index 
excluding Investment Trusts and FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate 
Index respectively), which equates to maximum vesting. Given that the 
Committee confirmed that the Cash on Cash Return underpin had been 
satisfied as at 31 October 2021, the performance targets under the 
relative TSR element were met in full. Therefore, taking account of the 
EPS element which represented two-thirds of the award, and under 
which 100% of the awards were earned in the year ended 31 October 
2021, the final vesting level for the 2017 LTIP was determined by the 
Committee to be 100%. 

The purpose of the introduction of the 2017 LTIP was to focus 56 
colleagues to drive sustainable growth over a five-year period. The 
Committee believes that the awards which vested in September 2022 
for the Executive Directors and their colleagues are commensurate 
with the corporate success of the Company achieved over this period 
as follows: 

•  The Company’s financial success has flowed through to shareholder 
returns such that since the start of the EPS performance period on 
1 November 2016 the Company’s market capitalisation has increased 
by £1.162 billion, with £229 million of dividend payments made.

•  The successful execution of strategy has created a unique business 
model that combines advanced digital marketing and pricing analytics, 
a well-located portfolio with extensive pipeline, and a focus on store 
team sales skills.

•  The management team has successfully built a larger and more 

diversified business, expanding operations into Spain and Benelux, 
and ensuring that all parts of the Company are run in a 
sustainable manner.

•  Financial success has been achieved in parallel with the Company 
receiving several accolades in relation to its colleague initiatives, 
ESG performance, and consistently outstanding customer 
feedback scores.

On this basis, a further 666,667 and 446,667 shares vested for the CEO 
and CFO in respect of the relative TSR element, meaning that in total 2 
million shares for the CEO and 1.34 million shares for the CFO vested 
under the 2017 LTIP and became exercisable on 29 September 2022.  
The Executive Directors also became entitled to dividend equivalents 
on these shares when they vested based on the value of dividends 
paid between the grant and vesting dates of the award. The share 
price at the date of vesting was £7.94, representing an increase of  
82% since the date of grant. The value of the shares vesting under  
the relative TSR element and the associated dividend equivalents has 
been included in the single figure of remuneration table for the year 
ended 31 October 2022. The value of the awards vested under the 
EPS element of the 2017 LTIP included in the single figure of remuneration 
table for the year ended 31 October 2021 has been restated to include 
the actual dividend equivalents paid between the grant date and the 
vest date and the share price on vesting. 

I am delighted that the wider team of 56 colleagues who participated 
in the 2017 LTIP will also benefit from the awards in line with their 
exceptional performance. 

2020 LTIP – EPS and Relative TSR element 
performance measurement 
The performance period of the EPS element of the 2020 LTIP ended 
on 31 October 2022; EPS performance accounts for two-thirds of the 
award. On that basis, the Committee measured the Company’s EPS 
growth and Cash on Cash Return in relation to the underpin over the 
three-year performance period. Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS increased 
by 18.6% p.a., significantly ahead of the 8% p.a. growth required for 
maximum vesting. The average Cash on Cash Return over the same 
period was 11.9% which also exceeded the 8% underpin target 
resulting in 100% of the awards being earned under the EPS element 
of the 2020 LTIP. 

The final vesting level for the 2020 LTIP will not be determined by the 
Committee until the vesting date of 18 March 2023, with the balance 
of awards subject to the Company’s relative TSR performance 
measured over the three-year period ending on 17 March 2023. As at 
31 October 2022, Safestore’s TSR growth is in excess of the upper 
quartile of both the FTSE 250 excluding Investment Trusts and FTSE 350 
Supersector Real Estate Index peer groups which would equate to 
maximum vesting. Therefore, the Committee confirms that it expects the 
awards to vest in full and will consider whether the formulaic outcome 
is in line with underlying Company performance at the vesting date.

The value of the 2020 LTIP awards expected to vest in March 2023, 
plus an estimate of the value of dividend equivalents accrued to  
31 October 2022, has been included in the single figure of remuneration 
table for 2022 on the basis that the relative TSR performance period 
has been substantially completed. 

Annual bonus deferred shares
Deferred bonus award nil-cost options granted in respect of annual 
bonus earned in the year to 31 October 2019 under our previous 
remuneration policy vested on 1 November 2021. This amounted to 
22,982 nil-cost options for the CEO and 16,375 nil-cost options for 
the CFO, including dividend equivalents. 

92

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORT2022 LTIP grant
The Committee made a grant of nil-cost option awards under the 2020 
LTIP on 25 January 2022. In line with Policy the awards had a face 
value of 200% of base salary, vesting over three years subject to 
Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share growth (two-thirds of the 
weighting) and relative TSR (one-third of the weighting) performance 
criteria, together with a Cash on Cash Return underpin. The awards 
were also subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period. The 
Committee will have overriding discretion to change the formulaic 
outcome (both downwards and upwards) if it is out of line with the 
underlying performance of the Company.

Full details of the performance conditions attached to the awards can 
be found in the annual report on remuneration on pages 111 and 112.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees
The Executive Directors recommended to the Board that Non-Executive 
fees should rise by 3% from 1 May 2022, with base fees increasing to 
£57,680 and Committee Chair fees increasing to £10,815. The Chairman’s 
fee has been increased by 18.6% to £220,000. The Committee deemed 
this level of increase necessary given that the fee was significantly below 
market competitive levels and was not reflective of the significant time 
commitment required for the role. The fee remains below the median 
Chairman fee of both the FTSE 250 and FTSE 350 Supersector Real 
Estate Index peer groups and is now positioned in a consistent manner 
with our other non-executive fees. 

Wider workforce pay
Safestore’s pay principles were reviewed during the year and continue 
to set out a framework for making decisions on colleagues’ pay. Reward 
packages consist of a combination of fixed and variable elements, 
including base pay, a pay-for-skills model, performance related pay, 
bonus and pension. In the UK, we also operate an annual all-colleague 
share plan to foster the culture of ownership, reflecting our remuneration 
principles by rewarding colleagues for the successful execution of 
strategy over a multi-year horizon. We are delighted that many UK 
colleagues are enrolled in our Sharesave plan, with 48% participating 
in our most recent scheme.

The Committee receives remuneration information from across the 
Group regarding annual salary reviews, bonus, gender pay gap and 
CEO pay ratios, together with the principles that are applied in relation 
to broader incentive schemes, and how these align with culture. We 
recognise that it is critical for our colleagues to feel valued as well as  
to be paid fairly. 

I am pleased that we have continued to invest in our reward offering for 
the wider workforce through a higher average workforce salary increase, 
on average 6.9%, with targeted above market increases for selected 
roles and a £500 cost of living payment to ease financial hardship over 
the winter period. We also introduced our new healthcare cash plan, 
provided by Medicash, providing colleagues with everyday 
reassurance on their health and wellbeing.

Our approach to colleague engagement through our formal workforce 
advisory panel is now fully embedded. Our 15 People Champions 
continue to engage directly with the CEO on a wide range of subjects 
including remuneration. 

In addition, the CEO also ran two virtual town hall sessions where 
colleagues had the opportunity to raise questions, discuss business 
issues and provide feedback. As a result of the aforementioned 
Sharesave plan, a significant portion of colleagues are shareholders 
meaning that they are also able to express their views in the same way 
as other shareholders. Please see the section on our communication 
with colleagues for more information.

Our 2021 median gender pay gap of 5.2% remains significantly below 
the UK average* (15.1%), but we know we still have work to do. Our 
colleague engagement levels show that people enjoy working at Safestore, 
but high retention, particularly in more senior roles, means the pace of 
change is slower than we would like. We would like to see more women 
at Safestore; our aim is to attract 40% female applicants, and we are 
working hard on attracting, retaining and supporting women in our 
workforce. However, in the short term, this does negatively impact our 
gender pay gap and therefore we know we must combine this with 
working hard to support the development of all women at Safestore. 

We have also published our CEO pay ratio for the fourth time in line 
with the reporting regulations. The Committee acknowledges that the 
ratio is significantly higher in 2021 and 2022 versus 2019 and 2020, 
given that the value of the 2017 LTIP EPS element is included in 2021 
and the value of the 2017 LTIP relative TSR element is included in 2022, 
compared to 2019 and 2020 when no long term incentives were earned.

I am also exceptionally proud that we were awarded the prestigious 
Investors in People (“IIP”) Platinum accreditation last year and we 
continue to strive for excellence in this area. 

Note
*  Office for National Statistics, Gender Pay Gap 2021 Dataset, ons.gov.uk.

Summary 
Overall, the Company has continued to deliver excellent performance 
during 2021/22. The Committee believes that the 2022 remuneration 
outcomes are appropriate and reflective of the business performance 
and the wider economic and social context.

We will continue to work on the design of the new Policy to ensure it 
will be fit for purpose for the next three years as it is fundamental to 
helping us achieve continued strong business performance. The new 
Policy will therefore be recommended to shareholders at a General 
Meeting to be held in 2023. We will also be asking shareholders to 
vote in favour of our Directors’ remuneration report at our 2023 AGM; 
I would welcome any feedback or comments on this report or our 
remuneration principles and look forward to receiving any written 
questions ahead of our AGM. You will find details of the conference 
facility and how to submit written questions on our website at  
www.safestore.co.uk/corporate.

The Board would like to thank the shareholders that took part in our 
engagement around the time of the 2022 AGM and values the process, 
feedback and insights it has gained. We will continue to engage with 
shareholders and their representative bodies on remuneration and 
other governance matters, and thank all our shareholders for their 
continued support on remuneration matters. 

I would also like to take this opportunity to thank my predecessor as 
Remuneration Committee Chair, Claire Balmforth, for her leadership 
and for steering the Committee with a strong set of policies and 
practices upon which our decisions can be made.

Finally, I want to recognise that the Company’s performance would 
not be possible without the resilience shown by our colleagues. To all 
colleagues – thank you for your hard work and commitment to making 
Safestore the strong business it remains today. 

Approved by the Board on 16 January 2023 and signed on its 
behalf by:

Laure Duhot 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
16 January 2023

93

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part B: Our remuneration at a glance 
Ahead of the annual report on remuneration, we have summarised below the key elements of our current Policy approved at the AGM held on 
18 March 2020. At the date of drafting this report, the Committee is still in discussions around the details of the new Policy. Despite this, we set 
out below, where possible, a summary of how we intend to implement Policy in 2023. Further details will be included with the full Policy to be 
circulated ahead of the General Meeting later in 2023. We also summarise the key remuneration outcomes for 2022.

Our full Policy can be found on the Safestore website at www.safestore.co.uk. 

Summary of our Directors’ Remuneration Policy and planned implementation of Policy for 2023

Element

Key features of Policy approved at 2020 AGM

Implementation for 2023

Executive Directors

Base salary

Frederic Vecchioli

Andy Jones

Reflects an individual’s responsibilities, experience and role.

Base salary of £454,579. 

Base salary of £323,887.

It is anticipated that salary increases will generally be in line with 
the colleague population.

In certain circumstances the Committee has discretion to make 
appropriate adjustments to salary levels. Such circumstances 
could include where an Executive Director is paid significantly 
below the market rate or there is a change in role or responsibilities. 

(3% increase in May 2022).

(3% increase in May 2022).

The increases were significantly below the average for  
the general workforce (6.9%). Both salaries remain below 
both the FTSE 250 and FTSE 350 Supersector Real 
Estate Index lower quartiles.

Executive Directors will receive a pension cash 
supplement of 4.1% of salary in line with the average 
workforce contribution level.

Benefits in line with Policy.

No planned change to maximum opportunity of 150% 
of salary. 

Performance measures, deferral, their weighting and the 
payout curve are as described in the column to the left.

Specific targets and their achievement, where not 
deemed commercially sensitive, will be disclosed in the 
2023 annual report on remuneration. To be confirmed  
at the time that approval is sought for the new Policy.

As described in the Annual Statement of the Chair of  
the Remuneration Committee on page 89, we are 
undergoing a review of the new Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy. To the extent that there are any changes, these 
are expected to relate to the long term incentive 
arrangements only. 

Benefits 
and pension

Maximum contribution to pension scheme or cash in lieu is 
equal to 10% of salary.

New hires will receive the pension contribution received by the 
majority of the workforce (the average employer contribution 
rate is currently 4.1% of salary).

Market-competitive benefits package provided.

Annual bonus

Maximum award equal to 150% of salary per annum.

Performance measures are two-thirds financial and one-third 
strategic/operational, with a financial underpin ensuring no 
payout for strategic/operational element if financial performance 
is below threshold.

Payout for threshold performance is 20% of maximum and for 
target performance is 50% of maximum.

Any bonus in excess of 100% of salary will be held in shares  
on a net of tax basis (referred to hereinafter as restricted shares). 
The restricted shares will be held by the Executive Directors by 
agreement and are subject to a two-year holding period that 
expires on the second anniversary of the end of the financial 
year in which the bonus was earned. Malus provisions apply 
during the holding period and claw-back provisions apply for 
three years thereafter.

Dividend equivalents are payable on restricted shares.

The Committee will continue to have overriding discretion to 
change formulaic outcomes (both downwards and upwards) if 
they are out of line with underlying performance of the Company.

LTIP

Annual award of nil-cost options of up to 200% of salary.

Vesting period of three years followed by a holding period of 
two years, via an agreement with the Executive (during which 
any vested and exercised awards cannot be sold except for  
tax withholding purposes on exercise).

Two-thirds of award subject to Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings 
per Share growth and one-third subject to relative TSR 
balanced equally against the FTSE 250 (excluding Investment 
Trusts) and the FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index. 8% 
p.a. Cash on Cash Return underpin.

25% vesting for threshold performance increasing on a straight 
line to 100% for maximum performance.

Dividend equivalents are payable on vested shares.

The Committee will have overriding discretion to change 
formulaic outcomes (both downwards and upwards) if they  
are out of line with underlying performance of the Company.

94

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTElement

Key features of Policy approved at 2020 AGM

Implementation for 2023

Executive Directors

Frederic Vecchioli

Andy Jones

Shareholding 
guidelines

Executive Directors are expected to meet the guidelines by 
29 September 2022 (the vesting date of the 2017 LTIP) or five 
years after joining, if later.

Currently 350% of salary for the CEO and CFO, however, 
shareholding guidelines are being reviewed as part of 
the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 

Vested but unexercised awards on a net of tax basis and 
beneficially owned and restricted shares would count towards the 
shareholding guidelines.

These guidelines will continue to apply for two years post cessation 
of employment. For the avoidance of doubt shares beneficially 
owned at the date of adoption (18 March 2020) of the current 
Policy and the 2017 LTIP award will be exempt from this post 
cessation of employment guidelines but all share-based awards 
granted under the current Policy approved by shareholders at the 
2020 AGM would be captured.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

Fees

Non-Executive Directors may receive a base fee and 
additional fees for chairing a Committee or being the 
Senior Independent Director.

The Chairman’s fee: £220,000.

Non-Executive base fee: £57,680.

Committee Chair and SID fee: £10,815.

Non-Executive Director fees were increased below the 
general workforce increase in May 2022.

Following the benchmarking review for the Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees completed in 2021, this year we completed 
a similar benchmarking exercise for the Chairman’s fee.

The Chairman’s fee was increased by 18.6% to £220,000. 
The Committee deemed this level of increase necessary 
given that the fee was significantly below market 
competitive levels and was not reflective of the significant 
time commitment required for the role. The fee remains 
below the median Chairman fee of both the FTSE 250  
and FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index peer groups. 

Executive Directors are eligible to receive payment under any award made prior to the approval and implementation of the current Policy 
summarised in this report including under the existing 2017 LTIP. For the avoidance of doubt, it is noted that the Company will honour any 
commitments entered into that have been disclosed previously to shareholders.

95

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part B: Our remuneration at a glance continued
Business performance and incentive outcomes in 2022

KPI

Measured in

2022 performance

2022 incentive outcome

Underlying EBITDA growth 
in 2022

Adjusted Diluted EPRA 
Earnings per Share growth 
over three years to 
31 October 2022

TSR growth over five years 
to 28 September 2022

Annual bonus

14.5%.

2020 LTIP

66.7%, i.e. 18.6% per annum.

2017 LTIP

Safestore 189.2%.

Upper quartile of:

Optimisation of performance 
of existing portfolio

Annual bonus

Strong and flexible 
capital structure

Annual bonus

Take advantage of 
selective portfolio management 
and expansion opportunities

Annual bonus

ESG

Annual bonus

•  FTSE 250 Index excluding Investment Trusts = 32.8%; and

•  FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index = 54.2%.

As an Investors in People Platinum accredited organisation, our 
focus on our colleagues and culture has enabled us to continue 
to deliver sustainable business performance.

With the removal of Covid-restrictions, the time spent on training 
across the business has increased to over 30,000 hours.

Delivered technical and content improvements to website platforms:

•  finalised migration of all EU websites to one unified web 

platform; and 

•  implemented new Google Analytics (GA4) across all 

Group sites.

Enriched pricing and contracting solutions allowing standardisation 
and improvement across the Group. In addition, completed data 
centre consolidation from five to two Group locations.

The Company’s strong capital structure continued to allow it to 
take advantage of opportunities across the Group in order to 
deliver incremental earnings growth over the longer term.

The Group’s free cash flow (before investing and financing 
activities) increased from £89.5 million to £101.4 million for the 
year ended 31 October 2022.

During Q3, the Group commenced the refinancing of our existing 
Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF’s”) which were due to expire in 
June 2023. The Group completed this refinancing just after year 
end in early November 2022. The previous £250 million Sterling 
and €70 million Euro RCF’s have been replaced with a single 
multi-currency £400 million facility, with a further £100 million 
uncommitted accordion facility, providing further capacity for 
medium term growth. 

Completed EPS accretive acquisition of remaining 80% of equity 
owned by Carlyle in the Benelux Joint Venture Acquired new 
development opportunities in the UK, France, Spain and the 
Netherlands, in addition to opening new stores and completing 
store extensions in various locations.

Continued external recognition of ESG achievements and 
disclosures through the following:

•  EPRA Sustainability BPR Silver Award

•  GRESB Public Disclosure A

•  MSCI ESG ‘AA’

•  Support the Goals – 5*

Developed a strategy setting out our approach to further support 
diversity and inclusion.

Key:

  Threshold or below 

  Threshold to target 

  Target to maximum

96

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTThis resulted in the following incentive outcomes:

•  Based on the performance levels set out above, 100% of maximum was achieved in relation to the EBITDA measure and 100% of maximum 

for the strategic/operational element, noting that the EBITDA threshold financial gateway had been met.

•  The Committee determined that this formulaic outcome was representative of overall performance; as a result, the 2022 annual bonus payout 

for the Executive Directors was 100% of maximum. The factors considered by the Committee are set out on pages 90 to 93 of the 
Remuneration Committee Chair’s annual statement and the annual report on remuneration.

•  In line with the approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy, any bonus payment above 100% of salary will be held in shares for two years on a 

net of tax basis.

•  The performance period of the relative TSR element of the 2017 LTIP, which accounts for one-third of the award, ended on 28 September 
2022. Safestore’s performance in excess of the upper quartile of both peer groups, combined with satisfying the Cash on Cash Return 
underpin, resulted in the performance targets under this element being met in full. Therefore, taking account of the EPS element which also 
fully vested representing two-thirds of the award, the final vesting level for the 2017 LTIP was determined by the Committee to be 100%. 

•  The Committee believes that the awards that vested in September 2022 for the Executive Directors and their colleagues are commensurate 

with the corporate success that the Company achieved over the five-year performance period (as set out on pages 91 and 92 of the 
Remuneration Committee Chair’s annual statement and the annual report on remuneration).

•  The performance period of the EPS element of the 2020 LTIP ended on 31 October 2022 which accounts for two-thirds of the award. Adjusted 
Diluted EPRA EPS increased by 18.6% p.a., significantly ahead of the 8% p.a. growth required for maximum vesting and the average Cash on 
Cash Return over the same period was 11.9% which also exceeded the 8% underpin target. Therefore, the formulaic outcome of this element 
is that 100% of the awards have been earned. 

•  The final vesting outcome for the 2020 LTIP will not be determined by the Committee until the vesting date of 18 March 2023, with the balance 
of awards subject to the Company’s relative TSR performance measured over the three-year period ending on 17 March 2023 being earned. 
As at 31 October 2022, Safestore’s TSR growth is in excess of the upper quartile of both peer groups which would equate to maximum vesting. 
Therefore, the Committee confirms that it expects the awards to vest in full and will consider whether the formulaic outcome is in line with 
underlying Company performance at the vesting date.

•  The Committee is comfortable that the current Policy operated as intended and that the overall 2022 remuneration earned by the Executive 

Directors was appropriate.

Remuneration in the wider context 
Context to our Executive Director remuneration in light of wider workforce considerations: 

•  The wider workforce predominantly has access to competitive bonus arrangements, can participate in all-colleague share plans and/or 

recognition schemes and is eligible to be auto-enrolled into the Safestore Group Personal Pension Plan.

•  The wider workforce pay principles have been reviewed, leading to further increases in salaries and benefits, including an average workforce 

salary increase of 6.9% during the year.

•  Alignment of Executive Director and general workforce pension contributions from May 2021.

•  The Company-wide bonus pool has increased by 8.8%, including a further £500 cost of living payment in October 2022 to ease 

financial hardship.

•  Participation in our SAYE remained well above typical levels at 48%.

•  Following the removal of Covid-restrictions, the wider workforce has benefited from an increase in training hours. 

•  Safestore’s 2021 UK median gender pay gap is 5.2%.

97

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration
The 2022 annual report on remuneration contains the details of how the Company’s Policy was implemented during the financial year ended 
31 October 2022. An advisory resolution to approve this report and the Remuneration Committee Chair’s annual statement will be put to 
shareholders at the 2023 AGM.

Pay fairness 
To attract and retain the highest calibre individuals, we aspire to become the employer of choice within our sector, maintaining a competitive 
reward package that balances fairness to the colleague with the responsible use of shareholders’ funds. 

The colleague value proposition 
We review our pay principles, which set out a framework for making decisions on colleagues’ pay, annually. The aim is to:

•  support the recruitment and retention of high quality colleagues;

•  enable us to recognise and reward colleagues appropriately for their contribution;

•  help to ensure that decisions on pay are managed in a fair, just and transparent way; and

•  create a direct alignment between Company culture and our reward strategy.

As part of our commitment to fairness, we have set out further information about our colleague offering. The various factors which make up our 
colleague value proposition are set out below:

Pay and benefits

•  We pay all our colleagues above the over-23 National Living Wage 

•  Under the 2022 LTIP 70 key colleagues were invited to participate, 

rate, regardless of their age. The average annual salary for our store 
sales colleagues is £23,904, over £4,140 above the current National 
Living Wage for an over-23 year old on a 40-hour contract.

allowing them to share in the success of the Company. The 
performance conditions for below Board-level colleagues are the 
same as those for the Executive Directors.

•  All our sales colleagues are eligible for our performance-based 

monthly bonus scheme and can earn up to 50% of their monthly 
salary. Our Head Office colleagues are eligible to receive a 
discretionary annual bonus, which is calculated against business 
targets and objectives.

•  For 2022, the bonus pool increased by 8.8% and bonus payouts were 
increased for all roles commensurate with Company performance. 

•  Colleagues can join our Sharesave scheme on an annual basis for a 
fixed three-year term. Membership for our 2022 offering was 48% of 
the eligible population.

•  All eligible colleagues are auto-enrolled into the Safestore Group 
Personal Pension Plan provided through Scottish Widows with a 
minimum employer contribution rate of 4% of salary. 

•  Additional benefits include private healthcare cover, healthcare cash 
plan, discounted gym membership, life insurance from day one of 
employment, paid holiday allocation and a Cycle to Work scheme. 

•  Our family friendly policy means we offer new mothers twelve weeks’ 
full pay and new fathers two weeks’ full pay, as well as sending new 
parents a beautiful gift when their child is born.

Working environment

•  Our leadership teams have created an environment where our 
managers and leaders are provided with the skills, tools and, 
crucially, time to dedicate to their teams. This has been achieved 
through maintaining good colleague–manager ratios; for example, 
no Regional Manager oversees more than twelve stores.

•  Our ‘Make the Difference’ people forum, launched in 2018, is a 

formal workforce advisory panel which enables frequent opportunities 
for us to hear and respond to our colleague voice. We drive change 
and continuous improvement in responding to the feedback we 
receive, via our internal communications channels and through our 
network of People Champions. 

•  We have a comprehensive Colleague Assistance Programme where 
our teams can find guidance on coping strategies. They can speak 
to a professional who is ready to support and guide them through 
any concerns they have; in addition, for those who need it, they can 
access up to five counselling sessions.

•  We support a healthy work–life balance through offering a Company 

sick pay scheme and encouraging all team members to take their rest 
breaks. We welcome and consider all requests for flexible working 
and at-home working, where appropriate. 

•  We know our people as individuals, and show respect for each other, 
enabling everyone to have a voice so that they can bring their full, 
unique selves to work. 

•  We are committed to providing an inclusive workplace and 

encouraging and welcoming diversity with a zero tolerance of 
harassment and discrimination. More detail can be found in our 
People Principles document online.

•  Our strong wellbeing foundation has enabled us to develop a strategy 
setting out our approach to further support diversity and inclusion 
at Safestore.

98

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTDevelopment opportunities

•  We have built an environment where it’s natural for us to give regular, 

honest feedback and to coach in the moment. We go beyond 
mandatory training to promote life-enhancing learning where 
everyone can continually evolve.

•  Our Store Manager Development programmes offer the opportunity 
to gain a nationally recognised qualification from either the Institute 
of Leadership & Management (“ILM”) or the Chartered Management 
Institute (“CMI”) utilising the Apprenticeship Levy.

•  In 2022 we invested over 30,000 hours into developing our people. 
From online learning modules to face-to-face sales training, every 
one of our colleagues can take part in structured learning. 

•  We offer health and safety training including first aid, forklift and 

fire safety. 

Recognition

•  We recognise great performance and behaviours through our 

annual appraisal process. 

•  Our values, created by our store teams, are at the heart of 

everything the organisation does.

•  The values are accompanied by a set of behaviours and everyone  

is assessed against these every six months.

•  Our Senior Leadership Development programme ‘LEAD Academy’) 
supports a Level 5 Management and Leadership apprenticeship.

•  Furthermore, we have relaunched our Graduate Programme, with our 
first intake commencing in October 2022, providing an opportunity for 
newly qualified graduates to build their skill set and experience into a 
career with Safestore. 

•  To show our appreciation for the commitment and performance of our 
colleagues, we made exceptional payments totalling £1,000 to every 
colleague: £500 in December 2021 as a thank you for their contribution 
during the pandemic; and a further £500 cost of living payment in 
October 2022 to ease financial hardship.

•  Our annual pay review/bonus schemes are based on individual 

performance ratings. 

•  We also reward our sales consultants for completion of training 

modules through a pay-for-skills approach.

Informing the Committee on the wider workforce
To build the Remuneration Committee’s understanding of reward arrangements applicable to the wider workforce, the Committee is provided 
with data on the remuneration structure for management level tiers below the Executive Directors and pay outcomes for these roles. The 
Committee has also been provided with feedback from the formal workforce advisory panel, in addition to the Investors in People survey, which 
provides further context for the Committee in making decisions on future pay outcomes in line with Policy. The Committee uses this information 
to ensure consistency and fairness of approach throughout the Company in relation to remuneration.

99

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
Pay fairness continued
Alignment with Provision 40 of the Corporate Governance Code and Company strategy
The table below sets out how the current Policy addresses the factors in Provision 40 of the Corporate Governance Code, the objective of which 
is to ensure that the remuneration arrangements operated by the Company are aligned to all stakeholder interests including those of shareholders.

Factor

How this was addressed in the Remuneration Policy

Clarity 
Remuneration arrangements should be transparent and promote 
effective engagement with shareholders and the workforce.

This was addressed through our commitment to full transparency and 
engagement with our shareholders in relation to the Policy.

The Company engages directly with the broader colleague population on 
their remuneration through a variety of methods including the workforce 
advisory panel and town hall events led by the CEO.

Simplicity 
Remuneration structures should avoid complexity and their rationale 
and operation should be easy to understand.

Taking on board shareholder feedback, we reverted to a traditional LTIP 
construct in 2020, which is well understood by shareholders and 
participants alike.

Risk 
Remuneration arrangements should ensure reputational and other 
risks from excessive rewards, and behavioural risks that can arise 
from target-based incentive plans, are identified and mitigated.

Identified risks have been mitigated as follows:

•  deferring an element of bonus into shares and requiring a two-year 

holding period for LTIP share awards helps ensure that the performance 
related awards are sustainable and thereby discourages short term 
behaviours;

•  aligning any reward to the agreed strategy of the Company;

•  reducing the awards or cancelling them through malus and claw-back 

provisions if the behaviours giving rise to the awards are 
inappropriate; and

•  reducing annual bonus or LTIP awards (made under the current 

Policy) or cancelling them, if it appears that the criteria on which the 
awards were based do not reflect the underlying performance of 
the Company.

Predictability 
The range of possible values of rewards to individual Directors and any 
other limits or discretions should be identified and explained at the time 
of approving the Policy.

The Committee undertook external benchmarking of the current Policy 
(see page 92 of the 2021 DRR) which determined that current packages 
would pay out below the median for FTSE 250 companies on a 
reasonable range of performance outcomes.

Proportionality 
The link between individual awards, the delivery of strategy and the long 
term performance of the Company should be clear. Outcomes should 
not reward poor performance.

The Remuneration Policy in the 2019 DRR sets out the potential 
remuneration available in several performance scenarios. 

The Committee is comfortable that the discretions available to it as set 
out in the current Policy are sufficient.

One of the key strengths of the current approach of the Company to 
remuneration is the direct link between strategy and the value received 
by Executive Directors.

Please see the schematic below which sets out in detail the link between 
Company strategy and the performance measures in the current 
incentive arrangements.

Alignment to culture 
Incentive schemes should drive behaviours consistent with Company 
purpose, values and strategy.

The 2020 LTIP rewards long term sustainable performance which is a key 
tenet of the Company’s strategy, purpose and values as set out in our 
Sustainability report on page 46.

100

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTIn line with the proportionality factor from Provision 40 of the Corporate Governance Code set out above, the Committee designed the incentive 
arrangements such that they were closely aligned with Company strategy as set out in the schematic below:

Optimising the trading 
performance of existing portfolio

Maintaining a strong and 
flexible capital structure

Selective portfolio management 
and expansion opportunities

What does success look like?

•  First class digital marketing expertise

•  A capital structure appropriate 

•  Motivated and effective store teams 
benefiting from improved training 
and coaching 

•  Central revenue management 

and cost control

for our business

•  Flexibility to take advantage 

of carefully evaluated development 
and acquisition opportunities

•  Successful store openings

•  Strong pipeline for future openings

•  External recognition of ESG efforts

How do we measure progress against our objectives?

Annual 
bonus

Strategic and 
operational

Financial

•  Independent customer 

service survey

•  People engagement survey results

•  Assessment of online 

marketing enhancement

•  Occupancy management 

enhancement

•  Free cash flow

•  Key capital cover ratios

•  Increased ability to pay dividends

•  Successful store openings 

on time/budget

•  Strong pipeline for future openings

•  Increased portfolio valuation

All feed through to KPI = EBITDA growth

LTIP

•  Continued successful execution of strategy should lead to shareholder value creation measured over three years by  

Adjusted EPRA EPS growth and TSR relative to FTSE 250 and sector peers

101

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
Pay relativities
Internal – CEO pay ratio
Our CEO to colleague pay ratios for 2022 are set out in the table below. We also provide the 2019–2021 data for comparison purposes. 

Financial year Method used

25th percentile pay ratio

50th percentile pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

2019

2020

Option B (gender 
pay gap data)

Option B (gender pay 
gap data)

60:1

55:1

37:1

Total pay and benefits: £19,067

Total pay and benefits: £20,669

Total pay and benefits: £31,278

Salary: £17,197

Salary: £18,175

Salary: £25,029

49:1

41:1

32:1

Total pay and benefits: £22,820

Total pay and benefits: £27,244

Total pay and benefits: £34,857

Salary: £18,500

Salary: £24,240

Salary: £30,852

2021*

Option A

554:1

500:1

365:1

Total pay and benefits: £23,502

Total pay and benefits: £26,019

Total pay and benefits: £35,686

Salary: £19,540

Salary: £19,540

Salary: £28,829

2022

Option A

350:1

313:1

228:1

Total pay and benefits: £24,031

Total pay and benefits: £26,849

Total pay and benefits: £36,939

Salary: £20,300

Salary: £21,100

Salary: £30,556

Note
* 

2021 ratios have been updated in line with the restated CEO single figure of remuneration for 2021.

For 2021 and 2022, the Company has chosen methodology Option A for the calculation, which takes into consideration the full-time equivalent basis of all UK 
employees and provides a representative result of employee pay conditions across the Company. In 2019 and 2020, the Company used methodology option 
B. However, given the guidance by several shareholders that option A is preferred, we updated our methodology to maintain market best practice disclosures. 

The CEO remuneration figure is as shown in the Executive Directors’ remuneration table on page 105. The remuneration figures for the employee 
at each quartile were determined as at 31 October 2022. Each colleague’s pay and benefits were calculated using each element of employee 
remuneration, consistent with the CEO, on a full-time equivalent basis. This therefore included the following elements of pay:

•  base salary;

•  private medical insurance;

•  car/car allowance;

•  fuel allowance;

•  employer pension contribution;

•  annual bonus; 

•  overtime and extra pay; 

•  2017 LTIP relative TSR element and 2020 LTIP; and

•  Sharesave.

No components of pay have been omitted. The following estimates and adjustments were made: 

•  For new joiners, salary and benefits were annualised and bonus was calculated based on average payout for the relevant store.

•  For colleagues on the annual bonus scheme, which pays out in January 2023, awards were estimated based on expected outcomes.

•  Adjustments were made to achieve full-time equivalent rates. 

As our Sales Consultants represent around 50% of our workforce, the 50th percentile employee may vary annually between a Sales Consultant 
and a Store Manager. In 2021 and 2022, the 50th percentile employee was a Sales Consultant, resulting in similar pay and benefits, whereas in 
2020 the 50th percentile employee was a Store Manager, and as a result the total pay and benefits were slightly higher.

The Committee recognises that the increased ratios in 2021 and 2022 result from the CEO’s single figure of remuneration increasing due to the 
inclusion of outcomes from the 2017 LTIP. The 2022 ratio also includes an estimated value for the 2020 LTIP. In 2019 and 2020 no long term 
incentives completed their performance period, so none featured in the comparative figures. Therefore, the pay ratios for 2021 and 2022 do not 
represent the fact that the 2017 LTIP is a one-off award which is measured over a five-year performance period. The Committee notes that the 
75th percentile employee is below the seniority to receive a 2017 or 2020 LTIP award.

The above analysis demonstrates that the ratio is driven by the different structure of our CEO’s pay versus that of our colleagues, as well as the 
composition of our workforce. This ratio varies between businesses even in the same sector. What is important from our perspective is that this 
ratio is influenced only by the differences in structure, and not by divergence in fixed pay between the CEO and the wider workforce.

The Committee considers the 50th percentile pay ratio to be consistent with pay and progression policies for UK colleagues.

102

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTGender pay gap reporting and diversity 
We are committed to providing an inclusive workplace and encouraging and welcoming diversity with a zero tolerance of harassment and 
discrimination. More detail can be found in our People Principles document (online in the Governance section).

Advocating a diverse and inclusive workforce is a key part of our wellbeing strategy. We know our people as individuals, and show respect for 
each other, enabling everyone to have a voice so that they can bring their full, unique selves to work.

At Safestore, men and women are paid equally for doing the same or similar work. Our bonus schemes are open to all job levels and colleagues 
at the same level have the same bonus opportunity.

There has been a slight increase in our 2021 mean (average) gender pay gap. However, we are encouraged by the broader improvements:

•  We have further improved our median gender pay gap by 3ppts.

•  Our median gender pay gap is significantly below the UK average1 of 15.1% at 5.2%.

•  Levels of female representation within the upper pay quartile increased by 1.7ppts.

•  Levels of female representation within the lower pay quartile decreased by 3.3ppts.

•  We have improved our median bonus gap by 14ppts.

This year, we published our first Diversity and Inclusion Strategy, setting out our commitment to a fully inclusive culture. In addition, we obtained 
further insight into our workforce diversity, using this data to inform beneficial action.

Note
1  2020 Office for National Statistics, Gender Pay Gap 2021 Dataset, ons.gov.uk.

Remuneration justification
The Committee is comfortable that the internal and external pay relativity reference points (set out in the 2021 DRR) provide justification that 
the current Policy is appropriate and notes that the new Policy will be presented for shareholder approval later in the 2023 financial year.

The Committee believes that the 2017 LTIP awards which vested for the Executive Directors and their colleagues in 2022 were commensurate 
with the corporate success of the Company achieved over the performance period.

Communication with colleagues
During the year we communicated with colleagues and gathered their feedback in a number of ways as set out below:

Workforce Advisory Panel: As set out in the Committee Chair’s statement, in 2018 the Company established a formal workforce advisory panel 
to facilitate engagement with colleagues. The panel has now been successfully embedded in the business. Our 15 People Champions have 
continued to engage directly with the CEO across a wide range of subjects including remuneration. Appropriate feedback from these sessions 
was presented to the Remuneration Committee, which the Committee considered when determining the remuneration levels for Executive 
Directors in 2022. In addition, over the past few years feedback from the panel has resulted in the Remuneration Committee and Board approving 
colleague benefits such as enhanced Company sick pay, improved healthcare provision, and more frequent opportunities to participate in 
all-colleague share schemes. 

CEO town hall events: The CEO also ran two virtual town hall sessions where colleagues had the opportunity to raise questions, discuss 
business issues, and provide feedback on subjects including remuneration. As part of these events, colleagues were engaged on how the 
Executive Directors’ remuneration policy aligned with the wider Company pay policy.

Colleague survey: Our management team and the workforce advisory panel reviewed the recommendations from our 2021 Investors in People 
colleague survey, establishing improvements made and agreeing further actions with the aim of maintaining our leadership engagement score  
of over 90%.

Communication with shareholders
The table below shows the results of the latest shareholder votes on the Directors’ remuneration report and Policy resolutions:

Votes for

%

Votes against

%

Votes withheld

2020 AGM vote on Remuneration Policy 

167,676,057

97.89

3,615,427

2.11

87,100

2022 AGM vote on annual report on remuneration

129,213,061

72.15

49,876,689

27.85

1,422,562

Following this year’s AGM, the Board acknowledged that whilst we received strong support for the Director’s remuneration report from the 
majority of our shareholders, it was only at 72.15%. The Chairman of the Board and the Senior Independent Director engaged with major 
shareholders around the time of the 2022 AGM to understand the reason for the votes against. They concluded that the main reason was that 
some shareholders who voted against the 2017 remuneration policy at its inception have a policy to vote against all future remuneration reports 
that reflect its subsequent execution. From specific conversations it was clear that their vote against the report did not reflect a vote against either 
the management or the Board and that they fully accept that the payouts reflect the outstanding value creation for all shareholders over the past 
five years which has been of significant benefit to all our stakeholders. 

As set out above, the Committee commenced a remuneration review during 2022 to determine the guiding principles and design of the proposed 
Policy to be presented for shareholder vote during 2023. However, at the date of drafting this report, the Committee is still in discussions around 
the details of the new Policy. Therefore, the new Policy will be presented for shareholder approval in the 2023 financial year, i.e. before 31 October 2023 
at a General Meeting, in line with the relevant regulations.

103

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
Pay relativities continued
Chief Executive Officer and colleague pay
Total shareholder return and Chief Executive Officer pay over the last ten years
The chart shows the performance of a hypothetical investment of £100 in ordinary shares (as measured by the TSR for the Company) against 
the FTSE 250 and FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate indices over a period of ten financial years starting from 31 October 2012 through to 
31 October 2022. The FTSE 250 has been selected as an appropriate comparison index due to Safestore’s ranking within the FTSE in terms 
of market capitalisation. The FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index has been selected as an appropriate comparator group as its major 
sector competitors are constituents of this index. 

The chart also shows the increase in Adjusted Diluted EPRA (“ADE”) Earnings per Share from 31 October 2013 onwards as this figure was not 
calculated by the Company before that date (see right-hand scale).

Total shareholder return and Adjusted Diluted EPRA (“ADE”) Earnings per Share (pence)

1,600

1,500

1,400

1,300

1,200

1,100

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V
R
S
T

50.0

45.0

40.0

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0

)

e
c
n
e
p

(

S
P
E
E
D
A

31/10/2012

31/10/2013

31/10/2014

31/10/2015

31/10/2016

31/10/2017

31/10/2018

31/10/2019

31/10/2020

31/10/2021

31/10/2022

  Safestore Holdings plc 

  FTSE 250 Index 

  FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index 

  ADE EPS

The chart also illustrates that the sustained EPS growth has resulted in significant TSR outperformance which is reflected in the bonus payouts 
and vesting of the long term incentive awards over several years. 

Oct 2013

Oct 2013

Oct 2014

Oct 2015

Oct 2016

Oct 2017

Oct 2018

Oct 2019

Oct 2020

Oct 2021

Oct 2022

Role

Single figure of total 
remuneration (£’000)

Annual bonus 
payout (% of max)

LTIP earned 
(% of max)

P D Gowers 1
CEO

F Vecchioli 2
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

910

359

973

1,224

1,481

1,728

1,719

1,134

1,108

13,020

8,408

70%

70%

76%

100%

100%

82%

81%

91%

100%

100%

100%

—

—

96%

100%

100%

100%

100%

n/a

n/a

100%

100%

Notes
1  Stepped down as Chief Executive Officer on 4 September 2013 and left the Company on 31 October 2013.

2  Appointed as Chief Executive Officer on 4 September 2013.

104

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage change in Executive Director, Non-Executive Director and colleague remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in remuneration of the Directors undertaking the roles of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and Non-Executive Directors, together with average pay of the Company’s colleagues in the listed entity on a full-time equivalent basis.

F Vecchioli (CEO)

A Jones (CFO)
D Hearn (NE Chair)2
I S Krieger (NED)
C Balmforth (NED)3
G van de Weerdhof (NED)4
L Duhot (NED)5
D Mousseau (NED)6
J Bentall (NED)7
Colleague pay

% change from 2021 to 2022

% change from 2020 to 2021

% change from 2019 to 2020

Base salary/
fees

4%

4%

10%

19%

(35%)

14%

n/a

n/a

n/a

6.9%

Benefits8

(3%)

2%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

0%

Annual 
bonus  

Base salary/
fees1 

Benefits

Annual 
bonus

Base salary/
fees 

Benefits

3%

3%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

3%

3%

19%

22%

12%

175%

n/a

n/a

n/a

8.8%

4.2%

0%

0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

0%

5%  

5%  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

1%

1%

n/a

1%

1%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

20%

2.3%

0%

0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

0%

Annual 
bonus

11%

11%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

19%

Notes
1 

 The increases in 2021 to Non-Executive Director fees are a result of the increase to the base fee and Committee chairmanship fees and the Company starting to pay a Senior Independent 
Director fee of £10,500. All increases were effective 1 May 2021.

2  The Chairman was appointed on 1 December 2019 so received a pro-rated fee for 2020.

3  C Balmforth stepped down as an independent Non-Executive Director on 31 May 2022 so received a pro-rated fee for 2022.

4  G van de Weerdhof was appointed on 1 June 2020 so received a pro-rated fee for 2020.

5  L Duhot was appointed as an independent Non-Executive Director on 1 November 2021.

6  D Mousseau was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 November 2021.

7 

J Bentall was appointed as an independent Non-Executive Director on 18 May 2022 so received a pro-rated fee for 2022.

8  F Vecchioli dental insurance for two-twelfths only.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below sets out the overall spend on pay for all colleagues compared with the returns distributed to shareholders. 

Significant distributions1

Colleague costs (£’m)

Distributions to shareholders (£’m)

Notes
1.  The above figures are taken from notes 10 and 26 to the financial statements.

2.  The reduction is due to a lower share-based payment charge in 2022.

2022

38.1

56.9

2021

43.8

42.6

% change

-13% 2
34%

Executive Director remuneration for the year ended 31 October 2022
Single figure remuneration table (audited)
The remuneration of Executive Directors showing the breakdown between components with comparative figures for the prior financial year is 
shown below.

Base salary
£’000

Taxable 
benefits1
£’000

Annual
bonus2
£’000

Long term 
incentives 3,4
£’000

Pension5
£’000

Other6
£’000

F Vecchioli (Chief 
Executive Officer)

A Jones (Chief 
Financial Officer)

2022

2021

2022

2021

448

431

319

307

23

24

19

19

682

662

486

472

7,218 

11,875

4,877 

7,929

18

28

13

20

19

—

19

—

Total
£’000

8,408

13,020

5,733

8,747

Total fixed
remuneration
£’000

Total variable
remuneration
£’000

489

483

351

346

7,919

12,537

5,382

8,401

Notes
1  Taxable benefits comprise a car allowance, private medical and dental insurance.

2  The 2021 and 2022 annual bonus figures include the portion subject to deferral.

3 

4 

5 

 The 2022 figure is the aggregate of the outcomes under the 2017 LTIP relative TSR element and the 2020 LTIP. The 2017 LTIP relative TSR element is valued as at the vesting date, i.e. 
based on the closing share price on 29 September 2022 of £7.94, and includes dividend equivalents of £0.9665 per share accrued from the date of grant to the date of vest. The 2020 
LTIP outcome has been valued based on the three month average share price to 31 October 2022 of £9.81 and includes dividend equivalents accrued from the date of grant to date. 
Please see page 111 for further detail on the amount of the LTIP values attributable to share price appreciation.

 The 2021 figure is the 2017 LTIP EPS element which has been restated. The figure shown has been valued as at the vesting date, i.e. based on the closing share price on 29 September 2022 
of £7.94, and includes dividend equivalents of £0.9665 per share accrued from the date of grant to the date of vest. 

 Until 30 April 2021, the Executive Directors were provided pension payments in the form of a cash allowance of 10% of salary reduced by the associated employer’s National Insurance 
contribution. From 1 May 2021, the pension cash allowance was reduced to 4.1% of salary in line with the average workforce pension contribution. No Executive Directors participate in 
a Group defined benefit or final salary pension scheme.

6 

 The other column refers to maturity of the 2019 (3YR) Sharesave. The value has been calculated as the gain at the maturity date, 1 September 2022, in excess of the 510 pence exercise price.

105

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
Annual bonus outcomes for the financial year ended 31 October 2022 (audited)
For 2022, the Executive Directors had a maximum annual bonus opportunity of 150% of salary. For each Executive Director, the 2022 annual 
bonus determination measures were weighted two-thirds for adjusted EBITDA and one-third for strategic/operational measures. The achievement 
of the strategic/operational measures was assessed by the Remuneration Committee as the financial gateway of outperforming the threshold 
adjusted EBITDA target was met. The table below provides information on the targets for each measure, actual performance and resulting bonus 
payment for each Executive Director:

Measure

Weighting

Threshold
(20% payout)

On target
(50% payout)

Maximum
(100% payout)

% of element

Actual

payable  

Achievement as
% salary

Bonus value

£’000  

Achievement as
% salary

Bonus value
£’000

Performance required 

Actual performance

CEO

CFO 

Adjusted  
EBITDA  
before  
non-recurring 
items1

Strategic/
operational 
measures

Two- 
thirds

£120.6m

£124.4m

£126.8m  

£135.1m

100.0%  

100.0%

455  

100.0%

324

One- 
third

Objectives based on  
strategic/operational 

  See below

100.0%  

50.0%

227  

50.0%

162

Total bonus achieved in 2022

150.0%

682  

150.0%

486

Note
1  Adjusted EBITDA before non-recurring items is equivalent to the reported EBITDA in the financial statements with French results translated at the budget rate of 1.18.

2022 annual bonus outcomes: strategic objectives
The Group’s proven strategy remains unchanged. We believe that the Group has a well-located asset base, management expertise, infrastructure, 
scale and balance sheet strength to exploit the current industry dynamics. As we look forward, we consider that the Group has the potential to 
further increase its EPS by: optimising the trading performance of the existing portfolio; maintaining a strong and flexible capital structure; and 
taking advantage of selective portfolio management and expansion opportunities. Therefore, the Executive Directors’ strategic/operational 
objectives reflect the Company’s priorities in these areas for 2022 as well as the Company’s ESG performance.

In line with our commitment to fully transparent disclosure of remuneration outcomes, the Executive Directors’ strategic/operational objectives 
and their achievement are fully disclosed in detail below. The maximum opportunity under this element of the annual bonus is 50% of salary.

Objective

Achievement

Outcome

Committee assessment

Optimisation of performance of existing portfolio (20% of salary)

The Committee assessed 
that the achievements of 
the year were exceptional 
and warranted full payout 
for this element. 

(20% out of 20% of salary).

Enhancing people 
performance through 
engagement and 
improved capabilities  
in order to increase 
conversion of enquiries 
into new lets.

Enhance search  
visibility and website 
performance to drive 
new lets and marketing 
spend in line with 
budgeted expectations.

As an Investors in People Platinum accredited organisation, our focus 
on our colleagues and culture has enabled us to continue to deliver 
sustainable business performance.

Highlights included:

•  continuing to prioritise the health and wellbeing of our colleagues and 

our customers; 

•  the number of hours spent on training across the business has 

increased to over 30,000 hours following the removal of Covid-19 
restrictions;

•  established appropriate functional structures in order to support the 

business for future growth; and

•  16 internal promotions from 2021 to 2022.

Delivered technical and content improvements to website platforms:

•  finalised migration of all EU websites to one unified web platform; and 

•  implemented new Google Analytics (GA4) across all Group sites.

•  Further evolution of paid marketing strategy driving efficiency across 
the Group delivered through the implementation of best practices in 
new territories;

•  continued to develop PPC bidding strategies; and

•  testing PPC account structures and implementing best practices. 

 indicates that the objective was exceeded, 

 indicates that it was met, 

 indicates that it was partially achieved and 

 shows that the 

objective was not achieved.

106

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Objective

Achievement

Outcome

Committee assessment

Optimisation of performance of existing portfolio (20% of salary) continued

Leverage Group 
knowledge, experience 
and resources to 
improve productivity  
and drive efficiencies.

•  Enriched pricing and contracting solutions allowing standardisation 

and improvement across the Group.

•  Automation of operational and financial data transfer between 

our systems.

•  Data centre consolidation from five to two Group locations.

Strong and flexible capital structure (9% of salary) 

Ensure the financial 
flexibility exists to  
deliver selected 
development and 
acquisition opportunities 
whilst maintaining 
conservative leverage 
and a progressive 
dividend policy.

The Company’s strong capital structure continued to allow it to take 
advantage of opportunities across the Group in order to deliver 
incremental earnings growth over the longer term.

Highlights included:

•  the Group’s free cash flow (before investing and financing activities) 
increased from £89.5 million to £101.4 million for the year ended 
31 October 2022;

•  during Q3, the Group commenced the refinancing of our existing 

Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF’s”) which were due to expire in June 
2023. The Group completed this refinancing just after year end in early 
November 2022. The previous £250 million Sterling and €70 million 
Euro RCF’s have been replaced with a single multi-currency £400 
million facility, with a further £100 million uncommitted accordion 
facility, providing further capacity for medium term growth; 

•  Group leverage was below the Group’s strategic targeted level of an 

LTV ratio between 30–40% (24% for 2022); and

•  the full year dividend for the year ended 31 October 2022 increased 
by 18.7% demonstrating a continued progressive dividend policy.

The Committee noted that 
the free cash flow target 
has been exceeded and 
that Group LTV was well 
below the bottom of the 
targeted range as at 
31 October 2022, which 
enabled the Company to 
pay an above target full 
year dividend of 29.8 
pence and warranted full 
payout for this element. 

(9% out of 9% of salary).

 indicates that the objective was exceeded, 

 indicates that it was met, 

 indicates that it was partially achieved and 

 shows that the 

objective was not achieved.

107

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
2022 annual bonus outcomes: strategic objectives continued

Objective

Achievement

Outcome

Committee assessment

Take advantage of selective portfolio management and expansion opportunities (15% of salary) 

Overall, the Committee 
determined that targets 
were significantly 
exceeded, and recognised 
the revenue generated 
from both refurbished and 
acquired businesses was 
above target.

(15% out of 15% of salary).

Grow store portfolio 
through development 
or acquisition by at 
least two stores per 
year within the 
Board-approved 
ROI guidelines.

Improve property 
valuations of the stores 
in the refurbishment and 
extension programme 
by more than the 
capital investment.

Completed EPS accretive acquisition of remaining 80% of equity owned 
by Carlyle in the Benelux Joint Venture Acquired new development 
opportunities in the UK, France; Spain and the Netherlands, in addition to 
opening new stores and completing store extensions in various locations. 

Highlights included:

Redevelopments and extensions: 

•  London Crayford 

•  Paris Pyrénées 

New developments: 

•  London Morden – New build

•  Wigan – Conversion

•  Paris South – New build

•  Paris West 1 – New build

•  Paris West 3 – New build

•  Paris East 1 – Conversion

•  Paris North West 1 – Conversion 

•  Madrid North – Conversion

•  Madrid South – Conversion

•  Madrid East – Conversion

•  Barcelona North – Conversion

•  Barcelona South – Conversion

•  Netherlands Amersfoort – New build

•  Netherlands Almere – Conversion

Property pipeline summary of c.1.4m sq ft representing c.18% of our 
existing property portfolio can be found on page 15.

 indicates that the objective was exceeded, 

 indicates that it was met, 

 indicates that it was partially achieved and 

 shows that the 

objective was not achieved.

108

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTObjective

Achievement

Outcome

Committee assessment

Given the continued efforts 
across the Company and 
the external recognition 
with regard to sustainability 
activities, the Committee 
determined that this 
warranted full payout. 

(6% out of 6% of salary).

ESG (6% of salary)

Improve the Group’s 
ESG activities in order  
to deliver real value to  
all our stakeholders by:

•  year-on-year 

carbon footprint 
reduction; and

•  customer satisfaction 

initiatives.

Align sustainability 
reporting with 
appropriate 
framework(s). 

Continued progress on our commitment to responsible and sustainable 
business practices.

Highlights included:

•  delivered year-on-year carbon emissions intensity reduction through 
efficiency and electrification initiatives versus 2021 excluding newly 
acquired Benelux portfolio; market-based absolute emissions 25% 
lower year-on-year (2022 milestone target achieved). Emissions 
intensity also below 2022 target;

•  gas removed from a further five UK stores;

•  installed voltage optimisation technology at largest site, Battersea 

Park – outcomes under review, energy savings over 10% expected; 

•  100% diversion of UK operational waste from landfill since May 2022 

following change of supplier; and

•  98.5% diversion of construction waste from landfill. 

•  Maintained positive ratings on all relevant customer service platforms:

•  Feefo Platinum Trusted Service award for Safestore UK;

•  Trustpilot “Excellent” rating achieved in the UK with a Trustpilot 

“Great” rating maintained in France;

•  average Google rating of 4.7 achieved in Spain; and

•  in the Netherlands, a high score of 4.9 was achieved on Trustpilot, 

whilst in Belgium, customer service was rated 4.7 on Feefo.

•  external recognition of ESG efforts and disclosures: EPRA 

Sustainability BPR Silver Award, GRESB Public Disclosure A, 
MSCI ESG ‘AA’ and Support the Goals – 5*.

Our strong wellbeing foundation has enabled us to develop a strategy 
setting out our approach to further support diversity and inclusion at 
Safestore. Our new Diversity and Inclusion Strategy is about embedding 
and continuing the important work we’ve already done to enable all our 
colleagues to feel confident to bring their full unique selves to work.

Overall strategic/operational objective performance

50% of salary (out of 50% of salary)

 indicates that the objective was exceeded, 

 indicates that it was met, 

 indicates that it was partially achieved and 

 shows that the 

objective was not achieved.

The Committee assessed that 50% of base salary (or 100% of maximum) of the strategic/operational objectives had been achieved for 2022. 

In total, the overall bonus payout was 100% of maximum and 150% of salary for both Executive Directors, versus a maximum opportunity of 
150% of base salary. In line with Policy, 100% of salary will be paid in cash and 50% of salary will be deferred into shares on a net of tax basis.

In determining the payouts under the annual bonus plan for the Executive Directors, the Committee has been mindful not only of the formulaic 
outcome against the targets set, but also of the underlying performance of the business. Specifically, the Committee took account of the 
following factors:

•  The Company achieved another strong set of financial results. 

•  The Company paid its final dividend for 2021 to shareholders. The full year dividend for the year ended 31 October 2022 increased by 18.7% 

from 25.1 pence to 29.8 pence.

•  The Company-wide bonus pool has increased by 8.8%, including the £500 cost of living payment in October 2022 to ease financial hardship.

On this basis, the Committee felt comfortable that the formulaic bonus outcome reflected the individual Executive Director and Company 
performance. As a result, the Committee determined that no overriding discretion will be applied to the bonus outcome. The Committee noted 
that in recent months, Safestore’s share price has fallen, but that corporate performance continues to be excellent. The 2022 bonuses for 
Executive Directors will be 150% of salary and will be paid 100% of salary in cash, with the remainder of 50% of salary held in shares on a net of 
tax basis, via an agreement with the Executive, until 1 November 2024 with malus applying for this period and clawback for three years thereafter.

109

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
2022 annual bonus outcomes: strategic objectives continued
LTIP awards included in single figure for the year ended 31 October 2022 (audited) 
2017 LTIP – Relative TSR element performance measurement
The five-year performance period for the relative TSR element of the 2017 LTIP ended on 28 September 2022; relative TSR accounts for one-third 
of the award with 50% of the element measured against the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index excluding Investments Trusts and the remaining 
50% is measured against the FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index.

Safestore’s TSR growth was 189.2% over the five-year performance period to 28 September 2022 and was significantly in excess of the upper 
quartile of both peer groups (32.8% and 54.2% for the FTSE 250 Index excluding Investment Trusts and FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index 
respectively), which equates to maximum vesting. Given that the Committee confirmed that the Cash on Cash Return underpin had been satisfied 
as at 31 October 2021, the performance targets under the relative TSR element of the 2017 LTIP were met in full. This is summarised in the 
table below: 

TSR vs FTSE 250 excluding Investment Trust Index

TSR vs FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index

Threshold 
performance –  
median TSR1  
(25% vesting)

Maximum  
performance –  
upper quartile TSR 
(100% vesting)

Safestore’s TSR 
performance

% of awards vested

Threshold 
performance –  
median TSR1  
(25% vesting)

Maximum  
performance –  
upper quartile TSR 
(100% vesting)

Safestore’s TSR 
performance

% of awards vested

-7.1%

32.8%

189.2%

100%

7.7%

54.2%

189.2%

100%

Note
1 

 For the Executive Directors, the Committee determined in 2018 that there will be zero vesting for TSR performance between median (the 50th percentile), and the 55th percentile unless 
there are exceptional circumstances justifying some payout for this level of corporate performance. 

On this basis, a further 666,667 and 446,667 shares vested for the CEO and CFO in respect of the relative TSR element. In total 2 million shares 
for the CEO and 1.34 million shares for the CFO vested under the 2017 LTIP and became exercisable on 29 September 2022. The Executive 
Directors also became entitled to dividend equivalents on these shares when they vested based on dividends paid between the grant and 
vesting date of the award. In line with previous disclosures, the CEO’s dividend was paid in cash to ensure the total award remained within the 
plan’s 2 million share limit.

The value of the shares vesting under the relative TSR element and the associated dividend equivalents have been included in the single figure 
of remuneration table for the year ended 31 October 2022 in line with relevant regulations. The value of the awards that vested under the EPS 
element of the 2017 LTIP included in the single figure of remuneration table for the year ended 31 October 2021 has been restated to include 
the actual dividend equivalents earned during the vesting period, valued at the share price on vesting.

The Committee believes that the awards that vested in September 2022 for the Executive Directors and 56 colleagues are commensurate with 
the corporate success of the Company achieved over this period as follows: 

•  The Company’s financial success has flowed through to shareholder returns such that over the period since the start of the EPS performance 
period on 1 November 2016 the Company’s market capitalisation has increased by £1.162 billion, with £229 million of dividend payments made.

•  The successful execution of strategy has created a unique business model that combines advanced digital marketing and pricing analytics, 

a well-located portfolio with extensive pipeline, and a focus on store team sales skills.

•  The management team has successfully built a larger and more diversified business, expanding operations into Spain and Benelux and 

ensuring that all parts of the Company are run in a sustainable manner.

•  Financial success has been achieved in parallel with the Company receiving several accolades in relation to its colleague initiatives, ESG 

performance and consistently outstanding customer feedback scores.

2020 LTIP – EPS and Relative TSR element performance measurement 
The performance period of the EPS element of the 2020 LTIP ended on 31 October 2022; EPS performance accounts for two-thirds of the 
award. On that basis, the Committee measured the Company’s EPS growth and Cash on Cash Return in relation to the underpin over the 
three-year performance period. Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS increased by 18.6% p.a., significantly ahead of the 8% p.a. growth required for 
maximum vesting. The average Cash on Cash Return over the same period was 11.9% which also exceeded the 8% underpin target resulting 
in 100% of the awards being earned under the EPS element of the 2020 LTIP. 

This is summarised in the table below: 

Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS growth2

Threshold performance1 
(25% vesting)

Maximum performance 
(100% vesting)

Actual performance

% of awards earned

Underpin performance required Actual performance

Overall % of 
awards earned

Cash on Cash Return underpin3

5% p.a.

8% p.a.

18.6% p.a.

100%

8%

11.9%

100%

Notes
1  Vesting between the threshold and maximum based on a sliding scale.

2 

 Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share is based on the European Public Real Estate Association’s definition of earnings and is defined as profit or loss for the period after tax but 
excluding corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties and the associated tax impacts. The Company then makes further 
adjustments for the impact of exceptional items, IFRS 2 share-based payment charges, exceptional tax items and deferred tax charges. This adjusted earnings is divided by the 
diluted number of shares. The IFRS 2 cost is excluded as it is written back to distributable reserves and is a non-cash item (with the exception of the associated National Insurance 
element). Therefore, neither the Company’s ability to distribute nor pay dividends are impacted (with the exception of the associated National Insurance element). 

3 

 Cash on Cash return p.a. is the average Cash on Cash return over the performance period, where Cash on Cash return is Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent divided by original cost 
of investments calculated for each financial year in the performance period.

110

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTThe final vesting level for the 2020 LTIP will not be determined by the Committee until the vesting date of 18 March 2023, with the balance of awards 
subject to the Company’s relative TSR performance measured over the three-year period ending on 17 March 2023. As at 31 October 2022, 
Safestore’s TSR growth is in excess of the upper quartile of both the FTSE 250 excluding Investment Trusts and FTSE 350 Supersector Real 
Estate Index peer groups, which would equate to maximum vesting. Therefore, the Committee confirms that it expects the awards to vest in full 
and will consider whether the formulaic outcome is in line with underlying Company performance at the vesting date.

The value of the 2020 LTIP awards expected to vest on 18 March 2023, plus an estimate of the value of dividend equivalents accrued to 31 October 2022, 
has been included in the single figure of remuneration table for 2022 on the basis that the relative TSR performance period has been 
substantially completed.

On the assumption that the relative TSR element vests in full, the CEO and CFO will earn 123,489 and 87,986 shares respectively which will 
become exercisable on or after the vesting date of 18 March 2023. Dividend equivalents will also be awarded on vested shares; however, their 
value is yet to be determined as it will be based on dividends paid between the grant and vesting date of the award. In line with the reporting 
regulations, the value of dividend equivalents paid between the grant date and 31 October 2022 has been included in the value of the awards 
in the single figure of remuneration table as set out below:

2021 figures (restated)

2022 figures

Number of  
2017 LTIP 
EPS 
element 
awards 
vested 

Number of 
2017 LTIP 
awards 
granted

Name

Value of 
2017 EPS 
element 
awards 
vested1

Value 
attributable to
 share price
growth 2

Number of 
2017 LTIP 
TSR element 
awards 
vested

Value of 
2017 LTIP 
TSR element 
awards vested1

Value 
attributable 
to share 
price growth 2

Number
of
2020 LTIP
award
 granted

Number of
2020 LTIP
awards
estimated
to vest

Value of 2020
LTIP awards
estimated
to vest 3

Value
attributable
to share
price
growth4 

F Vecchioli (Chief 
Executive Officer) 2,000,000 1,333,333 £11,875,331 £4,763,999

666,667  £5,937,669   £2,382,001 

123,489

123,489

£1,280,344

£442,671

A Jones (Chief 
Financial Officer)

1,340,000

893,333

£7,928,580 £3,191,879

446,667  £3,964,294  £1,595,941 

87,986

87,986

£912,246

£315,403

Notes
1  Based on the closing share price on 29 September 2022 of £7.94 and includes dividend equivalents of £0.9665 per share accrued from the date of grant to the date of vest. 

2  Based on growth in share price from date of grant (£4.367 – 29 September 2017) to the closing share price on the date of vest (£7.94 – 29 September 2022).

3  Based on three-month average share price to 31 October 2022 of £9.81 and includes dividend equivalents accrued from the date of grant to 31 October 2022.

4  Based on growth in share price from date of grant (£6.23 – 18 March 2020) to three-month average share price to 31 October 2022 (£9.81). 

LTIP awards granted in the year ended 31 October 2022 (audited)
The third LTIP award under the current Remuneration Policy was granted on 25 January 2022. In line with Policy the awards had a face value of 
200% of base salary and no consideration was paid for the grant which was structured as a nil-cost option. The normal vesting date of the LTIP 
awards will be 25 January 2025, being the third anniversary of the award date. Once vested, the LTIP award will normally be exercisable until the 
day before the tenth anniversary of the award date and is subject to a two-year holding period commencing on vesting.

Name

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Note
*  Dividend equivalents will be payable on vested shares.

Role

CEO

CFO

Base salary at 
date of grant

£441,338 

£314,453 

Face value 
of 2022 
LTIP award 
(% of base salary)

Face value 
of 2022 
LTIP award 

Face value 
at minimum 
vesting of 25%

Number of shares 
granted under 
nil-cost option *

200%

200%

£882,676 

£220,669 

£628,906 

£157,227 

71,645

51,047

The number of shares granted under the award was calculated using a share price of £12.32, being the closing share price on the dealing day 
immediately before the date of grant. 

The LTIP awards will vest based on the satisfaction of the following performance conditions which are each measured over three-year periods:

i. 

ii. 

two-thirds based on Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share growth: 5% p.a. growth (threshold) and 8% p.a. growth (maximum);

 one-sixth based on relative TSR against the FTSE 250 Index excluding Investment Trusts: median performance (threshold) and upper quartile 
performance (maximum); and

iii. 

 one-sixth based on relative TSR against the FTSE 350 Supersector Real Estate Index: median performance (threshold) and upper quartile 
performance (maximum).

25% of the relevant element of the award will vest for threshold performance, with straight-line vesting beyond threshold to full vesting for the 
achievement of maximum performance. In addition, no award will vest unless a minimum level of Cash on Cash Return (“CoCR”3) of 8% p.a.has 
been met. The Committee will have overriding discretion to change formulaic outcomes (both downwards and upwards) if they are out of line 
with underlying performance of the Company. 

111

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
2022 annual bonus outcomes: strategic objectives continued
LTIP awards granted in the year ended 31 October 2022 (audited) continued
Full details of the performance conditions attached to the awards can be found in the table below. 

Measure

Performance period

Performance target

Vesting1 (% of award)

Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share2 
growth (two-thirds weighting)

Three financial years ending  
31 October 2024

Relative TSR vs FTSE 250 (excluding Investment 
Trusts) (one-sixth weighting)

Three years from grant date ending  
24 January 2025

Relative TSR vs FTSE 350 Supersector Real 
Estate Index (one-sixth weighting)

Three years from grant date ending  
24 January 2025

Less than 5% p.a. growth

Threshold: 5% p.a. growth

Maximum: 8% p.a. growth

Below median TSR

Threshold: Median TSR 

Maximum: Upper quartile TSR

Below median TSR

Threshold: Median TSR 

Maximum: Upper quartile TSR

0%

25%

100%

0%

25%

100%

0%

25%

100%

Notes
1  Vesting between the threshold and maximum based on a sliding scale.

2 

 Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share is based on the European Public Real Estate Association’s definition of earnings and is defined as profit or loss for the period after tax  
but excluding corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties and the associated tax impacts. The Company then makes further 
adjustments for the impact of exceptional items, IFRS 2 share-based payment charges, exceptional tax items and deferred tax charges. This adjusted earnings is divided by the diluted 
number of shares. The IFRS 2 cost is excluded as it is written back to distributable reserves and is a non-cash item (with the exception of the associated National Insurance element). 
Therefore, neither the Company’s ability to distribute nor pay dividends are impacted (with the exception of the associated National Insurance element). The financial statements will 
disclose earnings on a statutory, EPRA and Adjusted Diluted EPRA basis and will provide a full reconciliation of the differences in the financial year in which any LTIP awards may vest.

3 

 Cash on Cash Return p.a. is the average Cash on Cash Return over the performance period, where Cash on Cash Return is Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent divided by original 
cost of investments calculated for each financial year in the performance period.

Annual bonus – deferred bonus awards made in the year ended 31 October 2022 
In line with Policy, the bonus awarded in excess of 100% of salary in respect of the year ended 31 October 2021 is held in shares by the 
Executive Directors on a net of tax basis (referred to as restricted shares). The restricted shares are subject to a two-year holding period that 
expires on 1 November 2023. Malus provisions apply during the holding period and claw-back provisions apply for three years thereafter.  
The restricted shares were acquired by the Executive Directors on 28 January 2022 at market value (£12.4055).

Name

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Note
*  Dividends will be payable.

Role

CEO

CFO

Face value of 
restricted shares

Number of 
restricted shares * 

£116,140 

£82,757 

9,362

6,671

Operation of Policy
The Committee is comfortable that the current Policy operated as intended in 2022 and that the overall remuneration paid to Executive Directors 
for 2022, as set out above, was appropriate.

Payments to past Directors or for loss of office (audited)
During the year there were no payments to past Directors or for loss of office.

Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the year ending 31 October 2023
Full details of how the new Remuneration Policy will be implemented for the year ending 31 October 2023 will be included alongside the details 
of the new Policy itself in the supporting documentation for the General Meeting at which the Policy will be presented for approval.

As noted earlier in this report, in undertaking its review, the Committee concluded that the positioning of the current remuneration packages 
being significantly below Safestore’s peers in terms of quantum, and which in fact places the CEO in the lower quartile of the FTSE 250, is not in 
the best interests of all stakeholders. It also noted that the 2017 LTIP had now vested and paid out in full. Therefore, changes to the LTIP are likely 
to be proposed as part of the new Policy, although the Committee is keen that the LTIP structure should continue to be aligned with standard 
market practice in terms of vesting profiles and being subject to the achievement of stretching performance targets. On this basis, LTIP awards 
will be delayed until shareholder approval of the new Policy has been gained.

Please see the at a glance section on pages 94 to 97 of this report for details of how we expect to implement the Policy for those elements 
of remuneration where it is possible to provide a view at this stage.

112

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTNon-Executive Directors
Single figure remuneration table (audited)
The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors showing the breakdown between components, together with comparative figures for the prior year, 
is shown below.

Director

D Hearn

I S Krieger

C Balmforth1

G van de Weerdhof

L Duhot2

D Mousseau3

J Bentall4

Fees
£’000

203

184

78

66

39

60

57

50

61

n/a

57

n/a

26

n/a

Other
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

Notes
1  C Balmforth stepped down as an independent Non-Executive Director on 31 May 2022 so received a pro-rated fee for 2022.

2  L Duhot was appointed as an independent Non-Executive Director on 1 November 2021.

3  D Mousseau was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 November 2021.

4 

J Bentall was appointed as an independent Non-Executive Director on 18 May 2022 so received a pro-rated fee for 2022.

Fees to be provided in 2023 to the Non-Executive Directors
The following table sets out the annual fee rates for the Non-Executive Directors from 1 May 2022:

Fee component

Chairman fee 

Non-Executive Director base fee 

Additional fee for SID and Committee chairmanship 

Total
£’000

203 

184

78

66

39

60

57

50

61

n/a

57

n/a

26

n/a

2023

£220,000

£57,680

£10,815

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests
Shareholding and other interests at 31 October 2022 (audited)
Directors’ share interests are set out below. As per the current Remuneration Policy, in order that the Executive Directors’ interests are aligned 
with those of shareholders, Executive Directors are encouraged to build up and maintain a personal shareholding equal to 350% of salary. The 
shareholding guidelines take account of beneficially owned shares, restricted shares from bonus deferral and vested but unexercised awards at 
their net of tax value. The Executive Directors had five years from the grant of the 2017 LTIP award (29 September 2022) to achieve this guideline. 
As shown in the table below, both Executive Directors meet the in-employment guidelines under the Policy.

The shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors will continue to apply for two years post cessation of employment. For the avoidance of 
doubt shares beneficially owned at the date of adoption of the current Policy (18 March 2020) and the 2017 LTIP award are exempt from this 
guideline but share-based awards granted under the Policy approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM are captured.

113

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests continued
Shareholding and other interests 31 October 2022 (audited) continued 
As at 31 October 2022

Director

F Vecchioli

A Jones

D Hearn

I S Krieger

G van de Weerdhof

L Duhot

D Mousseau

J Bentall

Number of
beneficially
 owned
 shares 1

2,093,466

462,471

15,000

60,000

Nil

1,711

1,460

9,300

% of
salary
held 2

4,161

1,290

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Shareholding 
requirement 
(% of salary)

Shareholding 
requirement met

350

350

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Yes

Yes

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Total interests
subject to
 conditions
(LTIP nil-cost 
awards)

296,599

211,327

Outstanding
2020 Sharesave
awards 

Vested 
unexercised 
nil-cost option 
awards

Total 
interests at
31 October 2022

2,008

2,008

2,000,000

1,497,843

4,392,073

2,173,649

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

15,000

60,000

Nil

1,711

1,460

9,300

Notes
1  Beneficial interests include shares held directly or indirectly by connected persons and restricted shares acquired on 4 February 2022.

2  Based on the 31 October 2022 share price of 903.5 pence per share and beneficially owned shares only.

Between 31 October 2022 and 25 January 2023 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this report), the Executive Directors 
exercised their vested 2017 LTIP nil-cost options on 2 December 2022. This increased beneficially owned shares by 1,058,115 to 3,151,581 for 
Frederic Vecchioli and by 781,489 to 1,243,960 for Andy Jones. There were no other changes to the Directors’ interests between 31 October 2022 
and 25 January 2023.

2017 LTIP awards – awards exercised on 2 December 2022
The Executive Directors exercised their 2017 LTIP vested nil-cost options on 2 December 2022 as set out in the table below:

Director

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Number 
of nil-cost 
options 
granted

Dividend
equivalents

Total number of
shares exercised

Retained shares

2,000,000

1,340,000

Nil

157,843

2,000,000

1,497,843

1,058,115

781,489

Role

CEO

CFO

Annual bonus – deferred bonus awards called during the year ended 31 October 2022
In the year ended 31 October 2022, the Executive Directors were entitled to call upon the deferred shares awarded to them in relation to the 
deferred element of their annual bonus earned in the financial year ended 31 October 2019. These awards were granted on 7 February 2020 and 
in line with the previous Policy vested on 1 November 2021 subject to continued employment.

Director

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Number 
of nil-cost 
options 
granted

22,276

15,872

Role

CEO

CFO

Dividend
equivalents

Total number 
of shares called

706

503

22,982

16,375 

The Remuneration Committee determined the dividend equivalent share entitlement as the number of shares equal in value to the net dividends 
of 38.10 pence that had been paid on the nil-cost options from the date of grant to the date of vesting by the Executive Directors, divided by the 
closing share price preceding the date of vesting, of £12.02.

114

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTOutstanding LTIP awards at 31 October 2022
The following LTIP awards remain outstanding and unvested at 31 October 2022:

Director

F Vecchioli 

A Jones 

Awards granted

Maximum award

Awards vested

Awards lapsed

18/03/2020 LTIP

28/01/2021 LTIP

25/01/2022 LTIP

18/03/2020 LTIP

28/01/2021 LTIP

25/01/2022 LTIP

123,489

101,465

71,645

87,986

72,294

51,047

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Note
1  Figures shown exclude dividend equivalents. 

Maximum 
outstanding 
awards1 at 
31 October
2022

123,489

101,465

71,645

87,986

72,294

51,047

Market
price at
date of
vesting (p)

Normal 
vesting date

— 18/03/2023

— 28/01/2024

— 25/01/2025

— 18/03/2023

— 28/01/2024

— 25/01/2025

The 2020, 2021 and 2022 awards are subject to performance measures and a continued service condition over a three-year period. 
The performance measures and targets for the 2020 LTIP awards are set out on page 90 of the 2020 Annual Report, for the 2021 LTIP awards 
are set out on page 100 of the 2021 Annual Report, and for the 2022 LTIP awards are set out on pages 111 and 112 of this report.

Consideration of shareholder views
Please see page 103 for details. 

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Group
Please see page 103 for details. 

Considerations by the Committee of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration for 2022
The Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and senior management and for 
setting the remuneration packages for each Executive Director. The Committee also has oversight of the remuneration policy for all colleagues. 
The written terms of reference of the Committee are available on the Company’s website and from the Company on request.

Members of the Committee in the year to 31 October 2022

C Balmforth (Chair)1
L Duhot (Chair)2
D Hearn

I S Krieger

G van de Weerdhof

D Mousseau
J Bentall3

Notes
1  C Balmforth stepped down as an independent Non-Executive Director on 31 May 2022.

2  L Duhot was appointed as Chair of the Remuneration Committee with effect from 1 June 2022.

3 

J Bentall was appointed as an independent Non-Executive Director on 18 May 2022.

Independent

Meetings held 
during tenure 
during the year

Number of
meetings 
attended

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

5

1

6

6

6

6

1

5

1

6

6

6

6

1

115

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Part C: Annual report on remuneration continued
Considerations by the Committee of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration for 2022 continued
Despite taking the decision to postpone the Policy renewal, a significant amount of the Committee’s time in 2022 was spent undertaking 
a remuneration review to support the design of the new Policy. In addition, we also did the following:

•  considered wider workforce pay policies and practices and feedback from the workforce panel;

•  proactively responded to the 72% votes in favour of the 2021 remuneration report;

•  approved the salary increases for Executive Directors and senior managers alongside the wider workforce salary budget;

•  agreed annual bonus targets for 2022;

•  reviewed and approved the 2022 LTIP grant and the associated performance conditions;

•  discussed and approved Executive Director and senior manager remuneration outcomes for 2022, including measuring the performance 

outcomes of the relative TSR element of the 2017 LTIP award and the EPS element of the 2020 LTIP;

•  reviewed the gender pay gap analysis results and signed off actions;

•  reviewed and approved the Directors’ remuneration report for 2021/22; and

•  reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference.

None of the Committee members have any personal financial interest (other than as shareholders) in the decisions made by the Committee, 
conflicts of interest arising from cross-directorships or day-to-day involvement in running the business.

The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the HR Director and the Company Secretary may attend meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee but are not present when their own remuneration outcomes are being discussed. The HR Director acts as the secretary to the Committee.

The Committee received external advice in 2022 from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) in connection with remuneration matters, including 
the provision of general guidance on market and best practice. PwC was appointed by the Committee after a competitive tender process in 
August 2016. PwC is considered by the Committee to be objective and independent. PwC is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group 
and, as such, voluntarily operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. PwC also provided the 
Company with reward, tax, and consulting advice. The Committee reviewed the nature of all the services provided during the year by PwC and 
was satisfied that no conflict of interest exists or existed in the provision of these services.

The total fees paid to PwC in respect of services to the Committee during the year were £131,400. Fees were determined based on the scope 
and nature of the projects undertaken for the Committee.

Executive Director service contracts 
The service agreements of the Executive Directors are not fixed term and are terminable by either the Company or the Director on the 
following basis:

Director

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Date of current service contract

3 September 2013

29 January 2013

Notice period

Twelve months

Twelve months

Non-Executive Director letters of appointment 
The Non-Executive Directors were appointed for an initial three-year term and their appointment continues, subject to annual re-election at the 
Company’s AGM up to a maximum term of nine years. 

The table below sets out the dates that each Non-Executive Director was first appointed and the notice period by which their appointment may 
be terminated early by either party:

Director

D Hearn

I S Krieger 
C Balmforth (resigned 31 May 2022)1
G van de Weerdhof
L Duhot2
D Mousseau2
J Bentall3

Date of appointment

1 December 2019

3 October 2013

1 August 2016

1 June 2020

1 November 2021

1 November 2021

18 May 2022

Notice period by Company or Director

Three months

Three months

Three months

Three months

Three months

Three months

Three months

Notes
1  C Balmforth stepped down as an independent Non-Executive Director on 31 May 2022.

2  L Duhot and D Mousseau were appointed as independent Non-Executive Directors with effect from 1 November 2021.

3 

J Bentall was appointed as an independent Non-Executive Director on 18 May 2022.

116

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ report

Safestore Holdings plc is a public limited liability company incorporated 
under the laws of England and Wales with the registered number 
04726380. It has a premium listing on the London Stock Exchange 
Main Market for listed securities (LON:SAFE) and is a constituent 
member of the FTSE 250 Index. The Company is a real estate 
investment trust (“REIT”). It is expected that the Company, which has 
no branches, will continue to operate as the holding company of the 
Group. The address of the registered office is Brittanic House, Stirling 
Way, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire WD6 2BT.

Going concern and viability statement
After making enquiries, the Directors of Safestore are confident that, 
on the basis of current financial projections and facilities available 
and after considering sensitivities, and stress testing, the Group has 
sufficient resources for its operational needs and to enable the Group 
to remain in compliance with the financial covenants in its bank facilities 
for the foreseeable future, a period of not less than twelve months. 
The Directors have assessed Safestore’s viability over a three-year 
period to 31 October 2025.

The principal activity of the Group is to provide storage solutions and 
related goods and services to commercial and domestic customers. 
The principal activity of the Company is that of a holding company.

The Directors present their report and the audited consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 31 October 2022. References to Safestore, 
“the Group”, “the Company”, “we” or “our” are to Safestore Holdings 
plc, and its subsidiary companies where appropriate.

Disclosures incorporated by reference
The following disclosures required to be included in the Directors’ 
report have been incorporated by way of reference to other sections 
of this report and should be read in conjunction with this report:

•  corporate governance report on pages 74 to 116;

•  strategy and relevant future developments – refer to pages 7 to 21 

of the strategic report;

•  financial risk management, policies and objectives of the Group, along 
with any details of exposure to any liability and cash flow risk, are set 
out on pages 37 to 42 and in note 20 to the financial statements;

•  details of the Group’s going concern assessment and viability 

statement on pages 44 and 133; and

•  employee matters and carbon emission disclosures are set out 
in the Sustainability report on pages 49 to 53 and pages 58 to 
73 respectively.

Results for the year and dividends 
The results for the year ended 31 October 2022 are set out in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income on page 129 and 
a review of the Group’s results is explained further on pages 1 to 33.

An interim dividend of 9.40 pence (FY2021: 7.50 pence) was paid on 
11 August 2022, comprised of a Property Income Distribution (“PID”) of 
2.35 pence (FY2021: 7.50 pence) and a non-PID dividend of 7.05 pence 
(FY2021: £nil). The Directors recommend a final dividend in respect of 
the year ended 31 October 2022 of 20.40 pence per ordinary share 
(FY2021: 17.60 pence), of which the PID element will be 20.40 pence 
(FY2021: 17.60 pence). If authorised at the 2023 AGM, the dividend 
will be paid on 7 April 2023 to members on the register at close of 
business on 3 March 2023.

PIDs are paid after the deduction of withholding tax at the basic rate 
(currently 20%). However, certain categories of shareholder may be 
entitled to receive payment of a gross PID if they are UK resident 
companies, UK public bodies, UK pension funds and managers 
of ISAs, PEPs and child trust funds. Information, together with the 
relevant forms which must be completed and submitted to the 
Company’s Registrar, for shareholders who are eligible to receive 
gross PIDs is available in the Investor Relations section of the 
Company’s website at www.safestore.com. Non-PID dividends 
are not subject to withholding tax. 

This is based on modelling over a three-year period, which gives greater 
certainty over the forecasting assumptions used. The viability statement 
is set out on page 44.

Financial instruments
The financial risk management objectives and policies of the Group, 
along with any details of exposure to any liability and cash flow risk, are 
set out on pages 37 to 42, and in note 20 to the financial statements.

Disclosures required under Listing Rule 9.8.4R
For the purposes of LR 9.8.4R, the information required to be disclosed 
by LR 9.8.4R can be found in the following locations within the Annual 
Report:

(1) Amount of interest capitalised and tax relief

(2) Publication of unaudited financial information

Page

n/a

n/a

(4) Details of long term incentive schemes

161 and 162

(5) Waiver of emoluments by a Director

(6) Waiver of future emoluments by a Director

(7) Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash

(8)

Item (7) in relation to major subsidiary undertakings

Parent company participation in a placing by a 
listed subsidiary

(9)

(10) Contracts of significance

(11) Provision of services by a controlling shareholder

(12) Shareholder waiver of dividends

(13) Shareholder waiver of future dividends

(14) Agreements with controlling shareholders

n/a

n/a

161

n/a

n/a

120

n/a

118

n/a

n/a

All the information referenced above is incorporated by reference into 
the Directors’ report.

Management report
The strategic report and the Directors’ report collectively comprise 
the “management report” for the purposes of the Financial Conduct 
Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR 4.1.5R).

Corporate Governance Statement
In compliance with the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules, the disclosures required by DTR 
7.2.6 are set out in this Directors’ Report.

Post-balance sheet events
On 11 November 2022 the Group completed its refinancing exercise 
obtaining a new increased unsecured £400 million multi-currency 
four-year Revolving Credit Facility (with two one-year extension 
options). In addition, a further £100 million uncommitted accordion 
facility is incorporated into the facility agreement. 

On 1 December 2022 the Group acquired a 10.0% interest in CERF II 
German Storage Topco S.à r.l., a company registered in Luxembourg, 
and the indirect holder myStorage GmbH, a company registered and 
operating in Germany. 

117

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ report continued

Directors
The Directors of the Company who served during the year and to  
the date of this report were as follows:

Claire Balmforth  

Jane Bentall  

Laure Duhot  

David Hearn 

Andy Jones  

Ian Krieger 

Delphine Mousseau   

 Non-Executive Director 
(stepped down 31 May 2022)

 Non-Executive Director 
(appointed 18 May 2022)

Non-Executive Director  
(appointed 1 November 2021)

Non-Executive Chairman 

Chief Financial Officer

Senior Independent Director

Non-Executive Director  
(appointed 1 November 2021)

Frederic Vecchioli  

Chief Executive Officer

Gert van de Weerdhof 

Non-Executive Director 

The skills and experience of the serving Directors are set out on pages 
76 and 77, and their interests in the ordinary share capital of the 
Company, and details of options granted to Executive Directors under 
the Group’s share schemes are set out in the Directors’ remuneration 
report on pages 111 to 114.

Appointment and removal of Directors
The Company’s rules governing the appointment and removal of 
Directors are contained in its Articles of Association. Changes to the 
Articles of Association are only permitted in accordance with legislation 
and must be approved by a special resolution of shareholders. The 
Company’s Articles of Association provide that a Director may be 
appointed by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders or by the 
existing Directors, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director. 
Further information on the Company’s internal procedures for the 
appointment of Directors is given in the corporate governance section 
on pages 81 and 83.

A Director may be removed by the Company in certain circumstances 
set out in the Articles of Association or by an ordinary resolution of the 
Company’s shareholders. 

Vacation of office
The office of a Director shall be vacated if (amongst other circumstances) 
a Director: (i) resigns; (ii) has been appointed for a fixed term and the term 
expires; (iii) ceases to be a Director by virtue of the Companies Acts, is 
removed from office pursuant to the Articles of Association or becomes 
prohibited by law from being a Director; (iv) becomes bankrupt or the 
subject of an interim receiving order or compounds with creditors 
generally or applies to the court for an interim order under section 253 
of the Insolvency Act 1986 (as amended) in connection with a voluntary 
arrangement under that act or any analogous event occurs in relation to 
the Director in another jurisdiction; (v) has been suffering from mental 
or physical ill health and may remain so for more than three months; 
(vi) both a Director and his or her alternate Director (if any) are absent, 
without the permission of the Board from meetings of the Board for 
six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his or her office 
is vacated; or (vii) is removed from office by notice addressed to the 
Director at their last-known address and signed by all co-Directors.

Directors’ powers
The Board, which is responsible for the management of the business, 
may exercise all the powers of the Company subject to the provisions 
of relevant legislation, the Company’s Articles of Association and 
directions given by special resolution of the Company. The powers 
of the Directors set out in the Articles of Association include those in 
relation to the issue and buyback of shares.

118

Annual re-election of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association require that all Directors retire 
by rotation each year. In accordance with the Company’s Articles of 
Association and with the Code, all Directors will retire at the Annual 
General Meeting (“AGM”) to be held on Wednesday 15 March 2023 
and will offer themselves for re-election.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
which provides appropriate cover for legal action brought against its 
Directors. The Company has also granted indemnities to each of its 
Directors to the extent permitted by law. The Directors also have 
(and during the year ended 31 October 2022 had) the benefit of the 
qualifying third party indemnity provision contained in the Company’s 
Articles of Association, which provides a limited indemnity in respect 
of liabilities incurred as a Director or other officer of the Company.

Directors’ interests in contracts and conflicts 
of interest
No member of the Board had a material interest in any contract of 
significance with the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, at any time 
during the year. Directors are required to notify the Company of any 
conflict or potential conflict of interest.

The Company’s policy is that Directors notify the Chairman and the 
Company Secretary of all new outside interests and actual or potential 
conflicts of interest as and when they arise. The Board confirms that 
no actual or potential conflicts have been identified or notified to the 
Company during the year and, accordingly, the Board has not 
authorised any conflicts of interest as permitted by the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

Share capital
At 31 October 2022, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 
211,927,497 ordinary shares of 1 pence each. The rights and obligations 
attached to the Company’s ordinary shares are set out in its Articles of 
Association and note 11 of the Company’s financial statements. Details 
of movements in the share capital during the year are provided in note 
23 of the financial statements. The issued share capital has been 
increased by 1,103,794 ordinary shares during the year by fully paid 
issues as follows:

Date 

Share scheme

11 March 2022

Exercise of options under the 2017 
(five-year) Sharesave scheme

Number of
ordinary shares
of 1 pence

3,401

2 September 2022 
to 31 October 2022

Exercise of options under the 2019 
(three-year) Sharesave scheme

100,393

5 October 2022

Issue of new share to the Trustee 
of the Safestore Employee Benefit 
Trust to satisfy share awards 
granted by the Company under  
its 2017 Long Term Incentive Plan

1,000,000

No person holds securities in the Company carrying special rights with 
regard to control of the Company.

Own shares – Employee Benefit Trust
At 31 October 2022, the Employee Benefit Trust retains 359,795 
ordinary shares (FY2021: 41,259) with a nominal value of £3,598 
(FY2021: £413) to satisfy awards under the Group’s share scheme 
arrangements. This represents less than 0.17% (FY2021: 0.02%) of 
the total issued share capital of the Company. The Trustee of the 
Employee Benefit Trust has elected not to receive dividends on its 
retained ordinary shares. 

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of own shares
The Company was granted authority at the 2022 AGM to make market 
purchases of its own ordinary shares. This authority will expire at the 
conclusion of the 2023 AGM and a resolution will be proposed to seek 
further authority. No ordinary shares were purchased under this authority 
during the year or in the period from 1 November 2022 to 16 January 2023.

Restrictions on transfers of shares and/or 
voting rights 
The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that 
may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and/or voting rights 
and apart from the matters described below, there are no restrictions 
on the transfer of the Company’s ordinary shares and/or voting rights:

•  Certain restrictions on transfers of shares may from time to time be 
imposed by laws and regulations (such as the Market Abuse Regulation). 
The Company’s Securities Dealing Code provides that all Directors 
and employees are required to seek the Company’s approval to deal 
in its shares.

•  Some share-based employee incentive plans include restrictions on the 
transfer of shares, while the shares are subject to the plan concerned.

•  The Directors’ Remuneration Policy provides that annual bonus 
awards in excess of 100% of salary be deferred into shares. The 
annual bonus plan rules include restrictions on the transfer of such 
shares, while the shares are subject to the plan concerned. 

•  The transferor of a share is deemed to remain the holder until the 
transferee’s name is entered in the register of shareholders. The 
Board can refuse to register any transfer of any share which is not 
a fully paid share. The Company does not currently have any partly 
paid shares.

•  Unless the Directors determine otherwise, members are not entitled 

to vote personally or by proxy at a shareholders’ meeting, or to 
exercise any other member’s right in relation to shareholders’ 
meetings, in respect of any share for which any call or other sum 
payable to the Company remains unpaid.

•  Unless the Directors determine otherwise, no transfer of shares shall 
be registered and members are not entitled to vote personally or by 
proxy at a shareholders’ meeting, or to exercise any other member’s 
right in relation to shareholders’ meetings if the member fails to 
provide the Company with the required information concerning 
interests in those shares within the prescribed period after being 
served with a notice under Section 793 of the Companies Act 2006.

•  The shareholding guidelines set out in the Directors’ Remuneration 

Policy provide that Executive Directors are expected to build up their 
shareholding over a five-year period. Executive Directors would be 
expected to retain any shares vesting (post-tax) under in-flight awards 
until they have acquired the necessary shares to meet their 
shareholding requirements.

Details of deadlines in respect of voting for the 2023 AGM are 
contained in the Notice of Meeting that has been circulated to 
shareholders and can be viewed on the Company’s website at 
www.safestore.com.

Substantial shareholdings
The table below sets out the names of those persons who, insofar as the Company is aware, as at 10 November 2022 (being the nearest date of 
the Company’s internal analysis to 31 October 2022), are interested directly or indirectly in 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company.

Name of shareholder

BlackRock Inc (Combined)

abrdn plc (Combined)

Cohen and Steers (Combined)

The Vanguard Group, Inc (Combined)

Principal Financial Group (Combined)

State Street Corporation (Combined)

Ameriprise Financial (Combined)

Legal & General Investment Mgt (London)

Number of 
ordinary shares

Percentage of issued
 share capital 

18,986,683

14,788,929

11,455,723

10,529,194

10,314,165

7,579,381

7,177,366

6,625,474

8.87

6.91

5.35

4.92

4.82

3.54

3.35

3.10

Information provided to the Company pursuant to Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (“DTR”) is published on a 
Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s website. 

During the current financial year and as at 31 October 2022, the Company received the following notifications in accordance with DTR 5 
disclosing changes to voting interests in its issued share capital. The information provided includes the percentage of issued capital as at the 
date of the notifications.

Name of shareholder

PGGM Vermogensbeheer B.V.

Cohen and Steers, Inc

Date of latest notification

17 October 2022

31 October 2022

Number of 
ordinary shares 

Percentage of 
issued share capital 

Nature of holding
 (direct/indirect)

 7,705,623

10,459,541 

3.65%

4.96%

Direct

Indirect

Between 1 November 2022 and 25 January 2023, being a date not more than one month prior to the date of the Company’s Notice of Annual 
General Meeting 2023, the Company received the following notification(s) in accordance with DTR 5 disclosing changes to voting interests in its 
issued share capital. The information provided includes the percentage of issued capital as at the date of the notification(s).

Name of shareholder

Cohen & Steers, Inc.

Date of
notification of interest

Number of 
ordinary shares 

Percentage of 
issued share capital 
(excluding treasury shares) 

Nature of holding
 (direct/indirect)

17 November 2022

11,028,787

5.20%

Indirect

119

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors’ report continued

Substantial shareholdings continued
All interests disclosed to the Company in accordance with DTR 5 that 
have occurred since 16 January 2023 can be found on the Company’s 
website www.safestore.com. 

Significant agreements and change of control
The Group’s bank facilities agreement and US Private Placement Note 
agreements contain provisions entitling the counterparty to terminate 
the contractual agreements in the event of a change of control of the 
Group. The rules governing the Group’s share scheme arrangements 
also contain provisions relating to the vesting and exercising of options 
in the event of a change of control of the Group.

There are no agreements between the Company and its Directors or 
employees providing for compensation for loss of office or employment 
(whether through resignation, purported redundancy or otherwise) that 
occurs because of a takeover bid.

Employment and environmental matters
Information in respect of the Group’s employment and environmental 
policies, including the policies regarding the employment of disabled 
persons and greenhouse gas reporting, is summarised in the 
sustainability section on pages 46 to 73.

Amendment of the Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by 
special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders.

Political donations
The Company made no political donations and incurred no political 
expenditure during the year (FY2021: £nil). It remains the Company’s 
policy not to make political donations or to incur political expenditure; 
however, the application of the relevant provisions of the Companies 
Act is potentially very broad in nature and, as with last year, the Board 
is seeking shareholder authority to ensure that the Company does not 
inadvertently breach these provisions as a result of the breadth of its 
business activities. It is not the policy of the Company or its 
subsidiaries to make political donations.

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this 
report confirms that:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 

of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  each Director has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably 

ought to have taken in order to make themself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in office and the 
Audit Committee has recommended resolutions at the 2023 AGM to 
re-appoint Deloitte LLP as the Company’s auditor and to authorise the 
Audit Committee to agree the auditor’s remuneration.

In order to comply with the requirements of the Statutory Services for 
Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive 
Tender Processes and Audit Responsibilities) Order 2014 (the “Order”), 
the Company intends to conduct a formal tender process for audit 
services during the financial year ending 2024. The Audit Committee 
considers this timing to be in the best interests of the Company, as it 
allows for a new lead audit partner to be appointed (in accordance 
with the Order) and conduct a full year audit ahead of the formal audit 
tender process. 

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM will be held at the Company’s registered office at Brittanic 
House, Stirling Way, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire WD6 2BT, on 
Wednesday 15 March 2023 at 12.00 noon and will also be broadcast 
using teleconference facilities. 

The 2023 AGM will include, as special business, resolutions dealing 
with authority to issue shares, disapplication of pre-emption rights, 
authority to purchase the Company’s own shares, and authority to call 
a general meeting on not less than 14 days’ notice. The Notice of AGM 
sets out details of the business to be considered at the AGM and contains 
explanatory notes on such business. This has been dispatched to 
shareholders and can be found on the Company’s website at  
www.safestore.com.

Shareholders are encouraged to use their vote at this year’s AGM by casting 
their votes online by using our electronic proxy appointment service offered 
by the Company’s Registrar, Link Group, at www.signalshares.com or 
via the Link Group shareholder app, LinkVote+. 

This report was approved by the Board for release on 16 January 2023 
and signed on its behalf by:

Helen Bramall
Company Secretary
16 January 2023

120

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022GOVERNANCE REPORTStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
Group and parent company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare such financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required to 
prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with United 
Kingdom adopted international accounting standards. The financial 
statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) as issued by the IASB. The Directors have chosen to prepare 
the parent company financial statements in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable law), including Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”. Under company law 
the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and the parent company and of the profit or loss of the 
Group for that period. 

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

•  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been 

followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements;

•  state whether Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework” has been followed, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 

it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue 
in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the parent company and the Group to enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the parent company 
and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Group’s website at 
www.safestore.com. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement
We confirm that, to the best of our knowledge:

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant 

financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; 

•  the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Group and 
the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face; and 

•  the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, 

are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors 
on 16 January 2023 and is signed on its behalf by:

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that Directors:

Frederic Vecchioli 
Chief Executive Officer 

Andy Jones
Chief Financial Officer

•  properly select and apply accounting policies;

•  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that 

provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information; 

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 
requirements of the financial reporting framework are insufficient 
to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and 
financial performance; and

•  make an assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a 

going concern.

121

OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSafestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Safestore Holdings plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
1. Opinion

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements of Safestore Holdings plc (the “parent company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) give a true and fair view of the state 

of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 October 2022 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom adopted international accounting standards;

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

•  the consolidated income statement;

•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

•   the consolidated and parent company balance sheets;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity;

•  the consolidated cash flow statement; and

•  the Group related notes 1 to 32 and parent company related notes 1 to 12.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and United 
Kingdom adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent 
company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” 
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (“FRC’s”) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We confirm that we have not provided any 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard to the Group or the parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matter that we identified in the current year was the valuation of investment properties, which is consistent  
with the key audit matter identified in the prior year.

Within this report, the key audit matter is identified as follows:

 Similar level of risk

Materiality

Scoping

The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £32.1 million which was determined as 2% of net 
assets. For testing items affecting profit before tax we have applied a lower threshold amounting to £6.0 million which was 
determined as 5% of profit before income tax, adjusted for investment property and derivative fair value movements.

We have identified four components within the Group: United Kingdom (“UK”), France, Spain and Benelux operations. 
The Group audit team has performed a full scope audit of the UK component and a French component audit team has 
performed a full scope audit of the French component. In addition, the Group team has performed specified procedures  
at the Group level in respect of the Spanish and Benelux components.

Significant changes in 
our approach

The Benelux entity represents a new wholly owned component to the Group, after the Group acquired the remaining 80% 
equity stake in the business during the financial year.

122

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS4. Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation  
of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis  
of accounting included:

•  obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls relating to the going concern process;

•  an assessment of the Group’s financing facilities including nature of facilities, repayment terms and covenants. This included an assessment  

of the new facility entered into by the Group post year end;

•  a challenge of the range of scenarios modelled by management through our understanding of sector performance and sentiment and 

historical forecasting accuracy of management;

•  testing the mathematical accuracy of the model used to prepare the going concern forecast;

•  an assessment of the level of headroom arising in each scenario;

•  an assessment of the sophistication of the model used to prepare the forecasts;

•  an assessment of the outcome of the reverse stress testing performed by management; and 

•  an evaluation of the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures in the financial statements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve 
months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the Group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention 
to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

5. Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we  
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

123

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Safestore Holdings plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
5. Key audit matters continued
5.1. Valuation of investment properties 

Key audit matter  
description

Investment properties are held at a fair value of £2,647.4 million at 31 October 2022 (FY2021: £2,031.3 million). 
This is the most quantitatively material balance in the financial statements. 

Property valuation, which is performed by an external valuer, is by its nature subjective with significant estimation 
being applied in the assumption. We consider the key assumptions to comprise stabilised occupancy, capitalisation 
rate, discount rate and net rental growth. These estimates drive a cash flow model that is used as the basis of the 
valuation of each individual property. Additionally, there are specific judgements pertaining to “immature” stores which 
were defined as stores open for five years or less and UK assets under leasehold with an unexpired lease term  
of ten years or less.

Through our risk assessment procedures, we have identified the valuation of the properties as the area where 
climate change could have the greatest impact, specifically the capital expenditure that will be required to bring 
buildings up to required energy efficiency standards and the external valuer’s approach to including future capital 
expenditure relating to climate change in the valuation.

For key sources of estimation uncertainty disclosures and further details of the Group’s valuation method and 
assumptions, refer to notes 2 and 13 of the financial statements. The valuation of investment properties is also 
discussed in the Audit Committee report on page 87.

How the scope of our  
audit responded to the  
key audit matter

In response to the risk of valuation of investment properties, we performed the following audit procedures: 

We gained an understanding of and tested the key controls relevant to the property valuation process.

We met with the external valuer, assessed the appropriateness of the valuer’s scope and evaluated the 
competence, objectivity, independence, and capability of the valuer.

We obtained the source data provided by management to the valuer (e.g. historical revenue, occupancy, average 
rental rates and lettable area on a store by store basis) and tested a sample of the source data for completeness 
and integrity.

We identified individual properties through analysis against the following criteria:

immature stores, defined as stores open for five years or less;

UK leasehold stores with a term of ten years or less; and

properties which display characteristics of audit interest through analysis of key assumptions, namely stabilised 
occupancy, capitalisation rate, discount rate and net rent growth.

We investigated the properties identified and challenged the key estimates by assessing the appropriateness 
through comparison with the market and our expectation. 

With the involvement of our internal real estate specialists (who are members of the Royal Institution of Chartered 
Surveyors or RICS), we performed an independent assessment of the assumptions that underpin the valuations, 
based on their knowledge of the self storage industry and wider real estate market. 

We evaluated whether the Group’s valuation methodology remains appropriate and assessed whether indicative 
rents and yields achieved in recent comparable transactions were consistent with the assumptions used in the 
Group’s valuations.

We have also challenged the valuer and management around the impact of climate change on the portfolio 
valuation, if any.

We tested the accuracy and integrity of key elements of the valuer’s model. We also recalculated the valuation for  
a sample of property assets, obtained contradictory evidence where available and performed a “stand-back” review 
to assess the sufficiency of audit evidence. 

We assessed the associated financial statement disclosures, including the appropriateness of the key sources  
of estimation uncertainty sensitivity analysis.

We consider the assumptions applied in arriving at the fair value of the Group’s investment property to be reasonable, 
albeit the discount rates applied were at the lower end of our acceptable range. The sensitivity disclosures are 
considered appropriate given the level of estimation involved and the valuations are suitable for inclusion in the 
financial statements at 31 October 2022. 

Key observations

124

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in 
evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Materiality

£32.1 million (FY2021: £27.4 million).

£6.2 million (FY2021: £5.1 million).

Basis for determining 
materiality 

Rationale for the  
benchmark applied

2% of net assets (FY2021: 2% of net assets). 

Parent company materiality represents 3% of net assets 
(FY2021: 3% of net assets).

We considered net assets to be a critical financial 
performance measure for the Group on the basis that 
 it is a key metric used by management, investors, 
analysts and lenders.

We considered net assets to be a critical financial 
performance measure for the Company on the basis 
that it is a key metric used by management, investors, 
analysts and lenders.

In addition to net assets, we also consider profit before income tax, adjusted for investment property and derivative fair value movements, to  
be a critical financial performance measure for the Group, which aligns closely with EPRA earnings. We applied a lower threshold of £6.0 million 
(FY2021: £4.0 million) for testing of balances impacting that measure, which has been determined as 5% (FY2021: 5%) of profit before income  
tax adjusted for investment property and derivative fair value movements.

materiality range £5.6m to £17.4m98+22

Audit Committee reporting 
threshold £1.6m

Group materiality £32.1m

Net assets 
£1,793.4m

Component  

Net assets

Group materiality

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance materiality

70% (FY2021: 70%) of Group materiality.

70% (FY2021: 70%) of parent company materiality. 

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Basis and rationale for 
determining performance 
materiality

In determining performance materiality, we considered the following factors:

a.  the quality of the control environment and whether we were able to rely on controls; 

b.  the low volume of uncorrected misstatements in the previous audit; and

c.  turnover of management or key accounting personnel, and prior period adjustments.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £1.6 million (FY2021: £1.3 million), 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee 
on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

125

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Safestore Holdings plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
7. An overview of the scope of our audit

7.1. Identification and scoping of components 
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and assessing the 
risks of material misstatement at the Group level. 

We have determined that there are four components within the Group: United Kingdom, France, Spain and Benelux operations. The group audit 
team have performed a full scope audit of the UK component and a French component audit team have performed a full scope audit of the French 
component. In addition, the group audit team have performed specified procedures at group level in respect of the Spanish and Benelux components.

We instructed the French component auditors to perform the audit of the France component and supervised their work through regular communication. 
We attended their local audit close meeting with the local management team as well as evaluated the outputs of their work in person and challenged 
their conclusions as part of our component oversight role. 

Our component audit work was executed at levels of materiality applicable to each individual component which were lower than Group 
materiality, ranging from £5.6 million to £17.4 million (FY2021: £4.8 million to £15.4 million). In addition, for the lower materiality threshold 
described above, our component thresholds ranged from £1.1 million to £3.4 million (FY2021: £0.7 million to £2.2 million).  

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment
We have obtained an understanding of the relevant controls such as those relating to the financial reporting cycle, and those in relation to our key 
audit matter. Together with our IT specialists we tested certain controls over the financial reporting systems.

We have decided not to rely on controls as the control environment is predominantly manual in nature.

7.3. Our consideration of climate-related risks 
We have made enquiries of management to understand the processes in place to assess the potential impact of climate change on the business 
and the financial statements. Management considers climate change to be a principal risk which particularly impacts the cost of retrofitting stores 
to improve their sustainability credentials and comply with future regulations. These risks are consistent with those identified through our own risk 
assessment process.

As part of our identification of key audit matters, we consider there to be a risk in relation to climate change as part of the valuation of investment 
properties. There is a risk that the valuation does not include the relevant assumptions around climate change, principally, capital expenditure 
required to bring the stores up to a certain environmental standard, to the extent assumed by a third party when determining fair value.

As detailed in our procedures in section 5.1 above, we challenged the valuer and management as to the assumptions included, and considered 
their reasonableness with the assistance of our internal real estate specialists. We have reviewed the disclosures in the principal risk section and 
page 45 of the Annual Report and consider that management has appropriately disclosed the current risk that has been identified. 

8. Other information

The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report, other than the financial 
statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information contained 
within the Annual Report. 

We have nothing to report  
in this regard.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact.

9. Responsibilities of Directors

As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but  
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

126

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below. 

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, we considered the following:

•  the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the Group’s remuneration 

policies, key drivers for Directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

•  results of our enquiries of management, internal audit and the Audit Committee about their own identification and assessment of the risks  

of irregularities; 

•  any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the Group’s documentation of their policies and procedures relating to:

 -

identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of non-compliance;

 - detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud; and

 -

the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations; and

•   the matters discussed among the audit engagement team including significant component audit teams and relevant internal specialists, 

including tax, IT and property valuation specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any potential 
indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and identified  
the greatest potential for fraud in the assumptions used in the valuation of investment properties as they are subject to management bias. In 
common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform specific procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the Group operates in, focusing on provisions of those laws  
and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws  
and regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules and tax legislation.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but compliance 
with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty. 

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified the valuation of investment properties as a key audit matter related to the potential risk of fraud. 
The key audit matters section of our report explains the matter in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in response 
to that key audit matter. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:

•  reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions of relevant laws 

and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;

•  enquiring of management, the Audit Committee and external legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;

•  performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material misstatement 

due to fraud;

•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing correspondence 

with HMRC; and

•  in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments; 

assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and evaluating the business 
rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including internal 
specialists and significant component audit teams, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations 
throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared  

is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit,  
we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

127

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Safestore Holdings plc

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements continued
13. Corporate governance statement

The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer term viability and that part of the corporate 
governance statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance 
statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit: 

•  the Directors’ statement with regard to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties 

identified set out on page 117;

•  the Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate 

set out on page 44;

•  the Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 121;

•  the Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on pages 37 to 42;

•  the section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on 

page 79; and

•  the section describing the work of the Audit Committee set out on page 86.

14. Matters on which we are required to report by exception

14.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

We have nothing to report in 
respect of these matters.

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our  

audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

14.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration have not been made or the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in 
respect of these matters.

15. Other matters which we are required to address
15.1. Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the shareholders on 12 October 2014 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending 31 October 2014 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including 
previous renewals and re-appointments of the firm is nine years, covering the years ending 31 October 2014 to 31 October 2022.

15.2. Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the Audit Committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

16. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

As required by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule (“DTR”) 4.1.14R, these financial statements 
form part of the European Single Electronic Format (“ESEF”) prepared Annual Financial Report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the 
UK FCA in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (“ESEF RTS”). This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether the 
annual financial report has been prepared using the single electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS. 

Darren Longley FCA (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
London, United Kingdom
16 January 2023

128

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Share of loss in associate

Underlying EBITDA

Exceptional items

Share-based payments

Depreciation and variable lease payments 

Share of associate’s depreciation, interest and tax 

Operating profit before gains on investment properties and other exceptional gains
Gain on investment properties

Other exceptional gains

Operating profit
Finance income

Finance expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax charge

Profit for the year

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the equity holders
– basic (pence)

– diluted (pence)

The financial results for both years relate to continuing operations.

Group 

2022
£’m

212.5

(63.0)

149.5

(27.1)

(0.3)

135.1

(0.1)

(11.2)

(1.3)

(0.4)

122.1

381.6

10.8

514.5

2.0

(17.7)

498.8

(35.9)

462.9

219.5

212.4

2021 
£’m

186.8

(56.9)

129.9

(34.0)

—

118.0

(1.9)

(18.3)

(1.4)

(0.5)

95.9

321.1

—

417.0

0.6

(13.0)

404.6

(22.6)

382.0

181.2

176.4

Notes 

3, 4

12

5

13

5

4, 6

8

8

9

11

11

Underlying EBITDA is an Alternative Performance Measure and is defined as operating profit before exceptional items, share-based payments, 
corporate transaction costs, gain/loss on investment properties, depreciation and variable lease payments and the share of associate’s 
depreciation, interest and tax.

The notes on pages 133 to 165 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Currency translation differences

Net investment hedge

Other comprehensive income/(expense), net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Group

2022
£’m

462.9

8.0

(4.6)

3.4

466.3

2021 
£’m

382.0

(20.3)

10.9

(9.4)

372.6

129

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet
as at 31 October 2022

Assets

Non-current assets
Investment in associates

External valuation of investment properties, net of lease liabilities

Add-back of lease liabilities

Investment properties under construction

Total investment properties

Property, plant and equipment

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred income tax assets

Current assets
Inventories

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Financial liabilities: 

– bank borrowings

– derivative financial instruments

Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities: 

– bank borrowings

Deferred income tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Ordinary shares

Share premium

Translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Group

2022
£’m

2021 
£’m

Notes 

12

1.8

7.2

13

14

20

22

20

16

17

19

20

18

21

19

22

21

27

23

2,457.8

1,881.8

95.1

94.5

82.1

67.4

2,647.4

2,031.3

3.4

—

0.8

3.2

0.9

0.8

2,653.4

2,043.4

0.3

1.7

31.2

20.9

54.1

0.5

1.3

28.9

43.2

73.9

2,707.5

2,117.3

(101.7)

—

(62.7)

(0.8)

(13.2)

(178.4)

(522.1)

(129.0)

(82.2)

(2.4)

(735.7)

(914.1)

—

(0.2)

(75.8)

(0.3)

(12.3)

(88.6)

(484.7)

(97.0)

(70.0)

(2.1)

(653.8)

(742.4)

1,793.4

1,374.9

2.1

61.8

8.5

1,721.0

1,793.4

2.1

61.3

5.1

1,306.4

1,374.9

These financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 16 January 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

A Jones 
Chief Financial Officer 

F Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer

Company registration number: 04726380

130

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Balance at 1 November 2020

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Currency translation differences

Net investment hedge

Total other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive (expense)/income

Transactions with owners
Dividends (note 10)

Increase in share capital

Employee share options

Transactions with owners

Balance at 1 November 2021

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Currency translation differences

Net investment hedge

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends (note 10)

Increase in share capital

Employee share options

Transactions with owners

Balance at 31 October 2022

Share
capital
£’m

2.1

Share
premium
£’m

60.6

Group

Translation
reserve
£’m

14.5

Retained
earnings
£’m

958.4

Total
£’m

1,035.6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.7

—

0.7

61.3

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.5

—

0.5

61.8

—

382.0

382.0

(20.3)

10.9

(9.4)

(9.4)

—

—

—

—

5.1

—

8.0

(4.6)

3.4

3.4

—

—

—

—

8.5

—

—

—

382.0

(42.6)

—

8.6

(34.0)

(20.3)

10.9

(9.4)

372.6

(42.6)

0.7

8.6

(33.3)

1,306.4

1,374.9

462.9

462.9

—

—

—

8.0

(4.6)

3.4

462.9

466.3

(56.9)

—

8.6

(48.3)

(56.9)

0.5

8.6

(47.8)

1,721.0

1,793.4

The translation reserve balance of £8.5 million (FY2021: £5.1 million) comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of  
the financial statements of foreign operations and the impact of the net investment hedge. The cumulative impact of the net investment hedge 
included within this reserve is a net expense of £0.1 million (FY2021: £4.7 million).

131

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations

Interest received

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Investment in associates

Loans to associates

Expenditure on investment properties and development properties

Proceeds from disposal of investment properties

Proceeds from disposal of land

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of share capital

Equity dividends paid

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Exceptional swap termination

Financial instruments income

Debt issuance costs

Principal payment of lease liabilities

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Exchange loss on cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 November

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 October

Group

2022
£’m

132.2

0.1

(16.9)

(5.6)

109.8

(111.5)

(0.8)

—

(95.2)

6.4

1.0

(1.0)

0.2

(200.9)

0.5

(56.9)

266.1

(134.0)

0.5

1.3

(0.1)

(8.4)

69.0

(22.1)

(0.2)

43.2

20.9

2021 
£’m

115.6

0.9

(14.1)

(5.4)

97.0

—

(1.9)

(0.9)

(62.4)

—

—

(1.0)

—

(66.2)

0.7

(42.6)

196.8

(153.0)

—

—

(0.7)

(7.5)

(6.3)

24.5

(0.9)

19.6

43.2

Notes 

24

10

8

8

17, 25

132

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 31 October 2022

1. General information
Safestore Holdings plc (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, the “Group”) provide self storage facilities to customers throughout the UK, Paris, 
Spain, the Netherlands, and Belgium. The Company is a public limited company, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated and 
domiciled in the UK, England and Wales. The address of its registered office is Brittanic House, Stirling Way, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire WD6 2BT.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies of the Group are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to each of the years presented, 
unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom adopted International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations. They also comply with those parts  
of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The Group consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling and are rounded to the nearest £0.1 million, unless otherwise stated. They 
are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of investment properties and the fair 
value of derivative financial instruments.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual 
amounts may differ from those estimates.

Going concern
The Directors are satisfied that the Group has sufficient resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future, a period of not less than twelve 
months from the date of this report. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing this consolidated financial information.

In assessing the Group’s going concern position as at 31 October 2022, the Directors have considered a number of factors, including the current 
balance sheet position, the principal and emerging risks which could impact the performance of the Group and the Group’s strategic and financial 
plan. Consideration has been given to compliance with borrowing covenants along with the uncertainty inherent in future financial forecasts. 
The Directors considered the most recent three-year outlook approved by the Board. In the context of the current environment, four plausible 
scenarios were applied to the plan, including a stress test scenario. These were based on the potential financial impact of the Group’s principal 
risks and uncertainties and the specific risks associated with the continued pandemics and the conflict in Ukraine. These scenarios are 
differentiated by the impact of demand and enquiry levels, average rate growth and the level of cost savings. A scenario was also performed 
where we have carried out a reverse stress test to model what would be required to breach ICR and LTV covenants which indicated highly 
improbable changes would be needed before any issues were to arise. Since the end of the financial year, the Group has completed the 
refinancing of its Revolving Credit Facilities (“RCF’s”) which were due to expire in June 2023. The previous £250 million and €70 million RCF’s 
have been replaced with a single multi-currency £400 million facility, with a four-year term with two one-year extension options (note 32). 
The impact of these scenarios has been reviewed against the Group’s projected cash flow position and financial covenants over a three-year 
period. Should any of these scenarios, which are differentiated by the impact of demand and enquiry levels, average rate growth and the level 
of cost savings, occur, clear mitigating actions are available to ensure that the Group remains liquid and able to meet its liabilities as they fall due. 
The financial position of the Group, including details of its financing and capital structure, is set out in the financial review section of this report. 
Further details of the Group’s viability statement are set out on page 44.

Standards, amendments to standards and interpretations issued and applied
The following new or revised accounting standards or IFRIC interpretations are applicable for the first time in the year ended 31 October 2022:

•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2

•  Amendment to IFRS 16 Covid-19–Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021

The adoption of the standards and interpretations has not significantly impacted these financial statements and any changes to our accounting 
policies as a result of their adoption have been reflected in this note.

New and revised IFRSs in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, a number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations have 
been issued but are not yet effective for the current accounting period. The Directors do not expect these standards to have a material impact  
on the financial statements of the Group or Company.

•  Amendments to IFRS 3 References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards

•   Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use 

•   Amendments to IAS 37 Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract 

•  Amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16 and IAS 41 Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020

•  IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

•  Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 Disclosure of Accounting Policy

•  Amendments to IAS 8 Definition of Accounting Estimate

•  Amendments to IAS 12 Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

•  Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

133

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Basis of consolidation and business combinations
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and all its subsidiary undertakings made up to  
31 October each year. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved when the Company:

•  has power over the investee;

•  is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

•   has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective date  
of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those 
used by the Group.

All intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are also eliminated 
unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the assets transferred. 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The consideration transferred for the 
acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity 
instruments issued by the Group. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are 
measured initially at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of 
net identifiable assets including intangible assets of the acquired entity at the date of acquisition is recognised as goodwill. Any discount received 
is credited to the income statement in the year of acquisition as negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary. Costs attributable to an acquisition 
are expensed in the consolidated income statement under the heading “administrative expenses”.

Investment in associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control, through 
participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and 
operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies.

The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of accounting except 
when classified as held for sale. Investments in associates are carried in the balance sheet at cost as adjusted by post-acquisition changes in the 
Group’s share of the net assets of the associate, less any impairment in the value of individual investments. Losses of an associate in excess of 
the Group’s interest in that associate (which includes any long term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the 
associate) are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the 
associate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of associates to bring the accounting policies used into line with 
those used by the Group. Where a Group company transacts with an associate of the Group, profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of 
the Group’s interest in the relevant associate. Losses may provide evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred, in which case appropriate 
provision is made for impairment.

Segmental reporting
IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” (“IFRS 8”) requires operating segments to be identified based upon the Group’s internal reporting to the chief 
operating decision maker (“CODM”) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to segments and to assess their performance. The 
CODM is the person or group that allocates resources to and assesses the performance of the operating segments of an entity. The Group  
has determined that its CODM are the Executive Directors. 

An operating segment is a component of an entity:

(a)   that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to 

transactions with other components of the same entity); 

(b)   whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s CODM to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment  

and assess its performance; and 

(c)  for which discrete financial information is available.

The Group’s net assets, revenue and profit before tax are attributable to one principal activity, the provision of self storage, in four geographical 
reporting segments, the United Kingdom, Paris in France, Spain, and the Netherlands and Belgium in Benelux. 

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to segments as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.

Revenue recognition
Revenue represents amounts derived from the provision of self storage services (rental space, customer goods insurance and consumables) which 
fall within the Group’s activities provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT (where applicable) and other sales related taxes.

Rental income is recognised over the period for which the space is occupied by the customer on a time apportionment basis. No revenue is 
recognised if there are significant uncertainties regarding recovery of the consideration due. Insurance income is recognised over the period for 
which the space is occupied by the customer on a time apportionment basis. 

The Group has put in place insurance arrangements whereby the Group purchases block policies from third party insurers that customers can 
access, for which it pays annual premiums at the beginning of the insurance year. The Group allows customers to benefit from the policies and 
charges a fee for the level of cover that the customer needs. The block policies purchased and the income earned from charging customers are 
independent transactions. Although Safestore is involved in the initial handling of any customers’ insurance claims, these are passed on to the 
third party insurance providers, who are responsible for all insurance payments. The Group is not exposed to insurance risk. 

134

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20222. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Revenue recognition continued
The Group bears the inventory risk and pricing risk associated with these contracts and as such the Group acts as principal in the provision 
of the access to insurance services for its customers who elect to access that insurance, and therefore revenue from insurance premiums is 
reported on a gross basis. The portion of insurance premiums receivable from customers on occupied space that relates to unexpired risks 
at the balance sheet date is reported as unearned premium liability in other payables.

Income for the sale of assets and consumables is recognised when the significant risks and rewards have been transferred to the buyer. 
For property sales this is generally at the point of completion. Where any aspect of consideration is conditional then the revenue associated 
with that conditional item is deferred. Income earned on the sales of consumable items is recognised at the point of sale.

Income from insurance claims is recognised when it is virtually certain of being received. 

Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
The individual financial statements for each company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates 
(its functional currency). For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of the Group are expressed 
in Sterling, which is the presentational currency of the Group.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. 
At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on 
the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the 
rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Gains and losses arising on retranslation are included in the income statement for 
the period, except for exchange differences arising on non-monetary assets and liabilities where the changes in fair value are recognised directly 
in equity.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas operations are translated into the Group’s presentational currency at 
exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. 
Exchange differences arising are classified as equity and are recognised as a separate component of equity, within the translation reserve.  
Such translation differences are recognised as income or expense in the period in which the operation is disposed of.

Borrowing costs
All borrowing costs are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they are incurred, unless the costs are incurred 
as part of the development of a qualifying asset, when they will be capitalised. Commencement of capitalisation is the date when the Group incurs 
expenditure for the qualifying asset, incurs borrowing costs and undertakes activities that are necessary to prepare the assets for their intended 
use when it is probable that they will result in future economic benefits to the entity and the costs can be measured reliably. In the case of suspension 
of activities during extended periods, the Group suspends capitalisation. The Group ceases capitalisation of borrowing costs when substantially 
all of the activities necessary to prepare the asset for use are complete, typically when a store opens.

Investment properties and investment properties under construction
Investment properties are those properties owned by the Group that are held to earn rental income, or for capital growth, or both. Investment 
properties and investment properties under construction are initially measured at cost, including related transaction and borrowing costs. After 
initial recognition, investment properties and investment properties under construction are held at fair value based on a market valuation by 
professionally qualified external valuers at each balance sheet date.

The fair value of investment properties and investment properties under construction reflects, among other things, rental income from current 
leases and assumptions about rental income from future leases in light of current market conditions. The fair value also reflects, on a similar 
basis, any cash outflows that could be expected in respect of the property. Some of these outflows are recognised as a liability, including lease 
liabilities in respect of leasehold land and buildings classified as investment properties; others, including variable lease payments not based on  
an index or rate, are not recognised in the balance sheet.

In accordance with IAS 40, investment property held as a leasehold is stated gross of the recognised lease liability. Leasehold properties are 
classified as investment properties and included in the balance sheet at fair value. The obligation to the lessor for the leasehold is included in the 
balance sheet at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The minimum lease payment valuation is re-measured at the point of lease 
modification and the value of the Group’s right-of-use assets is adjusted accordingly over the lease term. Gains or losses arising on changes in 
the fair values of investment properties and investment properties under construction at the balance sheet date are recognised in the income 
statement in the period in which they arise.

Gains or losses on sale of investment properties are calculated as the difference between the consideration received and fair value estimated  
at the previous balance sheet date.

If an investment property or part of an investment property becomes owner-occupied, it is reclassified as property, plant and equipment, and  
its fair value at the date of reclassification becomes its cost for accounting purposes.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment not classified as investment properties or investment properties under construction are stated at historical cost 
less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment loss. Historical cost comprises the purchase price and costs directly incurred 
in bringing the asset into use.

Assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and, if appropriate, adjusted at each balance sheet date. If the carrying amount of an asset 
is greater than the recoverable amount then the carrying amount is written down immediately to the recoverable amount. 

135

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment continued
Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of an asset less estimated residual value of each asset over its expected useful life using the 
straight-line method. The principal rates are as follows:

Owner-occupied freehold buildings 

2% per annum

Motor vehicles 

20–25% per annum

Computer hardware and software 

15–33% per annum

Fixtures, fittings, signs and partitioning 

10–15% per annum 

The gain or loss arising on the retirement or disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the net sales proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the income statement on disposal.

Impairment of tangible assets (excluding investment property)
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those 
assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the 
extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates 
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is deemed to be the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset 
(or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as income immediately.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises all costs of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the 
inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is calculated using the weighted average method. Net realisable value represents the 
estimated selling price less directly associated costs. Provision is made for slow-moving or obsolete stock, calculated on the basis of sales 
trends observed in the year.

As at 31 October 2022 the Group held finished goods and goods held for resale of £0.3 million (FY2021: £0.5 million). The Group consumed  
£0.7 million (FY2021: £1.0 million) of inventories during the year. Inventory write downs were £nil for the financial year ended 31 October 2022  
(FY2021: £0.1 million). Inventories of £nil (FY2021: £nil) are carried at fair value less costs to sell. 

Leases
A right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability are recognised at commencement of the lease. The lease liability is measured at the 
present value of the lease payments, discounted at the rate implicit in the lease, or if that cannot be readily determined, at the lessee’s 
incremental borrowing rate specific to the term, country, currency and start date of the lease. Lease payments include: fixed payments; variable 
lease payments dependent on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at commencement; the exercise price under a purchase 
option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise; penalties for early termination if the lease term reflects the Group exercising a break option; 
and payments in an optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option or not exercise a break option. 

The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. It is re-measured at the point of lease 
modification, with a corresponding adjustment to the right-of-use asset, when there is a change in future lease payments resulting from a rent 
review, change in an index or rate such as inflation, or change in the Group’s assessment of whether it is reasonably certain to exercise a 
purchase, extension or break option. 

The corresponding asset is initially measured at cost, comprising: the initial lease liability; any lease payments already made less any lease 
incentives received; initial direct costs; and any dilapidation or restoration costs. The Group has two categories of assets in respect of leases: 
those in respect of leases related to its leasehold properties, classified as investment property, and an occupational lease for its Head Office in 
France, classified as a right-of-use asset under IFRS 16. The right-of-use assets classified as investment property are subsequently measured 
at fair value, gross of the lease liability. The right-of-use asset in respect of its occupational leases is classified as property, plant and equipment 
and is subsequently depreciated over the length of the lease. 

Leases of low value assets and short term leases of twelve months or less are expensed to the Group consolidated income statement.

Variable lease payments, being the difference between the rent review accruals that will become payable but not yet finalised and the minimum 
lease payments of the lease liability on current actual rent paid, are charged as expenses in the years in which they are payable.

Finance charges are charged directly against income, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalised 
in accordance with the Group’s general policy on borrowing costs.

136

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments
(a) Financial assets
Financial assets are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) or at amortised cost as appropriate. The Group 
determines the classification of its assets at initial recognition. 

Financial assets are de-recognised only when the contractual right to the cash flows from the financial asset expires or the Group transfers 
substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. 

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions:

•  it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and

•  its contractual terms give rise on specific dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortised cost as described above are measured through FVTPL. This includes all derivative 
financial assets. 

Financial assets at FVTPL – these assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest, are recognised 
in profit or loss.

Financial assets at amortised cost – these assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The 
amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses (expected losses). Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are 
recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on de-recognition is recognised in profit or loss.

The Group has the following classes of financial assets:

•  Trade and other receivables – trade receivables are initially recognised at transaction price. Other receivables are initially recognised at fair 

value. Subsequently, these assets are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for expected 
credit losses.

•  Cash and cash equivalents – cash and cash equivalents represent only liquid assets with original maturity of 90 days or less. Bank overdrafts 

that cannot be offset against other cash balances are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet. Cash and cash 
equivalents are also classified as amortised cost. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Cash and cash equivalents include 
cash in hand, deposits at call with banks, and other short term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

(b) Impairment of financial assets
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses (“ECLs”) which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance 
on trade receivables. The expected credit losses are estimated using a provisions matrix based upon the Group’s historical credit loss 
experience and geographic business unit, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions, and an assessment 
of both the current and forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money where appropriate.

Loss allowances for other receivables are initially measured at an amount equal to twelve months’ expected credit losses (“ECLs”) and subsequently 
it is assessed whether the credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition. When determining whether the credit risk of a financial 
asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECL, the Company considers reasonable and supportable information 
that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis, based on the 
Company’s historical experience and informed credit assessment and including forward-looking information. If the credit risk increased significantly, 
the loss allowance is then measured using the lifetime ECL. The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when the borrower is unlikely 
to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full. 

(c) Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified as measured at amortised cost or FVTPL. A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held for 
trading, it is a derivative or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and net gains  
and losses, including any interest expense, are recognised in profit or loss. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method. Interest expense and foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss  
on de-recognition is also recognised in profit or loss.

The Group has the following classes of financial liabilities: 

•  Trade and other payables – trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequently they are measured at amortised 

cost using the effective interest rate method.

•  Borrowings – interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recognised at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs. 

Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis in 
the income statement using the effective interest method and are included within the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they 
are not settled in the period in which they arise. Where fees are payable in relation to raising debt the costs are disclosed in the cash flow 
statement within financing activities. 

Where existing borrowings are replaced by others from the same lenders on substantially different terms, or the terms of existing borrowings are 
substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a de-recognition of the original borrowings and the recognition of new 
borrowings, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts, including issuance costs, is recognised in the income statement. Otherwise, 
issuance costs incurred on refinancing are offset against the carrying value of borrowings.

137

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments continued
(d) Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps, and foreign exchange swaps, to hedge risks 
associated with fluctuations on borrowings and foreign operations transactions. Such derivatives are initially recognised and measured at fair 
value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and subsequently re-measured at fair value at each reporting date. The gain or loss on 
re-measurement is taken to finance expense in the income statement. Interest costs for the period relating to derivative financial instruments, 
which economically hedge borrowings, are recognised within interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts. Other fair value movements on 
derivative financial instruments are recognised within fair value movement of derivatives. Designation as part of an effective hedge relationship 
occurs at inception of a hedge relationship. Currently, the Group does not have any cash flow hedges or fair value hedges. 

The borrowings denominated in foreign currency are used to hedge net assets. The effective part of any gain or loss on borrowings that are 
designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation is recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the translation 
reserve in equity and is subsequently recognised in the Group income statement as part of the profit or loss on disposal of the net investment. 
The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is recognised immediately within trading profit in the Group income statement.

Taxation including deferred tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable 
or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates for that period that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is provided on items that may become taxable at a later date, on the difference between the balance sheet value and the tax base 
value, on an undiscounted basis. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Employee benefit costs
Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged as an expense as they fall due. Payments made to state-managed 
retirement benefit schemes are dealt with as payments to defined contribution schemes where the Group’s obligations under the schemes are 
equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit scheme.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Share-based payments
Share-based incentives are provided to employees under the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan and employee Sharesave schemes. The Group 
recognises a compensation cost in respect of these schemes that is based on the fair value of the awards, measured using Black-Scholes or 
Monte Carlo valuation methodologies. For equity-settled schemes, the fair value is determined at the date of grant and is not subsequently 
re-measured unless the conditions on which the award was granted are modified. For cash-settled schemes, the fair value is determined at  
the date of grant and is re-measured at each balance sheet date until the liability is settled. Generally, the compensation cost is recognised 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Adjustments are made to reflect expected and actual forfeitures during the vesting period due 
to the failure to satisfy service conditions or non-market performance conditions.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of consolidated financial statements under IFRS requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
may affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. Actual outcomes 
may therefore differ from these judgements, estimates and assumptions. 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period 
in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects 
both current and future periods.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The following key source of estimation uncertainty has significant risk of causing a material adjustment, within the next financial year, to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the consolidated financial statements: 

Estimate of fair value of investment properties and investment properties under construction
The Group values its investment properties using a discounted cash flow methodology which is based on projections of net operating income. 
Principal assumptions and management’s underlying estimation of the fair value of those relate to: stabilised occupancy levels; expected future 
growth in storage rental income and operating costs; maintenance requirements; capitalisation rate; and discount rates. There are inter-relationships 
between the valuation inputs and they are primarily determined by market conditions. The effect of an increase in more than one input could be 
to magnify the impact on the valuation. However, the impact on the valuation could be offset by the inter-relationship of two inputs moving in 
opposite directions, e.g. an increase in rent may be offset by a decrease in occupancy, resulting in minimal net impact on the valuation. For immature 
stores, these underlying estimates hold a higher risk of uncertainty, due to the unproven nature of its cash flows. A more detailed explanation of 
the background, methodology and estimates made by management that are adopted in the valuation of the investment properties, as well as 
detailed sensitivity analysis, is set out in note 13 to the financial statements.

138

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20222. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
Critical accounting judgements
Critical accounting judgement of business combinations
The Directors assessed whether the acquisition of property through the purchase of a corporate vehicle should be accounted for as an asset 
purchase or a business combination. Where the acquired vehicle is an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted 
and managed to provide a return to investors, the transaction is accounted for as a business combination. Where this is not the case, or where 
the transaction meets the requirements of the Concentration of Fair Value test, the transaction is treated as an asset purchase. The Directors also 
have to assess when the Group has gained control of the acquired corporate vehicle. There have been two transactions where properties were 
acquired through the purchase of corporate vehicles in the year, both judged to meet the accounting definition of an asset purchase. The most 
significant of the two transactions was whereby the Group acquired the remaining interest in Safestore Storage Benelux B.V. (note 12) that was 
previously accounted for as a 20% associate. Upon gaining control, the total consideration price was allocated across the group of assets being 
acquired and the increased carrying values recognised within the now subsidiary investment. 

Non-GAAP financial information/Alternative Performance Measures
The Directors have identified certain measures that they believe will assist the understanding of the performance of the business. The measures are 
not defined under IFRS and they may not be directly comparable with other companies’ adjusted measures. The non-GAAP/Alternative Performance 
Measures are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, any IFRS measures of performance but they have been included as the Directors 
consider them to be important comparables and key measures used within the business for assessing performance. The following are the key 
non-GAAP/Alternative Performance Measures identified by the Group: 

•  The Group defines exceptional items to be those that warrant, by virtue of their nature, size or frequency, separate disclosure on the face of  

the income statement where, in the opinion of the Directors, this enhances the understanding of the Group’s financial performance.

•  Underlying EBITDA is an Alternative Performance Measure and is defined as operating profit before exceptional items, share-based payments, 

corporate transaction costs, gain/loss on investment properties, depreciation and variable lease payments and the share of associate’s 
depreciation, interest and tax. Management considers this presentation to be representative of the underlying performance of the business,  
as it removes the income statement impact of items not fully controllable by management, such as the revaluation of derivatives and 
investment properties, and the impact of exceptional credits, costs and finance charges. A reconciliation of statutory operating profit to 
Underlying EBITDA can be found in the financial review on page 23.

•  Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share is based on the European Public Real Estate Association’s definition of earnings and is defined  

as profit or loss for the period after tax but excluding corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment 
properties and the associated tax impacts. The Company then makes further company-specific adjustments for the impact of exceptional 
items, net exchange gains/losses recognised in net finance costs, exceptional tax items, and deferred and current tax in respect of these 
adjustments. The Company also adjusts for IFRS 2 share-based payment charges. This adjusted earnings is divided by the diluted number of 
shares. The IFRS 2 cost is excluded as it is written back to distributable reserves and is a non-cash item (with the exception of the associated 
National Insurance element). Therefore, neither the Company’s ability to distribute nor pay dividends are impacted (with the exception of the 
associated National Insurance element). The financial statements disclose earnings on a statutory, EPRA and Adjusted Diluted EPRA basis  
and will provide a full reconciliation of the differences in the financial year in which any LTIP awards may vest. A reconciliation of statutory basic 
Earnings per Share to Adjusted Diluted EPRA Earnings per Share can be found in note 11. 

•  EPRA’s Best Practices Recommendations guidelines for Net Asset Value (“NAV”) metrics are EPRA Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”), EPRA Net 

Reinstatement Value (“NRV”) and EPRA Net Disposal Value (“NDV”). EPRA NTA is considered to be the most relevant measure for the Group’s 
business which provides sustainable long term progressive returns and is now the primary measure of net assets. The basis of calculation, 
including a reconciliation to reported net assets, is set out in note 15.

•  Like-for-like figures are presented to aid in the comparability of the underlying business as they exclude the impact on results of purchased, 

sold, opened or closed stores.

•  Constant exchange rate (“CER”) figures are provided in order to present results on a more comparable basis, removing foreign exchange movements.

3. Revenue
Analysis of the Group’s operating revenue can be found below:

Self storage income

Insurance income

Other non-storage income

Total revenue 

2022
£’m

178.0

23.9

10.6

212.5

2021
£’m

154.3

22.3

10.2

186.8

139

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT4. Segmental analysis 
The segmental information presented has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 8. The Group’s revenue, profit before 
income tax and net assets are attributable to one activity: the provision of self storage accommodation and related services. This is based on  
the Group’s management and internal reporting structure.

Safestore is organised and managed in four operating segments, based on geographical areas, being the United Kingdom, Paris in France, 
Spain, and the Netherlands and Belgium in Benelux.

The chief operating decision maker, being the Executive Directors, identified in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 8, assesses the 
performance of the operating segments on the basis of Underlying EBITDA, which is defined as operating profit before exceptional items, 
share-based payments, corporate transaction costs, gain/loss on investment properties, depreciation and variable lease payments, and the 
share of associate’s depreciation, interest and tax.

The operating profits and assets include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.

Spain
£’m

Benelux
£’m

Year ended 31 October 2022

Continuing operations
Revenue

Share of loss in associates

Underlying EBITDA 

Exceptional items

Share-based payments 

Variable lease payments and depreciation

Share of associate’s depreciation, interest and tax

Operating profit before gain on investment properties 
and other exceptional gains
Gain on investment properties

Other exceptional gains

Operating profit
Net finance (expense)/income

Profit before tax

Total assets 

Year ended 31 October 2021

Continuing operations
Revenue

Share of profit in associates

Underlying EBITDA 

Exceptional items

Share-based payments 

Variable lease payments and depreciation

Share of associate’s depreciation, interest and tax

Operating profit before gain on investment properties
Gain on investment properties

Operating profit
Net finance expense

Profit before tax

Total assets 

UK
£’m

163.0

(0.3)

103.5

—

(10.2)

(1.2)

(0.4)

91.7

295.7

5.7

393.1

(14.4)

378.7

2,024.8

Paris
£’m

41.4

—

28.0

(0.1)

(1.0)

(0.1)

—

26.8

78.5

5.1

110.4

(1.6)

108.8

581.7

UK
£’m

144.1

—

89.1

—

(16.1)

(1.1)

(0.5)

71.4

260.5

331.9

(10.5)

321.4

3.0

—

1.5

—

—

—

—

1.5

1.3

—

2.8

(0.1)

2.7

28.2

Paris
£’m

39.9

—

27.2

(1.9)

(2.2)

(0.3)

—

22.8

56.0

78.8

(1.8)

77.0

Group
£’m

212.5

(0.3)

135.1

(0.1)

(11.2)

(1.3)

(0.4)

122.1

381.6

10.8

514.5

(15.7)

498.8

5.1

—

2.1

—

—

—

—

2.1

6.1

—

8.2

0.4

8.6

72.8

2,707.5

Spain
£’m

2.8

—

1.7

—

—

—

—

1.7

4.6

6.3

(0.1)

6.2

25.3

Group
£’m

186.8

—

118.0

(1.9)

(18.3)

(1.4)

(0.5)

95.9

321.1

417.0

(12.4)

404.6

2,117.3

1,617.9

474.1

Inter-segment transactions are entered into under the normal commercial terms and conditions that would also be available to unrelated third 
parties. There is no material impact from inter-segment transactions on the Group’s results.

140

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20225. Exceptional items and other exceptional gains

Costs relating to corporate transactions and exceptional property taxation

Exceptional items

Valuation gain on associate buy-out

Gain on disposals of investment properties

Gain on disposal of land

Other exceptional gains

2022
£’m

(0.1)

(0.1)

2022
£’m

5.5

0.2

5.1

10.8

2021 
£’m

(1.9)

(1.9)

2021 
£’m

—

—

—

—

Exceptional items of £0.1 million were incurred in the year, relating to fees associated with the Group’s corporate restructuring (FY2021: £1.9 million 
in relation to a provision for potential liabilities in respect of the French commercial tax audit of financial years 2012 to 2020).

On 10 November 2021, the Group sold the Nanterre site to the Joint Venture partner of Nanterre FOCD 92 for a total price of €7.6 million 
excluding VAT and including demolition cost reimbursement, where the settlement is done partially in cash of £1.0 million (€1.1 million excluding 
tax), and partially in kind through the delivery of the new building at the end of the operation (estimated at €6.5 million). This resulted in a net gain on 
disposal of £5.1 million (€5.9 million) included within other exceptional gains.

On 30 March 2022, the Group acquired the remaining 80% equity of Safestore Storage Benelux B.V. from its previous Joint Venture partner for 
€53.6 million (£45.3 million) and became a wholly owned subsidiary (note 12). The original 20% equity investment was effectively de-recognised 
and re-recognised back at the fair value based on the revised equity value effective at the 30 March 2022 transaction. This resulted in a valuation 
gain on the associate buy-out of £5.5 million included within other exceptional gains. 

On 16 August 2022, the Group sold its Birmingham Digbeth store to a third party for £6.5 million and incurred a 1% agent fee on the sale price. 
The carrying value of this store included within investment properties prior to disposal was £6.2 million, resulting in a gain on disposal of investment 
properties of £0.2 million included within other exceptional gains. 

6. Operating profit 
The following items have been charged/(credited) in arriving at operating profit:

Staff costs 

Inventories: cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales) 

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment

Gain on investment properties 

Variable lease payments payable under lease liabilities

Notes

26

2

14

13

2022
£’m

38.1

0.7

1.0

(381.6)

0.3

2021 
£’m

43.8

1.0

1.0

(321.1)

0.4

7. Fees paid to auditor
During the year, the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor at costs detailed below:

Audit services
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the parent company and consolidated 
financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant 
to legislation

Total audit fees

Fees for other services

Total

2022
£’m

2021 
£’m

0.2

0.2

0.4

0.1

0.5

0.3

0.1

0.4

—

0.4

141

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
8. Finance income and costs

Finance income
Other interest and similar income

Interest receivable from loan to associates

Financial instruments income

Underlying finance income

Exceptional finance income

Total finance income

Finance costs
Interest payable on bank loans and overdraft

Amortisation of debt issuance costs on bank loan

Underlying finance charges

Interest on lease liabilities

Fair value (loss)/gain of derivatives

Net exchange losses

Total finance costs

Net finance costs

2022
£’m

0.1

0.1

1.3

1.5

0.5

2.0

(11.9)

(0.5)

(12.4)

(5.0)

(0.3)

—

(17.7)

(15.7)

2021 
£’m

—

0.1

0.5

0.6

—

0.6

(9.7)

(0.4)

(10.1)

(5.2)

2.9

(0.6)

(13.0)

(12.4)

Included within interest payable of £11.9 million (FY2021: £9.7 million) is £nil (FY2021: £0.6 million) of interest relating to derivative financial 
instruments that are economically hedging the Group’s borrowings. The total change in fair value of derivatives reported within net finance  
costs for the year is a £0.3 million net loss (FY2021: £2.9 million net gain). Included within finance income is £1.3 million, received on settlement  
of two €8.0 million average rate forward contracts acquired in March 2020 and settled in April 2022 for £0.7 million and October 2022 for 
£0.6 million, respectively. The fair value of these two forward contracts held at 31 October 2021 was a £1.3 million asset now disposed and 
included as part of the net fair value gain of derivatives within finance costs. Further, included within finance income is £0.5 million (FY2021: £nil) 
in relation to the swaps held in the subsidiary acquired during the period, Safestore Storage Benelux B.V., and terminated post acquisition in order  
to utilise the Group’s existing debt facilities and financial instruments held.

9. Income tax charge
Analysis of tax charge in the year:

Note

22

2022
£’m

6.1

—

6.1

29.8

—

29.8

35.9

2021 
£’m

5.5

—

5.5

17.1

—

17.1

22.6

Current tax:

– current year 

– prior year

Deferred tax:

– current year 

– prior year

Tax charge

142

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. Income tax charge continued
Reconciliation of income tax charge
The tax for the period is lower (FY2021: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK for the year ended 31 October 2022 of 19% 
(FY2021: 19%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (FY2021: 19%)

Effect of:

– permanent differences

– profits from the tax exempt business

– deferred tax arising on acquisition of overseas subsidiary

– difference from overseas tax rates

– potential deferred tax assets not recognised

– utilisation of unrecognised brought forward tax losses

Tax charge

2022
£’m

498.8

94.8

—

(71.5)

4.5

8.6

0.4

(0.9)

35.9

2021 
£’m

404.6

76.9

3.6

(63.5)

—

6.4

—

(0.8)

22.6

The Group is a UK real estate investment trust (“REIT”). As a result, the Group is exempt from UK corporation tax on the profits and gains from its 
qualifying property rental business in the UK, providing it meets certain conditions. Non-qualifying profits and gains of the Group remain subject 
to corporation tax as normal. The Group monitors its compliance with the REIT conditions. There have been no breaches of the conditions to date.

The main rate of corporation tax in the UK is 19%. Accordingly, the Group’s results for this accounting period are taxed at an effective rate of 19% 
(FY2021: 19%). Following the Finance Bill 2021, the main rate of corporation tax will increase from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023. There will be no 
deferred taxation impact in respect of this change in taxation rates.

Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

10. Dividends per share 

The dividend paid in 2022 was £56.9 million (27.00 pence per share) (FY2021: £42.6 million (20.20 pence per share)). A final dividend in 
respect of the year ended 31 October 2022 of 20.40 pence (FY2021: 17.60 pence) per share, amounting to a total final dividend of £42.8 million 
(FY2021: £37.0 million), is to be proposed at the AGM on 15 March 2023. The ex-dividend date will be 2 March 2023 and the record date will be 
3 March 2023 with an intended payment date of 7 April 2023. The final dividend has not been included as a liability at 31 October 2022.

The Property Income Distribution (“PID”) element of the final dividend is 22.75 pence (FY2021: 17.60 pence), making the PID payable for the year 
22.75 pence (FY2021: 25.10 pence) per share.

11. Earnings per Share 
Basic Earnings per Share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the year excluding ordinary shares held as treasury shares. Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares to assume conversion of all dilutive potential shares. The Company has one category of dilutive 
potential ordinary shares: share options. For the share options, a calculation is performed to determine the number of shares that could have 
been acquired at fair value (determined as the average annual market price of the Company’s shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription 
rights attached to the outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would 
have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

Basic

Dilutive securities

Diluted

Year ended 31 October 2022

Year ended 31 October 2021

Earnings 
£’m

462.9

—

462.9

Shares 
million

210.9

7.0

217.9

Pence 
per share

219.5

(7.1)

212.4

Earnings 
£’m

382.0

—

382.0

Shares 
million

210.8

5.8

216.6

Pence 
per share

181.2

(4.8)

176.4

143

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
11. Earnings per Share continued 
Adjusted Earnings per Share
Explanations related to the adjusted earnings measures adopted by the Group are set out in note 2 under the heading Non-GAAP financial 
information/Alternative Performance Measures on page 139. Adjusted EPS represents profit after tax adjusted for the valuation movement  
on investment properties, exceptional items, change in fair value of derivatives, exchange gains/losses, unwinding of the discount on the CGS 
receivable and the associated tax thereon. The Directors consider that these alternative measures provide useful information on the performance 
of the Group. 

EPRA earnings and Earnings per Share before non-recurring items, movements on revaluations of investment properties and changes in the 
fair value of derivatives have been disclosed to give a clearer understanding of the Group’s underlying trading performance.

Year ended 31 October 2022

Year ended 31 October 2021

Shares 
million

210.9

Pence 
per share

219.5

Earnings 
£’m

382.0

Shares 
million

210.8

Basic 

Adjustments:

Gain on investment properties

Exceptional items

Other exceptional gains

Exceptional finance income

Net exchange loss

Change in fair value of derivatives

Tax on adjustments

Adjusted

EPRA adjusted:

Fair value re-measurement of lease liabilities 
add-back

Tax on lease liabilities add-back adjustment

Adjusted EPRA basic EPS

Share-based payments charge

Dilutive shares

Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS1

Earnings 
£’m

462.9

(381.6)

0.1

(10.8)

(0.5)

—

0.3

29.7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

100.1

210.9

(8.3)

1.0

92.8

11.2

—

104.0

—

—

210.9

—

8.0

218.9

(180.9)

(321.1)

—

(5.1)

(0.2)

—

0.1

14.1

47.5

(3.9)

0.5

44.1

5.3

(1.9)

47.5

1.9

—

—

0.6

(2.9)

16.2

76.7

(7.4)

0.9

70.2

18.3

—

88.5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

210.8

—

—

210.8

—

7.5

218.3

Pence 
per share

181.2

(152.3)

0.9

—

—

0.3

(1.4)

7.7

36.4

(3.5)

0.4

33.3

8.7

(1.5)

40.5

Note
1  Adjusted Diluted EPRA EPS is defined in note 2 under Non-GAAP financial information/Alternative Performance Measures on page 139.

Gain on investment properties includes the fair value re-measurement of lease liabilities add-back of £8.3 million (FY2021: £7.4 million) and the related 
tax thereon of £1.0 million (FY2021: £0.9 million). As an industry standard measure, EPRA earnings is presented. EPRA earnings of £92.8 million 
(FY2021: £70.2 million) and EPRA Earnings per Share of 44.1 pence (FY2021: 33.3 pence) are calculated after further adjusting for these items.

EPRA adjusted income statement (non-statutory)

Revenue
Underlying operating expenses (excluding depreciation and variable lease payments)

Share of associate’s Underlying EBITDA

Underlying EBITDA before variable lease payments 
Share-based payments charge

Depreciation and variable lease payments

Operating profit before fair value re-measurement lease liabilities add-back
Fair value re-measurement of lease liabilities add-back

Operating profit
Net financing costs 

Share of associate’s finance charges 

Profit before income tax
Income tax 

Profit for the year (“Adjusted EPRA basic earnings”)

Adjusted EPRA basic EPS

Final dividend per share

144

2022 
£’m

212.5

(77.5)

0.1

135.1

(11.2)

(1.3)

122.6

(8.3)

114.3

(15.9)

(0.4)

98.0

(5.2)

92.8

2021
£’m

186.8

(69.3)

0.5

118.0

(18.3)

(1.4)

98.3

(7.4)

90.9

(14.7)

(0.5)

75.7

(5.5)

70.2

44.1 pence

33.3 pence 

20.40 pence

17.60 pence

Movement
%

13.8

11.8

(80.0)

14.5

(38.8)

(7.1)

24.7

12.2

25.7

8.2

(20.0)

29.5

(5.5)

32.2

32.4

15.9

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Investment in associates

Safestore Storage Benelux B.V.

PBC Les Groues SAS

2022 
£’m 

—

1.8

1.8

2021
£’m

6.2

1.0

7.2

Safestore Storage Benelux B.V. (formerly CERF Storage JV B.V.)
Until 30 March 2022, the Group had a 20% interest in Safestore Storage Benelux B.V. (“SSB”) (formerly CERF Storage JV B.V.), a company registered 
and operating in the Netherlands. SSB was accounted for using the equity method of accounting. SSB invests in carefully selected self storage 
opportunities in Europe. The Group earned a fee for providing management services to SSB. This investment as an associate was considered 
immaterial relative to the Group’s underlying operations. On 30 March 2022, the Group acquired the remaining 80% equity from its previous Joint 
Venture partner for €53.6 million (£45.3 million) and SSB became a wholly owned subsidiary. IFRS 3 requires the consideration price be allocated 
across the assets being acquired. On 30 March 2022 when the Group gained control, the equity accounting of SSB ceased. The difference 
between the equity accounted carrying value of the investment immediately prior to acquisition and the fair value of the increased investment 
is a valuation gain of £5.5 million (note 5).

The aggregate carrying value of the Group’s 20% interest in SSB at 30 March 2022 was £8.7 million (FY2021: £8.9 million), made up of an 
investment of £5.9 million (FY2021: £6.2 million), and a loan to the associate including interest accrued of £2.8 million (FY2021: £2.7 million)  
(note 30). The Group’s share of losses from continuing operations for the period was £0.3 million (FY2021: £nil). The Group’s share of total 
comprehensive income of associates in the year was £0.3 million (FY2021: £nil).

Initial 20% investment in SSB
At 31 October 2021 

Share of loss in associate

Revised fair value of 20% investment in SSB at 30 March 2022
Net assets of SSB (100%) 

Net assets of SSB (80%)

Note

Difference: valuation gain on acquisition of additional 80% investment in SSB

5 

2022 
£’m

6.2

(0.3)

5.9

56.7

(45.3)

11.4

5.5

2022
€’m

7.1

(0.4)

6.7

67.0

(53.6)

13.4

6.7

The following provides a breakdown of the 80% share of fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired on 30 March 2022. Under IFRS 3 this 
transaction, where properties were acquired through the purchase of a corporate vehicle in the year, has been judged to meet the accounting 
definition of an asset purchase. 

Assets
Investment properties net of lease liabilities

Add-back of lease liabilities

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Liabilities
Trade and other payables 

Lease liabilities

Amounts owed to Joint Venture partner

Bank borrowings

Net assets (80%)

2022
£’m

2022
€’m

100.5

118.7

0.5

0.1

0.5

4.4

0.6

0.1

0.6

5.2

106.0

125.2

(2.6)

(0.5)

(11.4)

(46.2)

(60.7)

45.3

(3.0)

(0.6)

(13.4)

(54.6)

(71.6)

53.6

145

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Investment in associates continued
Safestore Storage Benelux B.V. (formerly CERF Storage JV B.V.) continued
The cash outflow classified as investing activities (excluding acquisition costs) from this buy-out is summarised as follows:

Net assets acquired (remaining 80%)

Non-Safestore debt settled on acquisition 

Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired

2022 
£’m

45.3 

69.2

(5.5)

2022
€’m

53.6 

81.7

(6.5)

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

109.0

128.8

The Group incurred acquisition related costs of £5.1 million on legal fees and real estate transfer tax (“RETT”). These costs have been capitalised 
in accordance with IFRS 3, asset purchase. 

PBC Les Groues SAS
During the period the Group acquired a 24.9% interest in PBC Les Groues SAS (“PBC”), a company registered and operating in France. PBC is 
accounted for using the equity method of accounting. PBC is the parent company of Nanterre FOCD 92, a company also registered and operating 
in France, which will be developing a new store as part of a wider development programme located in Paris. The development project will be 
managed by its Joint Venture partners; therefore, the Group will have no operational liability during this phase. During the period the Group has 
invested £0.8 million (€0.9 million) into this investment. The investment is considered immaterial relative to the Group’s underlying operations. 

The aggregate carrying value of the Group’s interest in PBC was £1.8 million (FY2021: £1.0 million), made up of an investment of £1.8 million 
(FY2021: £1.0 million) (note 30). The Group’s share of profits from continuing operations for the period was £nil (FY2021: £nil). The Group’s share 
of total comprehensive income of associates for the year was £nil (FY2021: £nil). The Group’s share of total comprehensive income of associates 
in the year was £nil (FY2021: £nil).

13. Investment properties

At 1 November 2021

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Additions

Disposals

Reclassifications

Revaluations

Fair value re-measurement of lease liabilities add-back

Exchange movements

At 31 October 2022

External valuation
 of investment
 properties, net of 
lease liabilities 
£’m

Add-back of 
lease liabilities
£’m

Investment
property
under 
construction
£’m

1,881.8

128.2

31.8

(6.2)

16.5

394.1

—

11.6

2,457.8

82.1

0.6

20.2

—

—

—

(8.3)

0.5

95.1

67.4

—

47.4

—

(16.5)

(4.2)

—

0.4

94.5

Total
investment 
properties 
£’m

2,031.3

128.8

99.4

(6.2)

—

389.9

(8.3)

12.5

2,647.4

On 7 December 2021, the Group completed the acquisition of Your Room Self Storage Limited, which included a freehold store located in 
Christchurch, Dorset. Under IFRS 3 this transaction was treated as an asset acquisition, with a fair value of the investment property of £2.6 million.

On 30 March 2022, the Group completed the buy-out of Safestore Storage Benelux B.V., which included a portfolio made up of twelve freehold 
properties, two ground leases and one leasehold property. Nine properties are located in the Netherlands and six properties are located in 
Belgium. Under IFRS 3 this transaction was treated as an asset acquisition, where the fair value of a 100% share of the investment properties 
amounted to £125.6 million.

On 16 August 2022, the Group sold its Birmingham Digbeth store to a third party for £6.5 million. The carrying value of this store included within 
investment properties prior to disposal was £6.2 million, resulting in a gain on disposal of investment properties of £0.2 million included within 
other exceptional gains (note 5). 

146

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 202213. Investment properties continued

At 1 November 2020

Additions

Reclassifications

Revaluations

Fair value re-measurement of lease liabilities add-back

Exchange movements

At 31 October 2021

The gain on investment properties comprises:

Revaluations of investment property and investment property under construction

Fair value re-measurement of lease liabilities add-back

Freehold stores
At 1 November 2021

Movement in year

At 31 October 2022

Leasehold stores
At 1 November 2021

Movement in year

At 31 October 2022

All stores
At 1 November 2021

Movement in year

At 31 October 2022

External valuation
 of investment
 properties, net of 
lease liabilities 
£’m

Add-back of 
lease liabilities
£’m

Investment
property
under 
construction
£’m

1,557.5

19.5

3.7

329.0

—

(27.9)

1,881.8

76.9

14.1

—

—

(7.4)

(1.5)

82.1

14.0

57.9

(3.7)

(0.5)

—

(0.3)

67.4

2022
£’m

389.9

(8.3)

381.6

Cost 
£’m

Revaluation 
on cost 
£’m

684.8

207.9

892.7

127.6

6.1

133.7

812.4

214.0

1,026.4

846.8

295.6

1,142.4

222.6

66.4

289.0

1,069.4

362.0

1,431.4

Total
investment 
properties 
£’m

1,648.4

91.5

—

328.5

(7.4)

(29.7)

2,031.3

2021 
£’m

328.5

(7.4)

321.1

Valuation 
£’m

1,531.6

503.5

2,035.1

350.2

72.5

422.7

1,881.8

576.0

2,457.8

The valuation of £2,457.8 million (FY2021: £1,881.8 million) excludes £0.6 million in respect of owner-occupied property, which is included within 
property, plant and equipment. Rental income earned from investment properties for the year ended 31 October 2022 was £179.3 million 
(FY2021: £155.5 million).

The Group has classified the investment property and investment property under construction, held at fair value, within Level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy. There were no transfers to or from Level 3 during the year.

As described in note 2 summary of significant accounting policies, where the valuation obtained for investment property is net of all payments 
to be made, it is necessary to add back the lease liability to arrive at the carrying amount of investment property at fair value. The lease liability 
of £95.4 million (FY2021: £82.3 million) per note 21 differs to the £95.1 million (FY2021: £82.1 million) disclosed above as a result of accounting 
for the French Head Office lease under IFRS 16. This lease is included as part of property, plant and equipment, and has a net book value of 
£0.3 million as at 31 October 2022 (FY2021: £0.2 million) (note 14).

All direct operating expenses arising from investment property that generated rental income as outlined in note 3 were £75.3 million 
(FY2021: £68.5 million). 

147

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. Investment properties continued
The freehold and leasehold investment properties have been valued as at 31 October 2022 by external valuer, Cushman & Wakefield Debenham 
Tie Leung Limited (“C&W”). The valuation has been carried out in accordance with the current edition of the RICS Valuation – Global Standards, 
which incorporates the International Valuation Standards and the RICS Valuation UK National Supplement (the “RICS Red Book”). The valuation 
of each of the investment properties has been prepared on the basis of fair value as a fully equipped operational entity, having regard to trading 
potential. Two non-trading properties were valued on the basis of fair value. The valuation has been provided for accounts purposes and, as 
such, is a Regulated Purpose Valuation as defined in the RICS Red Book. In compliance with the disclosure requirements  
of the RICS Red Book, C&W has confirmed that:

•  the member of the RICS who has been the signatory to the valuations provided to the Group for the same purposes as this valuation has  
done so since April 2020. The valuations have been reviewed by an internal investment committee comprising two valuation partners and  
an investment partner, all unconnected with the assignment;

•  C&W has been carrying out regular valuations for the same purpose as this valuation on behalf of the Group since October 2006;

•   C&W does not provide other significant professional or agency services to the Group;

•   in relation to the preceding financial year of C&W, the proportion of total fees payable by the Group to the total fee income of the firm is less 

than 5%; and

•  the fee payable to C&W is a fixed amount per property and is not contingent on the appraised value.

Portfolio premium 
C&W’s valuation report confirms that the properties have been valued individually but that if the portfolio was to be sold as a single lot or in 
selected groups of properties, the total value could be different. C&W states that in current market conditions it is of the view that there could  
be a material portfolio premium.

Valuation method and assumptions
The valuation of the operational self storage facilities has been prepared having regard to trading potential. Cash flow projections have been 
prepared for all of the properties reflecting estimated absorption, revenue growth and expense inflation. A discounted cash flow method of 
valuation based on these cash flow projections has been used by C&W to arrive at its opinion of fair value for these properties.

C&W has adopted different approaches for the valuation of the leasehold and freehold assets as follows:

Freehold and long leasehold (UK, Paris, Spain, the Netherlands, and Belgium)
The valuation is based on a discounted cash flow of the net operating income over a ten-year period and a notional sale of the asset at the end  
of the tenth year.

Assumptions:
•  Net operating income is based on projected revenue received less projected operating costs together with a central administration charge of 
6% of the estimated annual revenue, subject to a cap and collar. The initial net operating income is calculated by estimating the net operating 
income in the first twelve months following the valuation date.

•  The net operating income in future years is calculated assuming either straight-line absorption from day one actual occupancy or variable 
absorption over years one to four of the cash flow period, to an estimated stabilised/mature occupancy level. In the valuation the assumed 
stabilised occupancy level for the trading stores (both freeholds and all leaseholds) open at 31 October 2022 averages 89.18% (FY2021: 
89.10%). The projected revenues and costs have been adjusted for estimated cost inflation and revenue growth. The average time assumed 
for stores to trade at their maturity levels is 18.51 months (FY2021: 18.27 months).

•  The capitalisation rates applied to existing and future net cash flows have been estimated by reference to underlying yields for industrial and 

retail warehouse property, yields for other trading property types such as purpose-built student housing and hotels, bank base rates, ten-year 
money rates, inflation and the available evidence of transactions in the sector. The valuation included in the accounts assumes rental growth  
in future periods. If an assumption of no rental growth is applied to the external valuation, the net initial yield pre-administration expenses for 
mature stores (i.e. excluding those stores categorised as “developing”) is 6.30% (FY2021: 6.73%), rising to a stabilised net yield pre-administration 
expenses of 6.74% (FY2021: 6.90%).

•  The weighted average freehold exit yield on UK freeholds is 5.83% (FY2021: 6.07%), on France freeholds is 5.49% (FY2021: 5.88%), on Spain 

freeholds is 5.50% (FY2021: 5.38%), on the Netherlands freeholds is 5.08% and on Belgium freeholds is 5.02%. The weighted average 
freehold exit yield for all freeholds adopted is 5.66% (FY2021: 6.03%).

•  The future net cash flow projections (including revenue growth and cost inflation) have been discounted at a rate that reflects the risk 

associated with each asset. The weighted average annual discount rate adopted (for both freeholds and leaseholds) in the UK portfolio is 
8.40% (FY2021: 8.62%), in the France portfolio is 8.78% (FY2021: 8.98%), in the Spain portfolio is 8.00% (FY2021: 7.87%), in the Netherlands 
portfolio is 7.33% and in the Belgium portfolio is 7.62%. The weighted average annual discount rate adopted (for both freeholds and all 
leaseholds) is 8.49% (FY2021: 8.72%).

•  Purchaser’s costs in the range of approximately 3.3% to 6.8% for the UK, 7.5% for Paris, 2.5% for Spain, 7.5% for the Netherlands and 7.5% 
for Belgium have been assumed initially, reflecting the progressive SDLT rates brought into force in March 2016 in the UK, and sales plus 
purchaser’s costs totalling approximately 5.3% to 8.8% (UK), 9.5% (Paris), 4.5% (Spain), 7.5% (the Netherlands) and 7.5% (Belgium) are 
assumed on the notional sales in the tenth year in relation to freehold and long leasehold stores.

148

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 202213. Investment properties continued
Valuation method and assumptions continued
Short leaseholds (UK)
The same methodology has been used as for freeholds, except that no sale of the assets in the tenth year is assumed but the discounted 
cash flow is extended to the expiry of the lease. The average unexpired term of the Group’s UK short term leasehold properties is 13.0 years 
(FY2021: 12.2 years). The average unexpired term excludes the commercial leases in France and Spain.

Short leaseholds (Paris)
In relation to the commercial leases in Paris, C&W has valued the cash flow projections in perpetuity due to the security of tenure arrangements 
in that market and the potential compensation arrangements in the event of the landlord wishing to take possession. The valuation treatment 
is therefore the same as for the freehold properties. The capitalisation rates on these stores reflect the risk of the landlord terminating the 
lease arrangements.

Short leaseholds (Spain)
In relation to the two commercial leases in Spain, C&W has valued the cash flow projections in perpetuity due to the nature of the lease 
agreements which allows the tenant to renew the lease year-on-year into perpetuity. The valuation treatment is therefore the same as for the 
freehold properties. The capitalisation rates on these stores reflect the risk of the rolling lease arrangements.

In relation to one other short leasehold in Spain, the lease allows for a five-year automatic extension beyond the initial lease expiry date subject 
to neither party serving notice stating it does not wish to do so. This allows the landlord to terminate the lease at the original expiry date if it so 
wishes. The same methodology has been used as for freeholds, except that no sale of the asset in the tenth year is assumed but the discounted 
cash flow is extended to the expiry of the lease. 

Short leaseholds (the Netherlands)
The same methodology has been used as for freeholds, except that no sale of the assets in the tenth year is assumed but the discounted cash 
flow is extended to the expiry of the lease.

Short leaseholds (Belgium)
There are no short term leaseholds in Belgium.

Investment properties under construction
C&W has valued the stores in development adopting the same methodology as set out above but on the basis of the cash flow projection 
expected for the store at opening and allowing for the outstanding costs to take each store from its current state to completion and full fit out, 
except several recently acquired stores which have been valued at acquisition costs. C&W has allowed for carry costs and construction 
contingency, as appropriate.

Immature stores: value uncertainty
C&W has assessed the value of each property individually. However, three of the stores in the portfolio are relatively immature and have low initial 
cash flow. C&W has endeavoured to reflect the nature of the cash flow profile for these properties in its valuation, and the higher associated risks 
relating to the as yet unproven future cash flow, by adjustment to the capitalisation rates and discount rates adopted. However, immature low 
cash flow stores of this nature are rarely, if ever, traded individually in the market, unless as part of a distressed sale or similar situation, although 
there is more evidence of such stores being traded as part of a group or portfolio transaction. 

C&W considers there to be market uncertainty in the self storage sector due to the lack of comparable market transactions and information. 
The degree of uncertainty relating to the three immature stores is greater than in relation to the balance of the properties due to there being even 
less market evidence than might be available for more mature properties and portfolios. 

C&W states that, in practice, if an actual sale of the properties was to be contemplated then any immature low cash flow stores would normally 
be presented to the market for sale lotted or grouped with other more mature assets owned by the same entity, in order to alleviate the issue of 
negative or low short term cash flow. This approach would enhance the marketability of the group of assets and assist in achieving the best price 
available in the market by diluting the cash flow risk.

C&W has not adjusted its opinion of fair value to reflect such a grouping of the immature assets with other properties in the portfolio and all stores 
have been valued individually. However, C&W highlights the matter to alert the Group to the manner in which the properties might be grouped or 
lotted in order to maximise their attractiveness to the marketplace. 

C&W considers this approach to be a valuation assumption but not a special assumption, the latter being an assumption that assumes facts that 
differ from the actual facts existing at the valuation date and which, if not adopted, could produce a material difference in value. 

Valuation assumption for purchaser’s costs 
The Group’s investment property assets have been valued for the purposes of the financial statements after adjusting for notional purchaser’s 
costs in the range of approximately 3.3% to 6.8% (UK), 7.5% (Paris), 2.5% (Spain), 7.5% (the Netherlands) and 7.5% (Belgium), as if they were sold 
directly as property assets. The valuation is an asset valuation which is strongly linked to the operating performance of the business. They would 
have to be sold with the benefit of operational contracts, employment contracts and customer contracts, which would be difficult to achieve 
except in a corporate structure.

This approach follows the logic of the valuation methodology in that the valuation is based on a capitalisation of the net operating income after 
allowing a deduction for operational cost and an allowance for central administration costs. A sale in a corporate structure would result in a 
reduction in the assumed stamp duty land tax but an increase in other transaction costs reflecting additional due diligence resulting in a reduced 
notional purchaser’s cost of c.2.75% of gross value. All the significant sized transactions that have been concluded in the UK in recent years were 
completed in a corporate structure. The Group therefore instructed C&W to prepare additional valuation advice on the basis of purchaser’s cost 
of 2.75% of gross value which is used for internal management purposes.

149

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT13. Investment properties continued
Valuation method and assumptions continued
Sensitivity of the valuation to assumptions
As noted in “Key sources of estimation uncertainty” on page 138, self storage valuations are complex, derived from data which is not widely 
publicly available and involves a degree of judgement. All other factors being equal, higher net operating income would lead to an increase 
in the valuation of a store and an increase in the capitalisation rate or discount rate would result in a lower valuation, and vice versa. Higher 
assumptions for stabilised occupancy, absorption rate, rental rate and other revenue, and a lower assumption for operating costs, would 
result in an increase in projected net operating income, and thus an increase in valuation.

There are inter-relationships between the valuation inputs, and they are primarily determined by market conditions. The effect of an increase in 
more than one input could be to magnify the impact on the valuation. However, the impact on the valuation could be offset by the inter-relationship 
of two inputs moving in opposite directions, e.g. an increase in rent may be offset by a decrease in occupancy, resulting in no net impact on 
the valuation.

As noted in “Key sources of estimation uncertainty”, self storage valuations are complex, derived from data which is not widely available and 
involve a degree of judgement. For these reasons we have classified the valuation of our property portfolio as Level 3 as defined by IFRS 13. 
Inputs to the valuation, some of which are “unobservable” as defined by IFRS 13, include capitalisation yields, stable occupancy rates, and time 
to stabilised occupancy. The existence of an increase of more than one unobservable input would augment the impact on the valuation. The impact 
on the valuation would be mitigated by the inter-relationship between unobservable inputs moving in opposite directions. For example, an increase 
in stable occupancy may be offset by an increase in yield, resulting in no net impact on the valuation. A sensitivity analysis showing the impact  
on valuations of changes in capitalisation rates and stable occupancy is shown below:

Impact of change in
capitalisation rates
£’m

Impact of a change in stabilised 
occupancy assumption
£’m

Impact of a delay 
in stabilised 
occupancy 
assumption
£’m

25 bps decrease

25 bps increase

1% increase

1% decrease

24-month delay

Reported Group

107.0

(90.2)

40.0

(32.0)

(10.6)

14. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 November 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 31 October 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 November 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 October 2022

Net book value

At 31 October 2022

At 31 October 2021

Owner- 
occupied 
buildings 
£’m

Motor 
vehicles 
£’m

Fixtures 
and fittings 
£’m

IFRS 16
 leases
£’m

0.8

0.2

—

1.0

0.2

—

—

0.2

0.8

0.6

1.0

0.2

(0.3)

0.9

0.5

0.1

(0.1)

0.5

0.4

0.5

7.0

0.8

—

7.8

5.1

0.8

—

5.9

1.9

1.9

0.4

0.2

—

0.6

0.2

0.1

—

0.3

0.3

0.2

Total 
 £’m

9.2

1.4

(0.3)

10.3

6.0

1.0

(0.1)

6.9

3.4

3.2

As a result of adopting IFRS 16, the Group initially recognised a right-of-use asset of £0.4 million in property, plant and equipment and a lease 
liability of £0.4 million at the transition date of 1 November 2019. Due to a lease extension for this asset, this has subsequently been re-measured 
by an additional £0.2 million. The additional depreciation charge for the right-of-use asset recognised during the year was £0.1 million. The reduction 
in the lease liability in respect of principal repayments and interest was £0.1 million.

150

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Property, plant and equipment continued

Cost
At 1 November 2020

Additions

Disposals

At 31 October 2021

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 November 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 October 2021

Net book value

At 31 October 2021

At 31 October 2020

Owner- 
occupied 
buildings 
£’m

Motor 
vehicles 
£’m

Fixtures 
and fittings 
£’m

IFRS 16
 leases
£’m

0.8

—

—

0.8

0.2

—

—

0.2

0.6

0.6

0.9

0.2

(0.1)

1.0

0.4

0.2

(0.1)

0.5

0.5

0.5

6.2

0.8

—

7.0

4.4

0.7

—

5.1

1.9

1.8

0.4

—

—

0.4

0.1

0.1

—

0.2

0.2

0.3

Total 
 £’m

8.3

1.0

(0.1)

9.2

5.1

1.0

(0.1)

6.0

3.2

3.2

15. Net assets per share
EPRA’s Best Practices Recommendations guidelines for Net Asset Value (“NAV”) metrics are EPRA Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”), EPRA Net 
Reinstatement Value (“NRV”) and EPRA Net Disposal Value (“NDV”).

EPRA NTA is considered to be the most relevant measure for the Group’s business which provides sustainable long term progressive returns 
and is now the primary measure of net assets, replacing the previously reported EPRA NAV metric. EPRA NTA assumes that entities buy and 
sell assets, thereby crystallising certain levels of unavoidable deferred tax. Due to the Group’s REIT status, deferred tax is only provided at each 
balance sheet date on properties outside the REIT regime. As a result, deferred taxes are excluded from EPRA NTA for properties within the REIT 
regime. For properties outside of the REIT regime, deferred tax is included to the extent that it is expected to crystallise, based on the Group’s 
track record and tax structuring.

There are no reconciling items between EPRA NTA and the previously reported EPRA NAV metric. EPRA NTA is shown in the table below: 

Balance sheet net assets

Adjustments to exclude:

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (net of deferred tax)

Deferred tax liabilities on the revaluation of investment properties

EPRA NTA

Basic net assets per share

EPRA basic NTA per share

2022

2021

£’m

Diluted pence 
per share

£’m

Diluted pence 
per share

1,793.4

820

1,374.9

635

(1.7)

129.0

1,920.7

(2.0)

96.9

1,469.8

879

848

908

679

652

697

The basic and diluted net assets per share have been calculated based on the following number of shares:

Shares in issue
At year end

Adjustment for Employee Benefit Trust (treasury) shares

IFRS/EPRA number of shares (basic)
Dilutive effect of Save As You Earn shares

Dilutive effect of Long Term Incentive Plan shares

IFRS/EPRA number of shares (diluted)

2022 
Number

2021 
Number

211,927,497

210,823,703

(359,795)

(41,259)

211,567,702

210,782,444

87,562

109,100

6,956,633

5,706,061

218,611,897

216,597,605

151

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Net assets per share continued
Basic net assets per share is shareholders’ funds divided by the number of shares at the year end. Diluted net assets per share is shareholders’ 
funds divided by the number of shares at the year end, adjusted for dilutive share options of 7,044,195 shares (FY2021: 5,815,161 shares). EPRA 
diluted net assets per share excludes deferred tax liabilities arising on the revaluation of investment properties. The EPRA NAV, which further 
excludes fair value adjustments for debt and related derivatives net of deferred tax, was £1,920.7 million (FY2021: £1,469.8 million), giving EPRA 
NTA per share of 879 pence (FY2021: 679 pence). The Directors consider that these alternative measures provide useful information on the 
performance of the Group.

EPRA adjusted balance sheet (non-statutory)

Assets
Non-current assets

Current assets 

Total assets

Liabilities 
Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

EPRA adjusted Net Asset Value

EPRA adjusted basic net assets per share

16. Trade and other receivables

Current
Trade receivables

Less: credit loss allowance

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Amounts due from associates (note 30)

Prepayments

2022 
£’m

2021 
£’m

2,653.4

52.4

2,705.8

(178.4)

(606.7)

(785.1)

2,042.5

72.6

2,115.1

(88.4)

(557.0)

(645.4)

1,920.7

1,469.7

908 pence

697 pence

2022 
£’m

20.6

(5.5)

15.1

8.9

—

7.2

31.2

2021 
£’m

17.8

(4.3)

13.5

7.4

2.7

5.3

28.9

The creation and release of credit loss allowances have been included in cost of sales in the income statement.

The Group always measures the loss allowance for the trade receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit loss. The expected credit 
losses on trade receivables are estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the 
debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtor and an analysis of the debtors, general economic conditions 
of the industry in which the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting 
date. The Group provides in full against all receivables due over six months past due because historical experience has indicated that these 
receivables are generally not recoverable. 

There has been no change in the estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the current reporting period.

The Group writes off a trade receivable when there is information indicating that the debtors are in severe financial difficulty and there is no 
realistic prospect of recovery, e.g. when the debtor has been placed under liquidation or has entered into bankruptcy proceedings. 

152

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. Trade and other receivables continued
The following table details the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Group’s provision matrix:

UK

Expected credit loss rate (%)

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default (£’m)

Lifetime ECL (£’m)

Net trade receivables as at 31 October 2022

France

Expected credit loss rate (%)

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default (£’m)

Lifetime ECL (£’m)

Net trade receivables as at 31 October 2022

UK

Expected credit loss rate (%)

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default (£’m)

Lifetime ECL (£’m)

Net trade receivables as at 31 October 2021

France

Expected credit loss rate (%)

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default (£’m)

Lifetime ECL (£’m)

Net trade receivables as at 31 October 2021

Not past due

<28 days

29–60 days

>60 days

 —

7.5

—

7.5

7.1%

25.0%

57.1%

2.8

(0.2)

2.6

1.2

(0.3)

0.9

1.4

(0.8)

0.6

Not past due

<28 days

29–60 days

>60 days

—

1.4

—

1.4

14.3%

20.0%

85.1%

0.7

(0.1)

0.6

0.5

(0.1)

0.4

4.7

(4.0)

0.7

Not past due

<28 days

29–60 days

>60 days

 —

7.4

—

7.4

4.0%

16.7%

100.0%

2.5

(0.1)

2.4

1.2

(0.2)

1.0

0.7

(0.7)

—

Not past due

<28 days

29–60 days

>60 days

—

2.0

—

2.0

—

0.4

—

0.4

50.0%

94.1%

0.2

(0.1)

0.1

3.4

(3.2)

0.2

Total

10.1%

12.9

(1.3)

11.6

Total

57.5%

7.3

(4.2)

3.1

Total

8.5%

11.8

(1.0)

10.8

Total

55.0%

6.0

(3.3)

2.7

Outstanding trade receivables in Spain, the Netherlands, and Belgium totalled £0.4 million (FY2021: £nil); therefore, the risk profile for this 
geography has been excluded.

The difference between expected credit loss rates in the UK and France is largely due to the differing processes for collecting overdue debt, 
with legal proceedings in France typically taking significantly longer than in the UK.

The above balances are short term (including other receivables) and therefore the difference between the book value and the fair value is not 
significant. Consequently, these have not been discounted.

Movement in the credit loss allowance:

Balance at the beginning of the year

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Amounts provided in the year

Amounts written off as uncollectable

Balance at the end of the year

2022
£’m

4.3

0.1

2.5

(1.4)

5.5

2021
£’m 

3.8

—

1.6

(1.1)

4.3

153

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT16. Trade and other receivables continued
The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euros

2022 
£’m

19.0

12.2

31.2

2021 
£’m

16.3

12.6

28.9

Amounts due from associates of £nil (FY2021: £2.7 million) relate to the Joint Venture arrangement (note 12), made up of a loan and accrued 
interest to the associate of £nil (FY2021: £2.7 million). These amounts are considered to be fully recoverable and have not been impaired (FY2021: £nil).

17. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

The carrying amounts of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euros

18. Trade and other payables

Current
Trade payables

Other taxes and social security payable

Other payables

Accruals

Deferred income

2022 
£’m

20.9

2022 
£’m

6.4

14.5

20.9

2022 
£’m

8.0

6.2

4.9

24.8

18.8

62.7

2021 
£’m

43.2

2021 
£’m

22.7

20.5

43.2

2021 
£’m

22.7

5.4

6.5

23.6

17.6

75.8

As at 31 October 2021, included within trade and other payables was £15.4 million in relation to the acquisition of a freehold development site in 
Old Kent Road, London.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other payables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euros

19. Financial liabilities – bank borrowings and secured notes

Non-current

Bank loans and secured notes
Secured

Debt issue costs

2022 
£’m

47.4

15.3

62.7

2022
£’m

625.1

(1.3)

623.8

2021 
£’m

61.6

14.2

75.8

2021
£’m

486.5

(1.8)

484.7

The Group’s borrowings consist of bank facilities of £250 million and €70 million maturing in June 2023. Further in April 2022, the Group extended  
its borrowing facilities, with the issuance of a €105 million US Private Shelf Placement Note from a group of existing investors. The Group now 
has US Private Placement Notes of €358 million (FY2021: €253 million) which have maturities extending to 2024, 2026, 2027, 2028, 2029 and 
2033 and £215.5 million (FY2021: £215.5 million) which have maturities extending to 2026, 2028, 2029 and 2031. The blended cost of interest  
on the overall debt at 31 October 2022 was 2.41% per annum. Since the year end the Group has successfully refinanced its bank facilities 
borrowings (note 32).

154

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
 
19. Financial liabilities – bank borrowings and secured notes continued
The bank facilities attract a margin over SONIA/EURIBOR. The margin ratchets between 1.25% and 2.50%, by reference to the Group’s 
performance against its interest cover covenant. Approximately 54% of the drawn bank facilities have been hedged at an effective rate of 
0.6885% (SONIA).

The Company has in issue €50.9 million (FY2021: €50.9 million) 1.59% Series A Senior Secured Notes due 2024, €70.0 million (FY2021: 
€70.0 million) 1.26% Series A Secured Notes due 2026, £35.0 million (FY2021: £35.0 million) 2.59% Series B Senior Secured Notes due 2026, 
€74.1 million (FY2021: €74.1 million) 2.00% Series B Senior Secured Notes due 2027, £20.0 million (FY2021: £20.0 million) 1.96% Series A 
Secured Notes due 2028, €29.0 million (FY2021: €29.0 million) 0.93% Series B Secured Notes due 2028, £50.5 million (FY2021: £50.5 million) 
2.92% Series C Senior Secured Notes due 2029, £30.0 million (FY2021: £30.0 million) 2.69% Series C Senior Secured Notes due 2029, 
€105.0 million (FY2021: €nil) 2.45% Private Shelf Senior Secured Notes due 2029, £80.0 million (FY2021: £80.0 million) 2.39% Series C Secured 
Notes due 2031 and €29.0 million (FY2021: €29.0 million) 1.42% Series D Secured Notes due 2033. The €358.0 million of Euro denominated 
borrowings provides a natural hedge against the Group’s investment in the France, Spain, Netherlands and Belgium businesses, so the Group 
has applied net investment hedge accounting and the retranslation of these borrowings is recognised directly in the translation reserve.

The bank loans and overdrafts are secured by a fixed charge over the Group’s investment property portfolio. As part of the Group’s interest rate 
management strategy, the Group has entered into several interest rate swap contracts, details of which are shown in note 20.

Bank loans and secured notes are stated before unamortised issue costs of £1.3 million (FY2021: £1.8 million).

Bank loans and secured notes are repayable as follows:

Within one year

Between one and two years

Between two and five years

After more than five years

Bank loans and secured notes

Unamortised debt issue costs

The effective interest rates at the balance sheet date were as follows:

2022

Group

2022
£’m

101.8

43.8

158.9

320.6

625.1

(1.3)

623.8

2021 
£’m

—

57.3

137.1

292.1

486.5

(1.8)

484.7

2021

Bank loans (UK term loan)

Bank loans (Euro term loan)

Private Placement Notes (Euros)

Private Placement Notes (Sterling)

Quarterly or monthly SONIA plus 1.25%

Quarterly or monthly SONIA plus 1.25%

Quarterly EURIBOR plus 1.25%

1.80%

2.55%

Quarterly EURIBOR plus 1.25%

Weighted average rate of 1.52%

Weighted average rate of 2.55%

Borrowing facilities
The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at 31 October in respect of which all conditions precedent had 
been met at that date:

Expiring within one year

Expiring beyond one year

As described above the Group’s bank facilities mature in June 2023.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euros

Floating rate

2022
£’m

208.4
—

208.4

2022
£’m

291.5

333.6

625.1

2021 
£’m

—

251.8

251.8

2021
£’m

247.5

239.0

486.5

155

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
20. Financial instruments
Financial risk management
Financial risk management is an integral part of the way the Group is managed. In the course of its business, the Group is exposed primarily 
to foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and credit risk. The overall aim of the Group’s financial risk management policies is to 
minimise potential adverse effects on financial performance and Net Asset Values (“NAV”). The Group manages the financial risks within policies 
and operating parameters approved by the Board of Directors and does not enter into speculative transactions. Treasury activities are managed 
centrally under a framework of policies and procedures approved and monitored by the Board. These objectives are to protect the assets of the 
Group and to identify and then manage financial risk. In applying these policies, the Group will utilise derivative instruments, but only for risk 
management purposes.

The principal financial risks facing the Group are described below.

Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained profits, issued share capital, bank borrowings, and secured notes. The Group 
borrows in Sterling and Euros at floating rates and, where necessary, uses interest rate swaps to convert these to fixed rates to generate the 
preferred interest rate profile and to manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. A 1ppt change in interest rates would have a £0.5 million 
(FY2021: £nil) impact on net interest. This sensitivity impact has been prepared by determining average floating interest rates and flexing these 
against average floating rate deposits and borrowings by major currency area over the course of the year.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s policy on liquidity risk is to ensure that sufficient cash is available to fund ongoing operations without the need to carry significant 
net debt over the medium term. The Group’s principal borrowing facilities are provided by a group of core relationship banks in the form of term 
loans and overdrafts, revolving credit facilities and secured notes. The quantum of committed borrowing facilities available to the Group is reviewed 
regularly and is designed to exceed forecast peak gross debt levels. Further details of the Group’s borrowing facilities, including the repayment 
profile of existing borrowings and the amount of undrawn committed borrowing facilities, are set out in note 19.

Credit risk
Credit risk arises on financial instruments such as trade and other receivables and short term bank deposits. Policies and procedures exist to 
ensure that customers have an appropriate credit history and account customers are given credit limits that are monitored. Short term bank 
deposits are executed only with A-rated or above authorised counterparties based on ratings issued by the major rating agencies. Counterparty 
exposure positions are monitored regularly so that credit exposures to any one counterparty are within predetermined limits. Overall, the Group 
considers that it is not exposed to a significant amount of credit risk. The amount of trade receivables outstanding at the year end does not 
represent the maximum exposure to operational credit risk due to the normal patterns of supply and payment over the course of a year. Based 
on management information collected as at month ends the maximum level of net trade receivables at any one point during the year was 
£18.3 million (FY2021: £14.6 million).

Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk in respect of the Euro. Foreign exchange risk arises from future 
commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. 

The Group has investments in foreign operations in France, Spain, the Netherlands and Belgium, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency 
translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated 
in the relevant foreign currencies.

The Group holds Euro denominated loan notes totalling €358 million (FY2021: €253 million) and as such is exposed to foreign exchange risk on 
these notes. The foreign exchange risk relating to the notes provides a natural hedge against the Euro denominated assets of its operations in 
France, Spain, the Netherlands and Belgium and were 100% effective. As a result, the Group applies net investment hedging in respect of these 
loan notes and the change in fair value during the year of £4.6 million (FY2021: £10.9 million) was recognised in other comprehensive income.

The Group holds average rate forward contracts to mainly hedge against the investment exposure of subsidiaries denominated in Euros and the 
future earnings generated by these foreign subsidiaries. The hedge rate of these forwards was 1.0751 and they mature in six tranches bi-annually 
commencing from October 2020 as detailed further within this note. 

At 31 October 2022, if Sterling had weakened by 10% against the Euro with all other variables held constant, pre-tax profit for the year would 
have been £0.1 million lower (FY2021: £1.0 million higher). Equity (translation reserve) would have been £19.0 million higher (FY2021: £13.8 million 
higher), arising primarily on translation of Euro denominated net assets held by subsidiary companies with a Euro functional currency less the 
Euro denominated loan notes.

The Group is not exposed to significant transaction foreign exchange risk as purchases are invoiced in either Sterling or Euros.

156

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 202220. Financial instruments continued
Financial risk management continued
Capital risk
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns 
for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 
issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. Being a REIT, the Group is required to distribute as a dividend a minimum of 90% of its property 
rental income to shareholders. This is factored into the Group’s capital risk management.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total 
capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (including “current and non-current borrowings and lease liabilities” as shown in the consolidated 
balance sheet) less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as equity as shown in the consolidated balance sheet plus net debt.

The gearing ratios at 31 October 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

Total borrowings (excluding derivatives)

Less: cash and cash equivalents (note 17)

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

2022
£’m

719.2

(20.9)

698.3

1,793.4

2,491.7

28%

2021
£’m

567.0

(43.2)

523.8

1,374.9

1,898.7

28%

The Group considers that a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio, defined as gross debt (excluding lease liabilities) as a proportion of the valuation of 
investment properties and investment properties under construction (excluding lease liabilities), below 40% represents an appropriate medium 
term capital structure objective. The Group’s LTV ratio was 24% at 31 October 2022 (FY2021: 25%). 

The Group has complied with all of the covenants on its banking facilities during the year.

Financial instruments
Financial instruments disclosures are set out below:

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forwards 

2022

2021

Asset
£’m

1.2

0.5

Liability
£’m

—

—

Asset
£’m

0.3

1.9

Liability
£’m

(0.2)

—

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market, such as over the counter derivatives, is determined using valuation 
techniques. The Group obtains such valuations from counterparties which use a variety of assumptions based on market conditions existing at 
each balance sheet date.

The fair values of all financial instruments are equal to their book value, with the exception of bank loans, which are set out below. The fair value 
of secured loan notes is determined using a discounted cash flow, while the fair value of bank loans drawn from the Group’s bank facilities 
equates to book value. The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables, other receivables and the carrying value of trade 
payables and other payables approximates to their fair value.

The fair value of bank loans is calculated as:

Bank loans 

2022

2021

Book value
£’m

Fair value
£’m

623.8

694.1

Book value
£’m

484.7

Fair value
£’m

543.9

157

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT20. Financial instruments continued
Financial instruments continued
Fair value hierarchy
IFRS 13 requires fair value measurements to be recognised using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in the 
measurements, according to the following levels:

Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

The table below shows the level in the fair value hierarchy into which fair value measurements have been categorised:

Assets per the balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments – Level 2

Amounts due from associates – Level 2

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments – Level 2

Bank loans – Level 2

2022
£’m

1.7

—

2022
£’m

—

2021
£’m

2.2

2.7

2021
£’m

0.2

694.1

543.9

There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 and 3 fair value measurements during the current or prior year.

Over the life of the Group’s derivative financial instruments, the cumulative fair value gain/loss on those instruments will be £nil as it is the Group’s 
intention to hold them to maturity.

Interest rate swaps not designated as part of a hedging arrangement
The notional principal amounts of the outstanding interest rate swap contracts at 31 October 2022 were £55.0 million and €nil (FY2021: £55.0 million 
and €30.0 million). At 31 October 2022 the weighted average fixed interest rates were Sterling at 0.6885% (FY2021: Sterling at 0.8152% and Euro 
at 0.1656%), and floating rates are at quarterly SONIA. The £55.0 million SONIA swaps expire in June 2023. The movement in fair value recognised 
in the income statement was a net gain of £1.0 million (FY2021: net gain of £1.5 million).

Foreign currency forwards not designated as part of a hedging arrangement
As at 31 October 2022, the Group has one tranche of average rate forward contracts for a notional amount totalling €8.5 million at a rate of €1.0751 
to the Pound (FY2021: three tranches totalling €24.5 million). The Group will receive the Sterling equivalent at this average exchange rate and pay 
the Sterling equivalent of the average monthly spot rates on the Euro notional amounts, which has a maturity date of 28 April 2023. The movement 
in the fair value recognised in the income statement in the period was a net loss of £1.3 million (FY2021: net gain of £1.4 million). The €8.0 million 
tranche previously held matured and was settled in April 2022, resulting in a fair value disposal of £0.7 million and a receipt of £0.7 million. The 
€8.0 million tranche previously held matured and was settled in October 2022, resulting in a fair value disposal of £0.6 million and a receipt of 
£0.6 million. This resulted in £1.3 million recognised as finance income and £1.3 million expense as part of the £0.3 million expense recognised 
in fair value movement of derivatives within finance costs in the income statement. 

Financial instruments by category

Assets per the balance sheet

Trade receivables and other receivables excluding prepayments

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

At 31 October 2022

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)

Lease liabilities

Payables and accruals

At 31 October 2022

158

Financial assets
at amortised cost
£’m

Assets at fair
value through
profit and loss
£’m

24.0

—

20.9

44.9

—

1.7

—

1.7

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£’m

Liabilities at fair 
value through 
profit and loss 
£’m

623.8

95.4

43.9

763.1

—

—

—

—

Total
£’m

24.0

1.7

20.9

46.6

Total
£’m

623.8

95.4

43.9

763.1

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 202220. Financial instruments continued
Financial instruments continued
Financial instruments by category continued

Assets per the balance sheet

Trade receivables and other receivables excluding prepayments

Amounts due from associates

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

At 31 October 2021

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Payables and accruals

At 31 October 2021

Financial assets
at amortised cost
£’m

Assets at fair
value through
profit and loss
£’m

20.9

2.7

—

43.2

66.8

—

—

2.2

—

2.2

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£’m

Liabilities at fair 
value through 
profit and loss 
£’m

484.7

82.3

—

58.2

625.2

—

—

0.2

—

0.2

The interest rate risk profile, after taking account of derivative financial instruments, was as follows:

Borrowings

Floating rate
£’m

2022

Fixed rate 
£’m

46.8

577.0

Total
£’m

623.8

Floating rate
£’m

2021

Fixed rate 
£’m

—

484.7

Total
£’m

20.9

2.7

2.2

43.2

69.0

Total 
£’m

484.7

82.3

0.2

58.2

625.4

Total
£’m

484.7

The weighted average interest rate of the fixed rate financial borrowing was 2.05% (FY2021: 2.01%) and the weighted average remaining period 
for which the rate is fixed was five years (FY2021: six years).

Maturity analysis
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities and non-settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based 
on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity dates. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual 
undiscounted cash flows.

2022
Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments

Lease liabilities

Payables and accruals

2021
Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments

Lease liabilities

Payables and accruals

Less than 
one year
£’m

One to two 
years 
£’m

Two to five 
years 
£’m

More than 
five years 
£’m

114.7

1.0

13.8

43.9

173.4

53.9

—

12.9

—

66.8

187.8

—

35.9

—

223.7

348.3

—

74.7

—

423.0

Less than 
one year
£’m

One to two 
years 
£’m

Two to five 
years 
£’m

More than 
five years 
£’m

10.6

0.3

12.9

58.2

82.0

67.4

0.3

11.5

—

79.2

162.1

—

30.9

—

193.0

313.4

—

58.8

—

372.2

159

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Lease liabilities
The Group leases certain of its investment properties under lease liabilities. The average remaining lease term is 10.9 years (FY2021: 10.3 years).

Minimum lease payments

Present value of minimum
lease payments

Within one year

Within two to five years

Greater than five years

Less: future finance charges on lease liabilities

Present value of lease liabilities

Current 

Non-current

2022
£’m

13.8

48.8

74.7

137.3

(41.9)

95.4

2021
£’m

12.9

42.4

58.8

114.1

(31.8)

82.3

2022
£’m

13.2

40.6

41.6

95.4

—

95.4

2022
£’m

13.2

82.2

95.4

2021
£’m

12.3

35.3

34.7

82.3

—

82.3

2021
£’m

12.3

70.0

82.3

Amounts recognised within the consolidated income statement include interest on lease liabilities of £5.0 million and variable lease payments not 
included in the measurement of the lease liabilities of £0.3 million. Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of cash flows include lease 
liabilities principal payments of £8.4 million and interest on lease liabilities of £5.0 million. The maturity analysis for lease liabilities under contractual 
undiscounted cash flows is included in note 20.

22. Deferred income tax
Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using tax rates enacted in each respective jurisdiction 
corresponding to when they are expected to reverse. The movement on the deferred tax account was as shown below.

At 1 November

Charge to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 October

Note

9

2022 
£’m

96.2

29.8

2.2

128.2

2021
£’m

84.8

17.1

(5.7)

96.2

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities (prior to the offsetting of balances within the same jurisdiction where permitted by IAS 12) 
during the period are shown below.

Revaluation of 
investment 
properties 
£’m

Other 
timing 
differences 
£’m

84.8

17.8

(5.7)

96.9

96.9

29.9

2.2

129.0

0.2

(0.1)

—

0.1

0.1

(0.1)

—

—

Total 
£’m

85.0

17.7

(5.7)

97.0

97.0

29.8

2.2

129.0

Deferred tax liability

At 1 November 2020

Charge/(credit) to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 October 2021

At 1 November 2021

Charge/(credit) to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 October 2022

160

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
 
22. Deferred income tax continued

Deferred tax asset

At 1 November 2020

Credit/(charge) to income statement 

At 31 October 2021

At 1 November 2021

Credit to income statement 

At 31 October 2022

Other
timing
differences
£’m

0.1

0.7

0.8

0.8

—

0.8

Interest 
swap 
£’m

0.1

(0.1)

—

—

—

—

The deferred tax liability due after more than one year is £129.0 million (FY2021: £97.0 million).

As at 31 October 2022, the Group had trading losses of £16.7 million (FY2021: £21.8 million) and capital losses of £36.5 million 
(FY2021: £39.4 million) in respect of its UK operations. 

As at 31 October 2022, the Group had trading losses of £4.6 million (FY2021: £nil) in respect of its Netherlands and Belgium operations.

All losses can be carried forward indefinitely. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of these losses due to the uncertainty 
of recoverability against future taxable profits.

23. Called up share capital

Called up, allotted, and fully paid
211,927,497 (FY2021: 210,823,703) ordinary shares of 1 pence each

Ordinary shares
The holders of the ordinary shares shall be entitled to one vote for each ordinary share.

During the year the Company issued 1,103,794 ordinary shares (FY2021: 212,496 ordinary shares).

2022
£’m

2.1

Total
£’m

0.2

0.6

0.8

0.8

—

0.8

2021
£’m

2.1

Safestore Holdings plc Sharesave scheme
The Sharesave awards are a savings related award accruing over a three-year period. There are no performance conditions attached to the 
awards; as such, the sole condition for vesting is continued service. The fair value of the Sharesave options granted during the year was 
assessed by an independent actuary using a Black-Scholes model based on the assumptions set out in the table below:

Number of options granted

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Risk-free rate of interest

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Expected term to exercise

Value per option

Grant date

22 August 2022
(UK three years)

94,346

1,115

896

2.42

30.2

2.42

3.20

315

(pence)

(pence)

(% per annum)

(% per annum)

(% per annum)

(years)

(pence)

Safestore Long Term Incentive Plan
The fair values of the awards granted in the accounting period were assessed by an independent actuary using a Monte Carlo model based on 
the assumptions set out in the table below. In determining an appropriate assumption for expected future volatility, the historical volatility of the 
share price of Safestore Holdings plc has been considered along with the historical volatility of comparator companies.

Number of options granted

Weighted average share price at grant date
Exercise price

Weighted average risk-free rate of interest

Expected volatility

Weighted average expected term to exercise

Weighted average value per option

Grant date January 2022

(PBT-EPS part)

(TSR part)

(pence)
(pence)

(% per annum)

(% per annum)

(years)

(pence)

164,556

1,243
—

n/a

n/a

3.00

1,379

82,277

1,243
—

0.89

29.6

3.00

714

161

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. Called up share capital continued
Safestore Long Term Incentive Plan continued
Details of the awards outstanding under all of the Group’s share schemes are set out below:

Date of grant 

Safestore Holdings plc 
Sharesave scheme
24/10/2017

14/08/2019

26/08/2020

20/08/2021

20/08/2022

Total

Safestore Long Term 
Incentive Plan – 2017
29/09/2017

09/10/2017

15/06/2018

05/02/2019

05/07/2019

23/01/2020

Total

Safestore Long Term 
Incentive Plan – 2020
18/03/2020

Total

Safestore Long Term 
Incentive Plan – 2021
28/01/2021

Total

Safestore Long Term 
Incentive Plan – 2022
25/01/2022

Total

At
31 October 
2021

40,285

122,512

149,814

62,053

—

374,664

5,665,000

150,000

33,000

85,000

12,000

195,000

6,140,000

406,191

406,191

347,422

347,422

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed 

At
31 October 
2022

Exercise 
price 

Expiry 
date

—

—

—

—

94,346

94,346

(3,401)

(100,393)

—

—

—

(1,701)

(5,993)

(16,314)

(16,976)

—

35,183

16,126

133,500

45,077

94,346

(103,794)

(40,984)

324,232

352.8p

510.0p

600.0p

824.0p

896.0p

01/05/2023

01/03/2023

01/05/2024

01/05/2025

01/05/2026

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(570,786)

—

(20,000)

(3,450)

(12,000)

(45,871)

(652,107)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,094,214

150,000

13,000

81,550

—

149,129

5,487,893

406,191

406,191

347,422

347,422

246,833

246,833

1.0p

0.0p

1.0p

1.0p

1.0p

1.0p

28/09/2027

28/09/2027

28/09/2027

28/09/2027

28/09/2027

28/09/2027

0.0p

18/03/2023

0.0p

28/01/2024

0.0p

25/01/2025

—

—

246,833

246,833

In addition, gross amounts totalling £378,000 (FY2021: £378,000) in respect of bonuses awarded to Executive Directors for the year ended 31 October 2022 
will be deferred into shares which will vest at the end of two years following the financial year in which the bonus is earned. The grant date is the last day 
of the financial year in which the performance stage is assessed. The share entitlement is expected to be determined in January 2022.

The weighted average exercise price of outstanding options under the Sharesave scheme is 698.6 pence (FY2021: 581.1 pence). The weighted 
average exercise price of options exercised under the Sharesave scheme was 400.4 pence. No shares were exercised under the Sharesave 
scheme during 2020.

Own shares
Included within retained earnings are ordinary shares with a nominal value of £3,598 (FY2021: £413) that represent shares held by the Safestore 
Employee Benefit Trust in satisfaction of awards under the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan and which remain unvested.

162

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Cash flow from operating activities
Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating activities:

Cash generated from continuing operations

Profit before income tax

Gain on investment properties

Other exceptional gains

Share of loss in associates

Depreciation

Net finance expense

Employee share options

Changes in working capital:

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Cash generated from continuing operations

Notes

13

5

14

8

2022
£’m

498.8

(381.6)

(10.8)

0.3

1.0

15.7

8.6

0.2

0.1

(0.4)

0.3

2021
£’m

404.6

(321.1)

—

—

1.0

12.4

8.6

(0.2)

(5.4)

13.6

2.1

132.2

115.6

25. Analysis of movement in gross and net debt

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

Total gross debt (liabilities from financing activities)
Cash in hand

Total net debt

2021
£’m

(484.7)

(82.3)

(567.0)

43.2

(523.8)

Cash flows
£’m

Non-cash 
movements
£’m 

(132.0)

8.4

(123.6)

(22.1)

(145.7)

(7.1)

(21.5)

(28.6)

(0.2)

(28.8)

2022
£’m

(623.8)

(95.4)

(719.2)

20.9

(698.3)

The table above details changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities 
arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group’s consolidated cash flow 
statement as cash flows from financing activities.

The cash flows from bank loans make up the net amount of proceeds from borrowings, repayment of borrowings and debt issuance costs.

Non-cash movements relate to the amortisation of debt issue costs of £0.5 million (FY2021: £0.4 million), foreign exchange movements  
of £6.8 million (FY2021: £12.4 million) and unwinding of discount to lease liabilities of £21.5 million (FY2021: £12.6 million).

163

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26. Employees and Directors

Staff costs (including Directors) for the Group during the year

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments

2022
£’m

25.1

3.8

0.6

8.6

38.1

2021
£’m

23.3

11.3

0.6

8.6

43.8

During the period ended 31 October 2022 the Company’s equity-settled share-based payment arrangements comprised the Safestore Holdings 
plc Sharesave scheme and the Safestore Long Term Incentive Plans. The number of awards made under each scheme is detailed in note 23. 
No options have been modified since grant under any of the schemes, other than the modification in respect of the LTIP awards for Executive 
Directors described in note 23.

Average monthly number of people (including Executive Directors) employed

2022
Number

2021 
Number

Sales

Administration

Key management compensation

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

The key management figures given above include Directors.

Directors

Aggregate emoluments

Company contributions paid to money purchase pension schemes

604

123

727

2022
£’m

4.4

(0.3)

0.1

4.5

8.7

2022
£’m

5.7

—

5.7

557

93

650

2021
 £’m

4.2

2.6

0.1

5.2

12.1

2021
£’m

8.3

—

8.3

There were two Directors (FY2021: two) accruing benefits under a money purchase scheme.

27. Provisions
In France, the basis on which property taxes have been assessed has been challenged by the tax authority for financial years 2011 onwards. 
In March 2021 the French Court of Appeal delivered a judgement, which resulted in a partial success for the Group; however, a further appeal 
has been lodged with the French Supreme Court against those decisions on which the Group was unsuccessful. A provision is included in the 
consolidated financial accounts of £2.4 million at 31 October 2022 (FY2021: £2.1 million), to reflect the increased uncertainty surrounding the 
likelihood of a successful outcome. Of the total provided, £0.3 million has been charged in relation to the twelve months to 31 October 2022 
within cost of sales (Underlying EBITDA) (FY2021: £1.9 million was recorded as an exceptional charge in respect of financial years 2012 to 2020 
and £0.2 million was charged in relation to the twelve months to 31 October 2021 within underlying cost of sales). 

It is possible that the French tax authority may appeal the decisions of the French Court of Appeal on which the Group was successful to the 
French Supreme Court. The maximum potential further exposure in relation to these issues at 31 October 2022 is £3.0 million (FY2021: £2.7 million). 
No provision for any potential further exposure has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements since the Group believes it is more likely 
than not that a successful outcome will be achieved, resulting in no additional liabilities.

Bank guarantees to cover any potential additional tax assessment are currently being put in place, of which guarantees totalling £1.2 million 
have been put in place as at 31 October 2022 (FY2021: £1.3 million).

164

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2022 
 
 
 
28. Contingent liabilities
As part of the Group banking facility, the Company has guaranteed the borrowings totalling £625.1 million (FY2021: £486.5 million) of fellow Group 
undertakings by way of a charge over all of its property and assets. There are similar cross-guarantees provided by the Group companies in 
respect of any bank borrowings which the Company may draw under a Group facility agreement. The financial liability associated with this guarantee 
is considered remote and therefore no provision has been recorded.

The Group also has a contingent liability in respect of property taxation in the French subsidiary as disclosed in note 27.

29. Capital commitments
The Group had £146.0 million of capital commitments as at 31 October 2022 (FY2021: £98.6 million). 

30. Related party transactions
The Group’s shares are widely held. Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated  
on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

Transactions with Safestore Storage Benelux B.V. (formerly CERF Storage JV B.V.)
As described in note 12, the Group had a 20% interest in Safestore Storage Benelux B.V. (“SSB”) up until 30 March 2022 and was classified as 
an investment in associate. From 30 March 2022, SSB became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, from which point all intra-group 
transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

During the period to 30 March 2022 the Group recharged £0.2 million (FY2021: £nil) to SSB for operational costs paid on behalf of SSB and was 
repaid £0.2 million (FY2021: £0.2 million) of cumulative outstanding balances during the year. Unpaid interest of £0.1 million (FY2021: £0.1 million) 
was accrued and charged during the year on the €3.0 million (£2.7 million) principal loan note outstanding. The total amount outstanding at 
30 March 2022 included within current trade and other receivables was £2.8 million (FY2021: £2.7 million). Management fees charged and settled 
during the year amounted to £0.3 million (FY2021: £1.0 million). 

Transactions with PBC Les Groues SAS
As described in note 12, the Group has a 24.9% interest in PBC Les Groues SAS (“PBC”). During the period, the Group made a further 
investment of £0.8 million (€0.9 million) into PBC to fund the development of a new store in France, taking the total investment to £1.8 million 
(€2.1 million) (FY2021: £1.0 million (€1.2 million)). The total amount invested is included as part of its non-current investments in associates. 
The total amount outstanding at 31 October 2022 included within trade and other receivables was £nil (FY2021: £nil). 

As described in note 5, during the period, the Group sold the Nanterre site to the Joint Venture partner of Nanterre FOCD 92 for a total price 
of €7.6 million excluding VAT and including demolition cost reimbursement, where the settlement is done partially in cash of £1.0 million 
(€1.1 million excluding tax), and partially in kind through the delivery of the new building at the end of the operation (estimated at €6.5 million).

31. Parent company
Safestore Holdings plc is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales and domiciled in the UK. It operates as the ultimate 
parent company of the Safestore Holdings plc Group. 

32. Post balance sheet events
On 11 November 2022 the Group completed its refinancing exercise obtaining a new increased unsecured £400 million multi-currency four-year 
Revolving Credit Facility (with two one-year extension options). In addition, a further £100 million uncommitted accordion facility is incorporated 
into the facility agreement. 

On 1 December 2022 the Group acquired a 10.0% interest in CERF II German Storage Topco S.à r.l., a company registered in Luxembourg, 
and the indirect holder myStorage GmbH, a company registered and operating in Germany. 

165

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTCompany balance sheet
as at 31 October 2022
Company registration number: 04726380

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment

Investments in subsidiaries

Loans to Group undertakings

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets
Current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Called up share capital

Share premium account

Retained earnings

Total equity

Notes

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Company

2022
£’m

—

1.0

835.7

836.7

0.2

1.2

1.4

838.1

(108.7)

729.4

(523.3)

206.1

2.1

61.8

142.2

206.1

2021
£’m

—

1.0

585.8

586.8

0.6

—

0.6

587.4

(42.2)

545.2

(429.1)

116.1

2.1

61.3

52.7

116.1

The Company’s profit for the financial year amounted to £137.8 million (FY2021: £14.3 million loss).

The Company financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 January 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

A Jones 
Chief Financial Officer 

F Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer

166

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 October 2022

Balance at 1 November 2020

Comprehensive income
Loss for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends

Increase in share capital

Employee share options

Transactions with owners

Balance at 1 November 2021

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends

Increase in share capital

Employee share options

Transactions with owners

Balance at 31 October 2022

Company

Called up 
share capital 
£’m

Share premium
 account 
£’m

2.1

—

2.1

—

—

—

—

2.1

—

2.1

—

—

—

—

2.1

60.6

—

60.6

—

0.7

—

0.7

61.3

—

61.3

—

0.5

—

0.5

61.8

Retained 
earnings
£’m

101.0

(14.3)

86.7

(42.6)

—

8.6

(34.0)

52.7

137.8

190.5

(56.9)

—

8.6

(48.3)

142.2

Total
£’m

163.7

(14.3)

149.4

(42.6)

0.7

8.6

(33.3)

116.1

137.8

253.9

(56.9)

0.5

8.6

(47.8)

206.1

For details of the dividend paid in the year see note 10 in the Group financial statements.

167

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements
for the year ended 31 October 2022

1. Accounting policies and basis of preparation
The Company financial statements are prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” 
(“FRS 101”). In preparing these financial statements the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of 
United Kingdom adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) but makes amendments where necessary in order to comply 
with the Companies Act 2006 and sets out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has been taken.

In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:

•  a cash flow statement and related notes;

•  comparative period reconciliations for tangible fixed assets;

•  disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries;

•  disclosures in respect of capital management;

•  the effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs;

•  IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment” in respect of Group-settled share-based payments; and

•  certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”.

The above disclosure exemptions are permitted because equivalent disclosures are included in the Group consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention. The Company’s principal accounting 
policies are the same as those applied in the Group financial statements, except as described below: 

Investments
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less provision for impairment in value.

2. Results of parent company
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account as part 
of these financial statements. The Company’s profit for the financial year amounted to £137.8 million (FY2021: £14.3 million loss).

3. Directors’ emoluments
The Directors’ emoluments are disclosed in note 26 of the Group financial statements.

4. Operating profit
The Company does not have any employees (FY2021: none). Details of the Company’s share-based payments are set out in note 23 to the 
Group financial statements.

Auditor’s remuneration for the year ended 31 October 2022 was £17,000 (FY2021: £16,000). There were no non-audit services (FY2021: none) 
provided by the auditor.

5. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 November 2021 and at 31 October 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 November 2021

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2022

Net book value

At 31 October 2022

At 31 October 2021

168

£’m

0.2

0.2

—

0.2

—

—

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
6. Investments in subsidiaries

Cost and net book value
At 1 November 2021

At 31 October 2022

£’m

1.0

1.0

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost. A list of interests in subsidiary undertakings is given below. The Directors believe that the carrying 
value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.

Interests in subsidiary undertakings
The entities listed below are subsidiaries of the Company or the Group. The Group percentage of equity capital and voting rights is 100% for all 
subsidiaries listed. The results of all of the subsidiaries have been consolidated within these financial statements. The registered address of each 
subsidiary is Brittanic House, Stirling Way, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire WD6 2BT, except where indicated below by a footnote.

Subsidiary

Safestore Investments 2018 Limited1
Safestore Investments Limited

Safestore Group Limited

Safestore Acquisition Limited

Safestore Limited

Safestore Properties Limited

Spaces Personal Storage Limited

Safestore Trading Limited

Mentmore Limited
Invest Holding2
Une Pièce en Plus SAS12
Compagnie de Libre Entreposage France SAS12
Assay Services Limited11
OMB Self Storage S.L.U.

Safestore Netherlands B.V.
Walnut Tree Self Storage Limited11
Fort Box Self Storage Limited11
Fort Box Limited11
USIFB Storage Company Limited11
Your Room Self Storage Limited

Safestore Storage Benelux B.V.

Safestore Storage B.V.

M3 Self-Storage B.V.

Safestore Storage Properties 1 B.V.

Safestore Storage Properties 2 B.V.

Safestore Storage Properties 3 B.V.

Lokabox SA
Safestore Europe SAS10
Investimmo SAS10 

Notes

1  Held directly by the Company.

Country of incorporation

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales
Luxembourg3
France5
France5
Guernsey4
Spain6
Netherlands7
England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales
Netherlands8
Netherlands8
Netherlands8
Netherlands8
Netherlands8
Netherlands8
Belgium9
France5
France5

2  Formerly named Access Storage Holdings (France) S.à r.l.

3  Registered address: 412F, route d’Esch, L-2086 Luxembourg.

4  UK tax resident; registered address prior to liquidation: St Martin’s House, Le Bordage, St Peter Port, Guernsey.

5  Registered address: 1, rue François Jacob, 92500 Rueil Malmaison, France.

6  Registered address: Calle Marina 153, 08013 Barcelona, Spain.

7  Registered address: Herikerbergwerg 88, 1101CM Amsterdam, 1077ZX Amsterdam, Netherlands.

8  Registered address: Beijnesweg 19, 2031BB Haarlem, Netherlands.

9  Registered address: Chaussée de Bruxelles 151-155, 6040 Charleroi, Belgium.

10  Incorporated in July 2022.

11  Companies liquidated during the year ended 31 October 2022.

12  Merged under the EU Merger Directive on 31 October 2022 resulting in the cessation of Compagnie de Libre Entreposage France SAS.

Principal activity

Holding company

Holding company

Holding company

Holding company

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Non-trading

Holding company
Holding company

Provision of self storage

Holding company

Insurance services

Provision of self storage

Holding company

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Non-trading

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Holding company

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

Provision of self storage

169

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 October 2022

7. Fixed assets – loans to Group undertakings

Loans to Group undertakings

2022
£’m

835.7

835.7

2021
£’m

585.8

585.8

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured and repayable on demand; however, the Directors consider it unlikely that repayment will 
arise in the short term and in practice amounts owed by Group undertakings are used to meet the capital requirements of the borrower with no 
realistic repayment in the near future. It is for this reason that the amounts are classified as fixed assets.

Interest is charged to Group undertakings on amounts totalling £523.3 million (FY2021: £429.1 million). The remaining amounts owed by Group 
undertakings are interest free. The movement in loans to Group undertakings relates to interest charged of £9.9 million (FY2021: £6.7 million) and 
additional amounts loaned and recharged of £240.0 million (FY2021: £82.5 million).

8. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

2022
£’m

—

0.2

0.2

2021
£’m

0.5

0.1

0.6

Trade and other receivables due within one year were tested for impairment in line with the Group as described in note 2. As at 31 October 2022 
these amounts due are considered fully recoverable and no provision has been made (FY2021: £nil).

9. Current liabilities

Amounts owed to Group undertakings 

Trade payables

Accruals and deferred income

2022
£’m

98.6

0.2

9.9

108.7

2021
£’m

30.8

0.1

11.3

42.2

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand. The Directors have received assurance that 
repayment of amounts owed to Group undertakings will not arise in the short term.

10. Non-current liabilities

Secured loan notes

2022
£’m

523.3

523.3

2021
£’m

429.1

429.1

Of the above, £320.6 million (FY2021: £292.1 million) is due after more than five years.

The Company has in issue €50.9 million (FY2021: €50.9 million) 1.59% Series A Senior Secured Notes due 2024, €70.0 million (FY2021: €70.0 million) 
1.26% Series A Secured Notes due 2026, £35.0 million (FY2021: £35.0 million) 2.59% Series B Senior Secured Notes due 2026, €74.1 million 
(FY2021: €74.1 million) 2.00% Series B Senior Secured Notes due 2027, £20.0 million (FY2021: £20.0 million) 1.96% Series A Secured Notes due 
2028, €29.0 million (FY2021: €29.0 million) 0.93% Series B Secured Notes due 2028, £50.5 million (FY2021: £50.5 million) 2.92% Series C Senior 
Secured Notes due 2029, £30.0 million (FY2021: £30.0 million) 2.69% Series C Senior Secured Notes due 2029, €105.0 million (FY2021: €nil) 
2.45% Private Shelf Senior Secured Notes due 2029, £80.0 million (FY2021: £80.0 million) 2.39% Series C Secured Notes due 2031 and 
€29.0 million (FY2021: €29.0 million) 1.42% Series D Secured Notes due 2033. 

11. Called up share capital

Called up, allotted, and fully paid
211,927,497 (FY2021: 210,823,703) ordinary shares of 1 pence

Ordinary shares
The holders of the ordinary shares shall be entitled to one vote for each ordinary share.

For details of share options see note 23 in the Group financial statements.

12. Contingent liabilities
For details of contingent liabilities see note 28 in the Group financial statements.

170

2022
£’m

2.1

2021
£’m

2.1

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGlossary

Absorption rate

The rate at which rentable space is filled.

Adjusted Diluted EPRA  
Earnings per Share 

Based on the European Public Real Estate Association’s definition of earnings and is defined as 
profit or loss for the period after tax but excluding corporate transaction costs, change in fair value 
of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties and the associated tax impacts. The Company 
then makes further adjustments for the impact of exceptional items, net exchange gains/losses 
recognised in net finance costs, exceptional tax items, and deferred and current tax in respect of 
these adjustments. The Company also adjusts for IFRS 2 share-based payment charges. 

Adjusted earnings growth

The increase in adjusted EPS year-on-year. 

Adjusted EPS 

Adjusted profit after tax divided by the diluted weighted average number of shares in issue during 
the financial year. 

Adjusted profit before tax 

The Company’s pre-tax EPRA earnings measure with additional Company adjustments. 

Average net achieved rent per sq ft 

Storage revenue divided by average occupied space over the financial year. 

Average rental growth 

The growth in average net achieved rent per sq ft year-on-year.

Average storage rate

BREEAM

Cap and collar

Revenue generated from self storage revenues divided by the average square footage occupied 
during the period in question.

An environmental rating assessed under the Building Research Establishment’s Environmental 
Assessment Method.

Term used in connection with interest rates. A cap is an upper limit or maximum interest rate that 
will apply, while a collar is the minimum interest rate.

Capitalisation rate

The ratio of net operating income to property asset value.

Compound Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”)

The annual rate of return over a specified period of time longer than one year.

CER

Closing net rent per sq ft

Earnings per Share (“EPS”) 

EBITDA 

EPRA

EPRA earnings

Constant Exchange Rates (Euro denominated results for the current period have been retranslated 
at the exchange rate effective for the comparative period, in order to present the reported results on 
a more comparable basis).

Annual storage revenue generated from in-place customers divided by occupied space at the 
balance sheet date.

Profit for the financial year attributable to equity shareholders divided by the average number of 
shares in issue during the financial year. 

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.

The European Public Real Estate Association, a real estate industry body. This organisation 
has issued Best Practices Recommendations with the intention of improving the transparency, 
comparability and relevance of the published results of listed real estate companies in Europe. 

The IFRS profit after taxation attributable to shareholders of the Company excluding investment 
property revaluations, gains/losses on investment property disposals and changes in the fair value 
of financial instruments. 

EPRA Earnings per Share

EPRA earnings divided by the average number of shares in issue during the financial year. 

EPRA Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

IFRS net assets excluding the mark-to-market on interest rate derivatives effective cash flow 
and deferred taxation on property valuations where it arises. It is adjusted for the dilutive impact 
of share options.

EPRA NAV per share

EPRA NAV divided by the diluted number of shares at the year end.

EPRA Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”)

A proportionally consolidated measure, representing the IFRS net assets excluding the mark-to-market 
on derivatives and related debt adjustments, the mark-to-market on the convertible bonds, the carrying 
value of intangibles and deferred taxation on property and derivative valuations. It includes the valuation 
surplus on trading properties and is adjusted for the dilutive impact of share options. 

EPRA NTA per share

EPRA NTA divided by the diluted number of shares held at the year end.

Equity 

All capital and reserves of the Group attributable to equity holders of the Company.

Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”) The average benchmark interest rate at which Eurozone banks offer unsecured short term lending 

on the inter-bank market.

Exit yield

Represents the capital value of an investment property at the end of the investment term expressed 
in percentage terms.

Free cash flow

Cash flow before investing and financing activities but after leasehold rent payments.

Gross property assets 

The sum of investment property and investment property under construction. 

171

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022OVERVIEWGOVERNANCE REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTGlossary continued

Gross value added 

The measure of the value of goods and services produced in an area, industry or sector of an economy. 

ICR 

Joint Venture

Like-for-like occupancy 

Like-for-like revenue 

Loan to value (“LTV”) 

ICR is interest cover ratio and is calculated as the ratio of Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent to 
underlying finance charges.

A business arrangement in which two or more parties agree to pool their resources for the purpose 
of accomplishing a specific task.

Excludes the closing occupancy of new stores acquired, opened and closed in the current financial 
year in both the current financial year and comparative figures. 

Excludes the impact of new stores acquired, opened and closed in the current or preceding 
financial year in both the current year and comparative figures.

Gross debt (excluding lease liabilities) as a proportion of the valuation of investment properties and 
investment properties under construction (excluding lease liabilities).

Maximum lettable area (“MLA”) 

The total square feet (“sq ft”) available to be fitted out to rent to customers. 

Net debt 

Net initial yield 

Net promoter score (“NPS”) 

Net rent per sq ft 

Occupancy 

Occupied space 

Pipeline 

Total borrowings (including “current and non-current borrowings and lease liabilities” as shown in the 
consolidated balance sheet) less cash and cash equivalents. 

The forthcoming financial year’s net operating income expressed as a percentage of capital value, 
after adding notional purchaser’s costs. 

An index ranging from -100 to 100 that measures the willingness of customers to recommend a 
company’s products or services to others. The Company measures NPS based on surveys sent to 
all of its move-ins and move-outs. 

Storage revenue generated from in-place customers divided by occupancy.

The space occupied by customers divided by the MLA expressed as a %.

The space occupied by customers in sq ft. 

The Group’s development sites.

Property Income Distribution (“PID”) 

A dividend, generally subject to withholding tax, that a UK REIT is required to pay from its tax 
exempt property rental business and which is taxable for UK-resident shareholders at their  
marginal tax rate. 

Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) 

A tax regime which in the UK exempts participants from corporation tax both on UK rental income 
and gains arising on UK investment property sales, subject to certain conditions.

Real Estate Transfer Tax (“RETT”)

RETT is levied in respect of the acquisition of the legal and/or beneficial ownership of real estate 
located in the Netherlands; certain rights concerning such Dutch real estate; and shares in entities 
that qualify as a real estate entity.

Sterling Overnight Index Average 
(“SONIA”)

The effective overnight interest rate paid by banks for unsecured transactions in the British 
Sterling market.

Store EBITDA 

Store earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation. 

Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”)

The Financial Stability Board created the TCFD to improve and increase reporting of climate-related 
financial information. 

Total shareholder return (“TSR”) 

The growth in value of a shareholding over a specified period, assuming dividends are reinvested 
to purchase additional units of shares.

Underlying EBITDA

Operating profit before exceptional items, share-based payments, corporate transaction costs, 
gain/loss on investment properties, depreciation and variable lease payments and the share of 
associate’s depreciation, interest and tax. Underlying EBITDA therefore excludes all leasehold 
rent charges. 

Underlying profit before tax

Underlying EBITDA less leasehold rent, depreciation charged on property, plant and equipment and 
net finance charges relating to bank loans and cash.

172

Safestore Holdings plc | Annual report and financial statements 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSLegal advisers
Travers Smith LLP
10 Snow Hill 
London EC1A 2AL

Eversheds LLP
115 Colmore Row  
Birmingham B3 3AL

Brokers and financial advisers
Investec Bank Plc
30 Gresham Street 
London EC2V 7QP

Citigroup Global Markets Limited
Citigroup Centre 
33 Canada Square 
London E14 5LB

Financial PR advisers
Instinctif Partners
65 Gresham Street 
London EC2V 7NQ

Shareholder information 
Registrar 
Link Group 
The Registry 
10th Floor 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4DL

Telephone: +44 (0)371 664 0300 

(Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by 
provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the 
applicable international rate).

Lines are open between 9.00am and 5.30pm Monday to Friday, 
excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

Email: shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk 
Share Portal Enquiries: shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk 
Share Portal: www.signalshares.com

Through the website of our Registrar, Link Group, shareholders are 
able to manage their shareholding by registering for the Share Portal, 
a free, secure, online access to their shareholding.

Please visit our investor relations website
For all the latest news and updates at www.safestore.com.

Directors and advisers

Directors
David Hearn 

(Non-Executive Chairman)

Frederic Vecchioli 

(Chief Executive Officer)

Andy Jones 

Ian Krieger 

(Chief Financial Officer)

(Non-Executive Director)

Gert van de Weerdhof 

(Non-Executive Director)

Laure Duhot 

(Non-Executive Director)

Delphine Mousseau 

(Non-Executive Director)

Jane Bentall 

(Non-Executive Director)

Company Secretary
Helen Bramall 

Registered office
Brittanic House  
Stirling Way  
Borehamwood 
Hertfordshire WD6 2BT

Registered company number
04726380

Websites
www.safestore.co.uk 
www.safestore.com

Bankers
National Westminster Bank plc 
ABN Amro Bank N.V. 
Crédit Industriel et Commercial 
Bank of China 
Citibank N.A. 
Banco de Sabadell S.A.

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor 
2 New Street Square 
London EC4A 3TR

CBP016885

Safestore Holding plc’s commitment to environmental issues 
is reflected in this Annual Report, which has been printed on 
Magno Satin, an FSC® certified material. This document was 
printed by Park Communications using its environmental print 
technology, which minimises the impact of printing on the 
environment, with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill. 
Both the printer and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.

S

a

f

e

s

t

o

r

e

H

o

l

d

i

n

g

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

fi

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

Safestore Holdings plc
Brittanic House
Stirling Way
Borehamwood
Hertfordshire WD6 2BT
Tel:  020 8732 1500
Fax:  020 8732 1510
www.safestore.co.uk
www.safestore.com

Further information and investor 
updates can be found on our website at  
www.safestore.co.uk/corporate